 |
 |
| MAH --- MAL --- MAR --- MAT --- MAY --- MC --- ME --- MEC --- MEM --- MEN --- MET --- MI --- MO --- MU --- MY |
Macaque (Macaca) : Singe. ( ): macaque japonais, macaque rhésus. Macaque.
| |
WIESEL, T.N. & HUBEL, D.H. (1966). Spatial and chromatic interactions in the
lateral geniculate body of the rhesus monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 29, 1115-1156. |
PRUD'HOMME, J. & CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Development of intervention behavior in Japanese macaques : Testing the targeting hypothesis. Revue International Journal of Primatology, 7 (3), 429-443. |
BUTTER C.M., SNYDER, D.R. & McDONALD, J.A. (1970). Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72, 132-144. |
WESTERGAARD, G.C & SUOMI, S.J. (1996). Hand preference for a bimanual task in tufted capuchins (Cebus apella) and rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110, 406-411. |
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I. & GORDON, T. (1975). Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37, 50-61. |
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD'HOMME, J. & VASEY, P. (1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53 (5), 1089-110. |
SILK, J.B. (1980). Kidnapping and female competition among captive bonnet macaques. Primates, 21, 100–110. |
SILK, J.B. (1999). Why are infants so attractive to others? The form and function of infant handling in bonnet macaques. Animal Behaviour, 57, 1021-1032. [PDF] |
WOODS, J.H, YOUNG, A.M. & HERLING, S. (1982). Classification of narcotics on the basis of their reinforcing, discriminative, and antagonist effects in rhesus monkeys. Federation Proceedings, 41, 221-227. |
SAKURAI, Y. (1999). Behavioral analysis of delayed matching to samples of stimulus duration by rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience Research, 23, (S) 255. |
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1990). Selective associations in the observational conditioning of fear in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16 (4), 372-389. |
CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (1999). Reconciliation patterns among stumptail macaques : A multivariate approach. Animal Behaviour, 58, 165-172. |
TROISI, A., AURELI, F. & SCHINO, G. (1990). The influence of age, sex, rank on yawning behavior in two species of macaques. Ethology, 86, 303-313. |
BELISLE, P. & CHAPAIS, B. (2001). Tolerated co-feeding in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 138 (4), 487-509. |
POVINELLI D.J., PARKS, K.A. & NOVAK, M.A. (1991). Do rhesus monkeys attribute knowledge and ignorance to others? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 105, 318-325. |
TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E. (2003). Serial expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological Science, 14 (1), 66-73. [PDF] |
SWARTZ K.B, HEN, S.F. & TERRACE, H.S. (1991) Serial learning by rhesus monkeys: I. Acquisition and retention of multiple four-item lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 17 (4), 396-410 [PDF] |
SUBIAUL, F., CANTLON, J., HOLLOWAY, R. & TERRACE, H.S. (2004). Cognitive imitation in rhesus macaques. Science, 305, 407-410. [PDF] |
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. |
RAOS, V., UMILTÀ, M.A., FO, GASSI, L. & GALLESE, V. (2006). Functional properties of grasping-related neurons in the ventral premotor area F5 of the macaque monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 95, 709-729. |
|
|
MacCallum Robert Charles ( ) : Psychologue, statisticien et méthodologiste américain.

 |
MacCALLUM, R.C. & TUCKER, L.R. (1991). Representing sources of error in the common factor model : Implications for theory and practice. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 502-511. |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996). Power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods, 1 (2), 130-149. |
MacCALLUM, R.C. & HONG, S. (1997). Power analysis in covariance structure modeling using GFI and AGFI. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 32, 193-210. |
MacCALLUM, R.C., WIDAMAN, K.F., ZHANG, S. & HONG, S. (1999). Sample size in factor analysis. Psychological Methods, 2 (3), 84-99. |
MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER, D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1), 19-40. |
 |
| |
|
Maccoby Eleanor Emmons (Tacoma 1917-) : Psychologue américaine. Elle a étudié le développement des enfants et plus précisément les différences sexuelles et l'apprentissage des rôles sexuels. Professeur dde Rothbart, Collaboratrice de Jacklin.
    
No 70 |
MACCOBY, E.E. (1959). Role-taking in childhood and its consequences for social learning. Child Development, 30, 239-252. |
MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24 (6), 755-765/Actes de la recherche en sciences sociales, 83, 16-26. |
MACCOBY, E.E. (1990). Gender and relationships : A developmental account. American Psychologist, 45, 513-520. |
MACCOBY, E.E. (1999). The two sexes : Growing up apart, coming together. Harvard : Harvard Press. |
 |
| |
|
MacCorquodale Kenneth B. (Olivia 1919-1986 Coronad0) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste avant la lettre et méthodologiste américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment à la mesure et à la validité des concepts en psychologie. Étudiant de Heron. Professeur de Winokur. Collaborateur de Meehl.

 |
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a distinction between hypothetical constructs and intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107. [PDF] |
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1954). E.C. Tolman. In W.K. Estes et al. (Eds.), Modern learning theory (pp. 177-266). New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). On the elimination of cul entries without obvious reinforcement. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 44, 367-371. |
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1969). Skinner's Verbal Behavior : a retrospective appreciation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5), 831-841. |
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1970). On Chomsky's review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13, 83-99. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Mace F. Charles ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'automutilation. Il s'est également intéressé au momentum et à la loi d'appariement. = Bud Mace. Collaborateur de Lalli, Neef et Nevin.
 
 |
MACE, F.C. & KNIGHT, D. (1986). Functional analysis and treatment of severe pica. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 19, 411-416. [PDF] |
MACE, F.C. & BELFIORE, P. (1990). Behavioral momentum in the treatment of escape-motivated stereotypy. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 23 (4), 507-514. [PDF] |
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre speech. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 24 (3), 553-562. [PDF] |
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S. & LALLI, E.P. (1991). Functional analysis and treatment of aberrant behavior. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 12 (2), 155-180. |
MACE, F.C. & NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MAURO, B.C. (1994).
Limited matching on concurrent-schedule reinforcement of academic
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27, 585-596. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Machine/Machine binaire : Ensemble des machines qui traitent l'information selon un langage ou un code binaire. La fonction d'une machine est de transformer un objet plus efficacement qu'un humain (donc plus vite, en faisant moins d'erreur et à moindre coût). Pour certains psychologues cognitivistes, le cerveau est une machine binaire complexe, qui sert à résoudre des problèmes. (cerveau virtuel). ( ): ordinateur, calculatrice, lecteur CD/DVD, etc. Binary system.
| |
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
Machine de Darwin : Voir Darwin. Darwin machine. |
Machisme : Machismo.
| |
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology,
47, 275-276. |
 |
| |
|
|
MacKintosh Nicholas J. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence et du conditionnement répondant. Collaborateur de Dickinson, Honig et Pearce.
 |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1965). Selective attention in animal discrimination learning. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 124–150. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1974). The psychology of animal learning. Academic Press. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1983). Conditioning and associative learning. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & COLMAN, A.M. (Ed.) (1995). Learning and skills. London and New York : Longman. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1998). IQ and human intelligence. Oxford/New York : Oxford University Press. |
 |
| |
|
Maclean Paul D. (Phelps 1913-2007) : Psychiatre et neurobiologiste américain. Il est l'auteur de la théorie des trois cerveaux (cerveau reptilien, cerveau limbique et néocortex).

 |
MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution : Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Madden Gregory J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements d'impulsivité.
Étudiant de Perone. Collaborateur de Bickle et Chase.
 
 |
MADDEN G.J., PETRY, N., BADGER, G.J. & BICKEL, W.K. (1997). Impulsive and self- control choices in opiate-dependent patients and non-drug-using control participants : Drug and monetary rewards. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 5, 256- 262. |
MADDEN G.J. & PERONE, M. (1999). Human sensitivity to concurrent schedules of reinforcement : The role of schedule-correlated stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71, 303-318. [PDF] |
MADDEN G.J. & PERONE, M. (2003). Effects of alternative reinforcement on human behavior : The source does matter. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79 (2), 193- 206. [PDF] |
MADDEN G.J., EWAN, E.E. & LAGORIO, C.H. (2007). Toward an animal model of gambling : Delay discounting and the allure of unpredictable outcomes. Journal of Gambling Studies, 23, 63-83. |
MADDEN G.J., PETRY, N.M. & JOHNSON, P. (2009). Pathological gamblers discount probabilistic rewards at lower rates than matched controls. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 283-290. |
 |
|
|
Maddox Todd ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation et le développement de modèles neuraux. Étudiant de Ashby. Collaborateur de Estes.
 |
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1993). Comparing decision bound and exemplar models of categorization. Perception & Psychophysics, 53, 49-70.
|
MADDOX, W.T., MOLIS, M.R & DIEHL, R.L. (2001). Generalizing a neuropsychological model of visual categorization to auditory categorization of vowels. Perception & Psychophysics, 64, 584-597. |
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). Feedback effects on cost-benefit learning in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 29, 598-615. |
MADDOX, W.T., ASHBY, F.G. & WALDRON, E. (2002). Multiple attention systems in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3), 325-339. |
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (2004). Dissociating explicit and procedural-learning based systems of perceptual category learning. Behavioural Processes, 66, 309-332. |
 |
| |
|
Magendie François (Bordeaux 1783-1855 Sannois) : Médecin, physiologiste et anatomiste français. On lui doit la découverte du foramen. Étudiant de Boyer. Professeur de Bernard.
 
 |
MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Quelques idées générales sur les phénomènes particuliers aux corps vivants. Bulletin des sciences médicales, 4, 145-170. |
MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Examen de l'action de quelques végétaux sur la moelle épinière. Nouveau bulletin scientifique de la Société philomatique, 1, 368-405. |
MAGENDIE, F. (1813). Mémoire sur le vomissement. Paris. |
MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Précis élémentaire de physiologie. Paris. |
MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Leçons sur les fonctions et les maladies du système nerveux. Paris. |
 |
|
|
Mager Robert F. ( ) : Psychologue organisationnel et béhavioriste américain.

 |
MAGER, R.F. (1975). Preparing Instructional objectives. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co |
MAGER, R.F. & PIPE, P. (1984). Analyzing performance problems, or you really oughta wanna. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co. |
MAGER, R.F. (1988). Making instruction work. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co. |
MAGER, R.F. (2005). Comment définir des objectifs pédagogiques. Paris : Dunod. |
MAGER, R.F. (2005). Pour éveiller le désir d'apprendre. Paris : Dunod. |
 |
| |
|
Magie : Tout procédé qui donne à croire ce qui est faux. Magie, superstition et phénomène pranormal. Magic.
| |
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man, myth & magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish. |
WISEMAN, R.& LAMONT, P (1996). Unravelling the rope trick. Nature, 383, 212-13. |
LAMONT, P. & WISEMAN, R. (1999). Magic in theory : an introduction to the theoretical and psychological elements of conjuring. Hatfield : University of Hertfordshire Press. |
LAMONT, P. (2004). The rise of the Indian rope trick : biography of a legend. London : Little, Brown. |
LAMONT, P., HENDERSON, J.M. & SMITH, T. (2010). Where science and magic meet : the illusion of a ‘science of magic’. Review of General Psychology, 14 (1), 16-21. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mahoney Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue et thérapeute américain. Il a été tour à tour béhavioriste, cognitiviste et socioconstructiviste. Collaborateur de Bandura et Kazdin.

 |
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. |
MAHONEY, M.J. (1991). B.F. Skinner : A collective tribute. Canadian Psychology, 32, 628-635. |
MAHONEY, M.J. (2002). Constructivism and positive psychology. In C.R. Snyder & S.J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology (pp. 745-750). Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
MAHONEY, M.J. (2003). Constructive psychotherapy : Practices, processes, and personal revolutions. New York : Guilford. |
MAHONEY, M.J. (2003). Minding science : Constructivism and the discourse of inquiry. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 27, 105-123. |
 |
| |
|
|
Maio Gregory R. ( ) : Psychosociologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des attitudes.Collaborateur d'Olson.
 
 |
MAIO, G.R. & OLSON, J.M. (1998). Attitude dissimulation and persuasion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 182-201. |
MAIO, G.R., FINCHAM, F.D. & LYCETT, E.J. (2000). Attitudinal ambivalence toward parents and attachment style. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1451-1464. |
MAIO, G.R., OLSON, J.M., ALLEN, L. & BERNARD, M.M. (2001). Addressing discrepancies between values and behavior : The motivating effect of reasons. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 104-117. |
BERNARD, M., MAIO, G.R. & OLSON, J.M. (2003). Effects of introspection about values : Extending research on values as truisms. Social Cognition, 21, 1-25. |
MAIO, G.R., OLSON, J.M., BERNARD, M.M. & LUKE, M.A. (2003). Ideologies, values, attitudes, and behavior. In J. Delamater (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 283-308). New York : Kluwer-Plenum. |
 |
| |
|
Main invisible : Métaphore élaborée par Smith pour expliquer comment...
|
|
Maison hantée :
| |
WISEMAN, R., WATT, C., TEVENS, P., GREENING, E., & O’KEEFE, C. (2003). An investigation into alleged ‘hauntings’. British Journal of Psychology, 94, 195-211. |
 |
| |
|
|
Maîtrise (des apprentissages) : Voir Fluidité.
|
Maîtrise (en psychologie) : Diplôme de deuxième cycle d'une durée de 2 à 3 ans. Au Québec, ce diplôme ou l'équivalent était jusqu'à tout récemment une condition nécessaire, mais non-suffisante, à l'obtention du titre de psychologue et au droit de pratique qui en découle. Depuis le 27 juillet 2006, il faut désormais un doctorat pour devenir membre de l'Ordre des psychologues du Québec. Toutefois, les individus qui ont une maîtrise reconnue par l’Ordre, qu’ils soient ou non membres au moment de l’entrée en vigueur de ce nouveau règlement, continueront donc d’être admissibles à l’Ordre en tout temps selon les procédures habituelles d’admission. Maîtrise et doctorat.

| |
LANDRUM, R.E., JEGLUM, E.B. & CASHIN, J. R. (1994). The decision-making processes of graduate admissions committees in psychology. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 9, 239-248. |
LANDRUM, R.E.& HARROLD, R. (2003). What employers want from psychology graduates. Teaching of Psychology, 30, 131-133. |
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological Reports, 97, 481-484. |
ORDRE DES PSYCHOLOGUES DU QUÉBEC [LIRE]. |
| |
|
Majorité : Sous-groupe en supériorité numérique qui, de ce fait, impose à tout le groupe sa vision et sa volonté. Minorité et majorité. Majority influence.
| |
ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity : A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70. |
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88, 438-453. |
TANFORD, S. & PENROD, S. (1984). Social influence model : A formal integration of research on majority and minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 189-225. |
BAUDRILLARD, J. (2000). À l'ombre des majorités silencieuses. Paris : Éditeur Sens et Tonka. |
ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority rule in individual decision making. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111. [PDF] |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., JOHN, M.S., HALABI, S., SAGUY, T., PEARSON, A.R. & RIEK, B.M. (2008). Majority and minority perspectives in intergroup relations : The role of contact, group representation, threat, and trust in intergroup conflict and reconciliation. In A. Nadler, T. Malloy & J.D. Fisher (Eds.), Social psychology of intergroup reconciliation (pp. 227-253). New York : Oxford University Press. |
DOVIDIO. J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & SAGUY, T. (2008). Another view of “we”: Majority and minority group perspectives on a common ingroup identity. European Review of Social Psychology, 18, 296-330. |
 |
| |
|
Majorité qualifiée : |
Majorité simple : |
|
Maladie(s) biologique(s) : Par opposition à la maladie mentale, ensemble de maladies dont les origines sont clairement et essentiellement de nature organique. EX: la grippe est une maladie biologique même si ses effets peuvent engendrer de la déprime ou des comportements ou des effets inhabituels (délire ou hallucination engendré par la fièvre). Certaines de ces maladies ont cependant des conséquences psychologiques (EX: cancer); alors que d'autres peuvent être amplifiée par des facteurs de nature psychologique (EX: asthme). = maladie organique, maladie physique, maladie somatique. /santé, santé physique. Disease, illness.
| |
TURK D.C., RUDY T.E. & SALOVEY, P. (1986). Implicit models of illness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 9, 453- 474. |
| LINK, B.G. & PELAN, J. (1995). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, (S), 80–94. |
MOSS, P. & DYCK, I. (2003). Women, body, illness. Lanham, MD : Rowman and Littlefield. |
 |
| |
|
Maladie cardiovasculaire : Maladie cardiovasculaire, infarctus du myocarde et type A et B. Cardiovascular disease.
| |
COHEN, S. & MATTHEWS, K.A. (1987). Social support, Type A behavior and coronary artery disease. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49, 325-330. [LIRE] |
MELAMED, S, KUSHNIR, T. & SHIROM, A. (1992). Burnout and risk factors for cardiovascular diseases. Behavioral Medicine, 18, 53-60. |
FELDMAN, P.J., COHEN, S., HAMRICK, N. & LEPORE, S.J. (2004). Psychological stress, appraisal, emotion and cardiovascular response. Psychology & Health, 19, 353-368. [LIRE] |
EVERSON-ROSE, S.A. & LEWIS, T.T. (2005). Psychosocial factors and cardiovascular diseases. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 469-500. |
GRUENEWALD, T. L., COHEN, S., MATTHEWS, K.A., TRACY, R. & SEEMAN, T. E. (2009). Association of socioeconomic status with inflammation markers in black and white men and women in the Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young Adults (CARDIA) study. Social Science & Medicine, 69, 451-459. [LIRE] |
 |
| |
|
Maladie chronique : Chronic health condition.
| |
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (AAP)/Committee on Children with Disabilities and Committee on Psychosoial Aspects of Child and Family Health. (1993). Psychosocial risks of chronic health conditions in childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics, 92, 876-877. |
 |
| |
|
Maladie mentale(s)/Malade mentale : Terme générique qui désigne toute affection qui perturbe le comportement, la pensée ou les émotions/sentiments d'une individu. Cette expression recouvre une multitude de troubles graves allant d'un accès momentané de stress jusqu'aux problèmes lourds comme la psychose, le suicide ou la dépendance à l'acool et aux drogues. La plupart du temps, la maladie mentale est suffisamment intense pour causer de la souffrance ou - si l'individu n'est pas conscient de son état - rendre difficile ou problématique le fonctionnement de cet individu au sein de sa famille, à son travail ou dans la société en général. En raison de l'intensité des symptômes, une maladie réclame habituellement un traitement ou une intervention, habituellement sous forme de thérapie. Les symptômes de la maladie mentale sont souvent plus variés et diffus que ceux de la plupart des maladies biologiques. Il s'agit de modifications du comportement dont le sujet à conscience ou non, de comportements asociaux ou anti-sociaux, de troubles de l'humeur, de troubles cognitifs, neurocognitifs et perceptuels (hallucinations, altération de la perception du réel, etc.), de désorganisation de la personnalité. Les malades soignés en institut psychiatrique sont des psychiatrisés. L'ensemble des maladies mentales est repertoriée dans le DSM. (Manuel de Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux) et se nomme trouble mental. N.D.L.R. : Si le terme maladie est d'usage courant, il tend à disparaître dans le milieu médical et scientifique au profit des expressions, pathologie mentale ou trouble mental. Rectitude politique oblige, le terme problème de santé mentale est en vogue. Au Québec - royaume de la rectitude politco-administrative - on utilise même l'expression personne souffrant d'un problème de santé mentale, ce qui, à défaut de contribuer au génie de la langue, nous permet de faire de longues phrases... = trouble mental, problème de santé mentale, pathologie mentale, psychopathologie, maladie psychologique, maladie nerveuse, personne atteinte d'un problème de santé mentale, aliénation mentale, problème psychiatrique, folie. /santé mentale. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Mental disease, mental illnes, mental disorder, nervous mental disorde, insanity.
| |
TREDGOLD, A. F. (1908). Mental deficiency (amentia). New York : Wood. |
LITTLEWOOD, R. (1998). Cultural variation in the stigmatization of mental illness. The Lancet, 352, 1056-1057. |
WATSON, J.B. (1916). Behavior and the concept of mental disease. Journal of Philosophy, 13, 589-597. |
HORWITZ, A.V. (2002). Creating mental illness. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
MYERSON, A. (1925). The inheritance of mental diseases. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins entreprise. |
PHELAN, J.C. (2002). Genetic bases of mental illness—cure for stigma? Trends in Neurosciences, 25, 430-431. |
SZASZ, T. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American Psychologist, 15, 113-118. |
LORBER, J. & MOORE, L.J. (2002). Gender and the social construction of illness. Walnut Creek, CA : Altamira Press. |
NUNNALLY, J.C. (1961). Popular conceptions of mental health. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2002). The harmful dysfunction analysis and the differentiation between mental disorder and disease. Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1 (2), 157-173. |
ALBEE, G.W. (1969). Emerging concepts of mental illness and models of treatment : The psychological point of view. American Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 870-876. |
WANG, P.S., DEMIER, O. & KESSLER, R.C. (2002). Adequacy of treatment for serious mental illness in the United States. American Journal of Public Health, 92, 92-98. |
SZASZ, T.S. (1973). Mental illness as a metaphor. Nature, 242, 305. |
MacINTYRE, D.J., BLACKWOOD, D.H., PORTEOUS, D.J., PICKARD, B.S. & MUIR, W.J. (2003). Chromosomal abnormalities and mental illness. Molecular Psychiatry, 8, 275-287. |
RABKIN, J.G. (1974). Public attitudes towards mental illness : a review of the literature. Psychological Bulletin, 77, 153-171. |
RABKIN, J.G. (2006). Who is called mentally ill : Public and professional views. Journal of Community Psychology, 7, 253-258. |
SZASZ, T. (1974/75). The myth of mental illness. Harper and Row. / Le mythe de la maladie mentale. Paris : Payot. |
BENTALL, R. (2006). Madness explained : Why we must reject the Kraepelinian paradigm and replace it with a 'complaint-orientated' approach to understanding mental illness. Medical hypotheses, 66 (2), 220-233. |
KENDELL, R.E. (1975). The concept of disease and its implications for psychiatry. British Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 305-315. |
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFILED, J. C. (2006). The epidemic in mental illness : Clinical fact or survey artifact ? Contexts : Understanding People in their Social Worlds, 5, 19-23. |
FARRELL, B.A. (1979). Mental illness : a conceptual analysis. Psychological Medicine, 9, 21-35. |
SHORTER, E. & HEALY, E. (2007). Shock therapy The history of electroconvulsive treatment in mental illness. New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press. |
HORWITZ, A.V. (1982). The Social Control of mental illness. Orlando, Fla. : Academic Press. |
|
GORENSTEIN, E.E. (1984). Debating Mental illness : implications for science, medicine, and social policy. American Psychologist, 39, 1984, p. 50-56. |
|
ROTH, M. & KROLL, J. (1986). The reality of mental illness. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press |
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Eclecticism and Adolf Meyer's functional understanding of mental illness. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 14, 356-358. [PDF] |
MOUNT, E. (1993). Can we talk? Contexts of meaning for interpreting illness. Journal of Medical Humanities, 14 (2), 51-67. |
KESSLER, R.C. & WANG, P.S. (2008). The descriptive epidemiology of commonly occurring mental disorders in the United States. Annual Review of Public Health, 29, 115-129. |
KIRMAYER, J.L. & YOUNG, A. (1999). Culture and context in the evolutionary concept of mental disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 446-452. |
|
VANDER STOEP, A. & LINK, B. (1998). Social class, ethnicity, and mental illness : The importance of being more than earnest. American Journal of Public Health, 88 (9),1396-1402. |
KENDLER, K.S. (2008). Explanatory models for psychiatric illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 695-702. |
SZASZ, T. (1997). Mental illnes is still a myth. Review of Existential Psychology & Psychiatry, 23, 70-80. |
INSEL, R. (2008). Assessing the economic costs of serious mental illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 663-665. |
SZASZ, T. (1998). Psychiatric slavery. New York : Syracuse University Press. |
GAETE, M. (2008). The concept of mental disorder : A proposal. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (4), 327-339. |
 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Malagodi E.F. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des programmes de renforcement et de la culture. Collaboateur de Branch. .
 |
MALAGODI, E.F. (1986). On radicalizing behaviorism; A call for cultural anaysis. Behavior Analyst, 9 (1), 1-19. [PDF] |
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L. & PALERMI, G. (1978). Responding maintained under fixed-interval and fixed-time schedules of electric shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 271-279. [PDF] |
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L., WARD, S.E. & MAGYAR, R.L. (1981). Responding maintained under intermittent schedules of electric-shock presentation : "Safety" or schedule effects? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 36 (2), 171-190. [PDF] |
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF] |
PITTS, R.C. & MALAGODI, E.F. (1991). Preference for less frequent shock under fixed-interval schedules of electric-shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 56 (1), 21-32. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Malamuth Neil M. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste américain et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle et de la pornographie. Collaborateur d'Anderson, Becker, Berkowitz, Buss, Donnerstein et Huesmann.

 |
MALAMUTH, N. (1979). Violence and responsibility. Contemporary Psychology, 8, 651-652. |
MALAMUTH, N. (1981). Rape fantasies as a function of repeated exposure to sexual violence. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 10, 33-47. |
MALAMUTH, N. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (Eds) (1984). Pornography and sexual aggression. New York : Academic Press. |
MALAMUTH, N. (1996). Sexually explicit media, gender differences and evolutionary theory. Journal of Communication, 46 (3), 8-31. |
MALAMUTH, N. (2001). Pornography. In N.J. Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia of social and behavioral sciences (Vol. 17, pp. 11816-11821). Elsevier : Amsterdam/New York. |
 |
 |
|
|
|
Malcuit Gérard ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste québécois et professeur à la retraite de l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie l'apprentissage et l'attention chez les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants. Professeur de Marchand. Collaborateur de Granger et Pomerleau.
 |
MALCUIT, G. GRANGER, L. et LAROCQUE, A. (1972). Les thérapies behaviorales. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
POMERLEAU, A. et MALCUIT, G. (1983). L'enfant et son environnement. Montréal : PUQ. |
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. Paris : Edisem. |
POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G. et JULIEN, M. (1996). Contextes de vie familiale au cours de la petite enfance. In R. Tessier, C. Bouchard et G.M. Tarabulsky (Eds.), Enfance et famille : contextes de développement. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
POMERLEAU, A., LACROIX, V., MALCUIT, G. & SÉGUIN, R. (1999). Content of mothers' speech, child's language and cognitive development in different socioeconomic groups : A longitudinal study. New Mexico : Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD). |
 |
 |
| |
|
Malécot Gustave (1911-1998) : Mathématicien et généticien français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'hérédité et la génétique des populations. On lui doit les concepts de coefficient de parenté génétique et de cosanguinité.
 
 |
MALÉCOT, G. (1941). Étude mathématique des populations "mendéliennes". Ann. Univ. Lyon Sci. Sec. A, 4, 45-60. |
MALÉCOT, G. (1942). Mendélisme et consanguinité. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des sciences de Paris, 215, 313-314. |
MALÉCOT, G. (1945). La diffusion des gènes dans une population mendélienne. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des sciences de Paris, 221, 340-342. |
MALÉCOT, G. (1948/69). Les mathématiques de l'hérédité / The mathematics of heredity. Masson, Paris/W. H. Freeman : San Francisco. |
MALÉCOT, G. (1975). Heterozygosity and relationship in regularly subdivided populations. Theoretical Population Biology, 8, 212-241. |
 |
| |
|
|
Malnutrition : Malnutrition.
| |
BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, 274, 38-43. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Malone John C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Staddon.

 |
MALONE, J.C. & STADDON, J.E.R. (1973). Contrast effects in maintained generalization gradients. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19, 167-179. [PDF] |
MALONE, J.C. (1978). Beyond the operant analysis of behavior. Behavior Therapy, 9, 584-591 |
MALONE, J.C. (2003). Advances in behaviorism : It’s not what it used to be. Journal of Behavioral Education, 12, 85-89. |
MALONE, J.C. (2004). Modern molar behaviorism and theoretical behaviorism : Religion and science. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 82, 95-102. [PDF]
|
MALONE, J.C. (2006). Response-contingent reinforcement : Notes on the law of effect. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 103–106. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
Malott Richard W. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'autisme, à la procrastination et aux règles de contingence.

 |
MALOTT, R.W. (1989). The achievement of evasive goals : control by rules describing contingencies that are not direct acting. In S.C. Hayes (Ed.), Rule-governed behavior : Cognition, contingencies & instructional control (pp. 269-319). New York : Plenum Press. |
MALOTT, R.W., SHIMAMUNE, S. & MALOTT, M.E. (1993). Rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management : An analysis of interventions. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 103-116. |
MALOTT, R.W. (1993). A theory of rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 45-65. |
MALOTT, R.W., MALOTT, M.E. & TROJAN, E.A. (2000/2006). Elementary principles of behavior. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis, and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 31-36. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
Maltraitance : Désigne l'ensemble des mauvais traitements infligés à une personne dépendante (enfants, certains handicapés, certaines femmes, certains vieux, etc.) par les parents, les proches ou les individus responsables de cette personne (soignants et autorités des hôpitaux et des instituts psychiatriques). Ce concept englobe les sévices physiques, psychologiques, sexuels, ainsi que la négligence (absence ou insuffisance de soins). N.D.L.R.: En ce sens, le mot abus est un anglicisme. Violence, négligence et maltraitance. /bientraitance. Child abuse, child violence, child sexual abuse.
| |
APPLEBAUM, A.S. (1977). Developmental retardation in infants as a concomitant of physical child abuse. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 5, 417-423. |
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1989). Child maltreatment, infant-parent attachment security, and dysfuntional peer relationships in toddlerhood. Topics in Earlh Childhood Special Education, 9, 1-15. |
BELSKY, J. (1980). Child maltreatment : an ecological integration. American psychologists, 35, 320-336. |
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1990). Social and emotional consequences of child maltreatment. In R.T. Ammerman and M. Hersen (Eds.), Children at risk : An evaluation of factors contributing to child abuse and neglect (pp. 109-148). New York : Plenum. |
ISAACS, C.D. (1982). Treatment of child abuse : a review of the behavioral interventions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,15 (2), 273-294. [PDF] |
MALINOSKY-RUMMELL, R. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Long-term consequences of childhood physical abuse. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 68-79. |
OATES, R., FORREST, D. & PEACOCK, A. (1985). Self-esteem of abused children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 9, 159-163. |
HAYNES-SEMAN, C. & BAUMGARTEN, D. (1994). Children speak for themselves. Using the Kempe Interactional Assessment to evaluate allegations of parent-child sexual abuse. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
| |
KEANEY, J. & FARLEY, M. (1996) Dissociation in an outpatient
sample of women reporting
childhood sexual abuse. Psychological Reports, 78, 59-65. |
WOLFE, D. (1985). Child-abusive parents : An empirical review and analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 462-482. |
REECE, R.M. (2001). Child abuse : Medical dagnosis and management. Williams and Wilkins. |
BROWNE, A. & FINKELOR, D. (1986). Impact of child sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological Bulletin, 99 (1), 66-77. |
BRIERE, J. & RUNTZ, M. (1990). Differential adult symptomatology associated with three types of child abuse histories. Child Abuse & Neglect,14, 357-364. |
GARBARINO, J., GUTTMANN, E., GUTTMANN, S. & WILSON, J. (1986). The psychologically battered child. San Francisco : JosseyBass. |
De JONG, T.L. & GOREY, K.M. (1996). Short-term versus long-term group work with female survivors of childhood sexual abuse : A brief meta-analytic review. Social Work with Groups, 19 (1), 19-27. |
BURGESS, R.L. (1986). Social incompetence as a precipitant to and consequence of child maltreatment. Victimology : An International Journal, 10, 72-86. |
TESSIER, R., TARABULSY, G.M. et ETHER, L.S. (1996). Dimensions de la maltraitance. Québec : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
SEAGULL, E. (1987). Social support and child maltreatment : A review of the evidence. Child Abuse & Neglect, 11, 41-52. |
ORNSTEIN, P.A., CECI, S.J. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1996). Adult recollections of childhood abuse : Cognitive and developmental perspectives. In J.L. Alpert, L.S. Brown, S.J. Ceci, C.A. Courtois, E.F. Loftus & P.A. Ornstein (Eds.), Working group of investigation of memories of childhood abuse : Final Report. American Psychological Association. |
| |
ROSS, S. (1996). Risk of physical abuse to children of spouse abusing parents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 20, 589-598. |
| |
MIILER, C.L. & PERRIN, R.D. (1999). Child maltreatment : An introduction. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications |
BURGESS, R.L. KURLAND, J.A. & PENSKY, E.E. (1988). Ultimate and proximate determinants of child maltreatment : Natural selection, ecological instability and coercive interpersonal contingencies. In K. MacDonald (Ed.), Sociobiological perspectives on human development (pp. 293-319). New York: Springer-Verlag. |
BURGESS, R.L. & DRAIS, A.A. (1999). Beyond the "Cinderella Effect" : Life-history theory and child maltreatment. Human Nature, 10, 373-398. |
CAVAIOLA, A.A. & SCHIFF, M. (1988). Behavioral sequelae of physical and/or sexual abuse in adolescents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 12, 181-188. |
ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D., DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER, M.R. (2000). A model intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist, 40, 492-497. |
| |
FARLEY, M. & PATSALIDES, B. (2001). Physical symptoms,
posttraumatic stress disorder, and healthcare utilization of women with
and without childhood physical and sexual abuse. Psychological Reports,
89, 595-606. |
WALKER, C.E., BONNER, B.L. & KAUFMAN, K.L. (1988). The physically and sexually abused child : Evaluation and treatment. New York : Pergamon Press. |
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2003). Co-occurrence between marital aggression and parents’ child abuse potential : The impact of cumulative stress. Violence & Victims, 18, 243-258. |
ZURAVIN, S. (1988). Child maltreatment and teenage forst births : A relationship mediated by chronic sociodemographic stress? American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 58, 91-103. |
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2004). Children's violence exposure in the family and community. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 152-155. |
FANTUZZO, J.W. & LINQUIST, C.U. (1989). The effects of observing conjugal violence on children : A review and analysis of research methodology. Journal of Family Violence, 4, 77-94. |
LACHS, M.S., & PILLEMER K. (2004). Elder abuse. Lancet, 364, 1263-1272. |
| |
TOURIGNY, M., DOMOND, P., TROCMÉ, N., SIOUI, B. & BARIL, K. (2007). Incidence of maltreatment of aboriginal children in Quebec reported to youth protection: Intercultural comparison. First Peoples Child & Family Review, 3 (3), 103-119. |
 |
TOURIGNY, M., JACOB, M., MAYER, M., DAIGNEAULT, I., HÉBERT, M. & WRIGHT, J. (2009). Facteurs associés à la rétention des signalements impliquant une situation d’abus sexuel. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33 (12), 888-896. |
| |
|
Mammifère : Classe d'animaux vertébrés et vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un cœur à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur corps est constante. ( ) : babouin, capucin, chat, chauve-souris, cheval, chèvre, chien, chimpanzé, cobaye, corbeau, coyote, dauphin, éléphant, gibbon, girafe, gorille, humain, Langur, lapin, lion, loup, lycaon, macaque, mandrill, orang-outan, panda, rat, renard, singe, souris, vervet.
| |
GOTTLIEB, G. (1971). Ontogenesis of sensory function in birds and mammals. In E. Tobach, L.R. Aronson, & E. Shaw (Eds.), The biopsychology of development (pp. 67-128). New York : Academic Press. |
GALEF, B.G. (1983). Costs and benefits of mammalian reproduction. In H. Moltz & L. Rosenblum (Eds.), Symbiosis in parent-offspring interactions (pp. 249-278.). New York : Plenum Press. |
ZEPELIN, H., & RECHTSCHAFFEN, A. (1974). Mammalian sleep, longevity, and energy metabolism. Brain Behavior & Evolution, 10, 425-470. |
BROWN, R.E. & MacDONALD, D.W. (Eds.) (1985). Social odours in mammals. Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
DELANY, M.J. (1974). The ecology of small mammals. London : Edward Arnold. |
KURTA, A. (1995). Mammals of the Great Lakes region. Toronto : Fitzhenry & Whiteside. |
ALLISON, T. & CICCHETTI, D.V. (1976). Sleep in mammals : Ecological and constitutional correlates. Science, 194, 732-734. |
PARENT, J.M. (2003). Injury-induced neurogenesis in the adult mammalian brain. Neuroscientist, 9, 261–272. |
BROWN, R.E. (1979). Mammalian social odors : A critical review. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 10, 103-162. |
MING, G.-L. & SONG, H. (2005). Adult neurogenesis in the mammalian central nervous system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 28, 223–250. [PDF] |
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal . Londres : Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
|
| |
|
|
Mandler George (Vienne 1924-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine autrichienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée et des émotions. Collaborateur de Mandler.
 
 |
MANDLER, G. (1975/82). Mind and emotion. New York : Wiley. |
MANDLER, G. (2001). Apart from genetics : What makes monozygotic twins similar? Journal of Mind & Behavior, 22, 147-159. |
MANDLER, G. (2002). Organization : What the levels of processing are levels of. Memory, 10, 333-338. |
MANDLER, G. (2005). The consciousness continuum : From “qualia” to “free will.” Psychological Research, 56, 330-337. |
MANDLER, G. (2007). A history of modern experimental psychology : From James and Wundt to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
 |
| |
|
Mandler Jean M. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement des enfants et de la pensée. Collaboratrice de Bruner et Mandler.

 |
MANDLER, J.M. & MANDLER, G. (1964/82). Thinking : From Association to Gestalt. New York : John Wiley & Sons/Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press. |
MANDLER, J.M. (1998). Babies think before they speak. Human Development, 41, 116-126. |
MANDLER, J.M. & McDONOUGH, L. (1998). On developing a knowledge base in infancy. Developmental Psychology, 34, 1274-1288. |
MANDLER, J.M. (2000). Perceptual and conceptual processes in infancy. Journal of Cognition & Development, 1, 3-36. |
MANDLER, J.M. (2004). Thought before language. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8, 508-513. |
 |
|
|
|
Mandrill (Mandrillus sphinx) : Singe. Mandrill.
| |
 |
JOUVENTIN, P. (1975). Observations sur la socio-ecologie du mandrills. Revue d'Ecologie Appliquée, 29, 493-532. |
HARRISON, M.J.S. (1988). The mandrill in Gabon's rain forest-ecology, distribution and status. Oryx, 22 (4), 218-228. |
MELLEN, J.D., LITTLEWOOD, A.P., BARROW, B.C. & STEVENS V.J. (1981). Individual and social behavior in a captive troop of mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx). Primates, 22 (2), 206-220. |
NORRIS, J. (1988). Diet and feeding behavior of semi-free ranging mandrills in an enclosed Gabonais forest. Primates, 29 (4), 449-463. |
LAHM, S.A. (1985). Mandrill ecology and the status of Gabon's rainforests. Primate Conservation 6, 32-33. |
FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1990). The behaviour of a social group of mandrills Mandrillus sphinx. Primate Eye, 41, 25-26. |
KUDO, H. & MITANI, M. (1985). New record of predatory behavior by the mandrill in Cameroon. Primates, 26 (2), 161-167. |
FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1991). Scent marking in mandrills, Mandrillus sphinx. Folia Primatologica, 57, 42-47. |
LAHM, S.A. (1986). Diet and habitat preference of Mandrillus sphinx in Gabon : Implications of foraging strategy. American Journal of Primatology, 11, 9-26. |
FEISTNER, A.T.C., COOPER, R.W. & EVANS, S. (1990). The establishment and reproduction of a group of semifree-ranging mandrills. Zoo Biology, 11, 385-395. |
KUDO, H. (1987). The study of vocal communication of wild mandrills in Cameroon in relation to their social structure. Primates, 28 (3), 289-308. |
WICKINGS, E.J., BOSSI, T. & DIXSON, A.F. (1993). Reproductive success in the mandrill, Mandrillus sphinx : correlations of male dominance and mating success with paternity, as determined by DNA fingerprinting. Journal of the Zoological Society of London. 231, 563-574. |
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. |
ROGERS, M.E., ABERNETHY, K.A., FONTAINE, B., WICKINGS, E.J., WHITE, L.J.T. & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1996). Ten days in the life of a mandrill horde in the Lope Reserve, Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 40, 297-313. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Manie/Maniaque : Du grec mania qui signifie «habitude». État pathologique qui constitue l'une des deux phases du trouble bipolaire. Elle se caractérise par un sentiment e xagéré de bien-être, d'euphorie et de confiance en soi ou d'irritabilité. Les symptômes de la manie sont : la fuite des idées ou la sensation que les pensées défilent trop vite, l'augmentation de l'estime de soi, la réduction du besoin de sommeil, une augmentation démesurée de l'appétit, des difficultés de concentration, le désir de parler constamment, l'irritabilité, des idées de grandeur, la crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit, la prise de décisions irrationnelles.
| |
BINSWANGER, L. (1963). Mélancolie et manie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
ATHANASSIOU-POPESCO, C. (1996). La défense maniaque. Presses Universitaires de France. |
 |
| |
|
|
Manipuler/manipulation : Ce terme a quatres acceptions : a) En méthodologie, dans le cadre d'une expérience scientifique ou d'une quasi-expérience, manipuler est une opération qui consiste à modifier la nature d'un objet d'étude (ou son milieu), donc à lui faire volontairement subir un changement, afin de mieux l'étudier (comprendre sa nature ou ses propriétés). L'aspect de l'objet ou du milieu manipulé par le chercheur se nomme variable indépendante provoquée (ou manipulée). Manipuler consiste donc à soumettre les sujets d'une expérience à l'effet de cette variable manipulée. EX: Manipuler la quantité de nourriture donnée à un rat afin de mieux comprendre les mécanismes d'apprentissage. = manipulation expérimentale. b) Le terme a également une signification voisine en analyse du comportement. Il désigne la modification de l'environnement que le chercheur ou le clinicien effectue dans le but de modifier la fréquence d'un comportement donné. Manipulating antecedent conditions. c) En psychologie sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer volontairement le comportement d'autrui, souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement cette distinction. = manipulation sociale. d) Finalment, ce terme englobe l'ensemble des comportements exploratoires à l'endroit d'un objet.
| |
a |
| |
| b |
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. [PDF] |
KENNEDY, C.H. (1994). Manipulating antecedent conditions to alter the stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 161-170. [PDF] |
| c |
| |
| d |
BARD, K.A., & VAUCLAIR, J. (1984). The communicative context of object manipulation in Ape and Human adult-infant pairs. Journal of Human Evolution, 13, 181-190. [PDF] |
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual and hemispheric specialization in the manipulation of a joystick by baboons. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 210-214. [PDF] |
VAUCLAIR, J. & IMBEAULT, C. (2009). Relationships between manual preferences for object manipulation and pointing gestures in infants and toddlers. Developmental Science, 12, 1060-1069. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Manipulation (sociale) : Modification volontaire du comportement dans le but d'exploiter autrui. Manipulation et persuasion sociale. Social manipulation.
| |
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior: An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. |
BENTLEY-CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1996). Female-female competition and social manipulation in baboons (Papio cynocephalus cynocephalus). American Journal of Physical Anthropology Supplement, 22, 69 |
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). La technique du " Vous êtes libre de… " : Induction d'un sentiment de liberté et soumission à une requête ou le paradoxe d'une liberté manipulatrice. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 15 (1), 45-82. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Psychologie de la manipulation et de la soumission. Paris. Dunod. |
D'AlMEIDA, F. (2005). La manipulation. PUF/Que sais-je ? |
 |
| |
|
|
Manuel scolaire : Livre, souvent obligatoire, qu'un enseignant/ professeur utilise en classe et à la maison pour enseigner une matière. Manuel et livre de psychologie.
| |
CARETTE, V. (2001). Le manuel scolaire : outil pour l’élève ? In Y. Lenoir, B. Rey, G.-R. Roy & J. Lebrun (Dir.), Le manuel scolaire et l’intervention éducative : regards critiques sur ses apports et ses limites. Sherbrooke : Éditions du CRP. |
GERARD, F.-M. & ROEGIERS, X. (2003). Des manuels scolaires pour apprendre — Concevoir, évaluer, utiliser, Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
GERARD, F.-M. (2003). Les manuels scolaires d'aujourd'hui, de l'enseignement à l'apprentissage. Option, 4, 27-28. |
LEBRUN, M. (Dir.) (2006). Le manuel scolaire. Un outil à multiples facettes. Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec. |
GERARD, F.-M. (2010). Le manuel scolaire, un outil efficace, mais décrié. Éducation & Formation : Manuels scolaires et matériel didactique, 292,13-24. |
 |
| |
|
Manning Aubrey William George (Chiswick 1930-) : Zoologiste et généticien anglais. Étudiant de Tinbergen. Collaborateur de Bastock et Dawkins. 

 |
BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111. |
MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169. |
MANNING, A. (1989). The ontogeny of an ethologist. In D. A. Dewsbury (Ed.), Studying animal behavior : Autobiographies of the founders (pp. 289-313. Chicago : Chicago University Press. |
MANNING, A. & DAWKINS, M.S. (1998). An introduction to animal behaviour. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
MANNING, A. (2005). Four decades on from the ‘four questions’. Animal Biology, 55, 287-296. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Maple Terry L. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste, éthologiste et primatologue américain, spécialiste du panda. Collaborateur de Marr.

 |
MAPLE, T.L. (2000). Saving the giant panda. Atlanta : Longstreet Press. |
MAPLE, T.L. Behavioral and developmental consequences of early rearing experience for captive giant pandas (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 117, 235-245. |
PERDUE, B.M., SNYDER, R.J., PRATTE, J., MARR, M.J. & MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Spatial memory recall in the giant panda (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 123 (3), 275-279. |
 |
| |
|
Maquillage : Modification de son apparence au moyen de cosmétique. Maquillage, attirance et beauté. Make-up, cosmetic.
| |
KYLE, D.J. & HEIKE, M. (1996). The effects of hair color and cosmetic use on perceptions of a female’s ability. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20, 447-455. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001), The effect of perfume on prosocial behavior of pedestrians. Psychological Reports, 88, 1046-1048. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). La force du maquillage. Cerveau & Psycho, 30, 24-28. [PDF] |
MULHERN, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÊQUE, J.L. & PINEAU, P. (2003). Do cosmetics enhance female caucasian facial attractiveness ? International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 25, 199-205. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2008). The effects of women’s cosmetics on men’s approach : an evaluation int the bar. North American Journal of Psychology, 10 (1), 221-228. [PDF] |
RUSSELL, R. (2010). Why cosmetics work. In R. Adams, N. Ambady, K. Nakayama & S. Shimojo, S. (Eds.), The science of social vision. New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2011). Enhanced female attractiveness with use of cosmetics and male tipping behavior in restaurants. Journal of Cosmetic Science, 62 (3), 283-290. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
March James G. (Cleveland 1928-) : Économiste et béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des organisations. Étudiant et collaborateur de Cyert et Simon.

 |
CYERT, R.M. FEIGENBAUM, E.A. & MARCH, J.G. (1959). Models in a behavioral theory of the firm. Behavioral Science, 4, 81-95. |
CYERT, R.M. & MARCH, J.G. (1963). A behavioral theory of the firm. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall. |
MARCH, J.G. & SIMON, H. (1958). Organizations. New York : John Wiley. |
COHEN, M.D., MARCH, J.G. & OLSEN, J.P (1972). A garbage can model of organizational choice. Administrative Science Quarterly, 17 (1), 1-25. |
MARCH, J.G. (1978). Bounded rationality, ambiguity and the engineering of choice. Bell Journal of Economics, 9, 587-608. |
 |
| |
|
Marchand André ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des troubles anxieux et panique. Étudiant de Malcuit. Collaborateur de Bouchard, D'Antono, Dupuis et Turgeon.

 |
LABBÉ, Y. et MARCHAND, A. (1987). Modification du comportement et retard mental. Brossard : Behaviora. |
MARCHAND, A. (1992). Le trouble panique avec ou sans agoraphobie : introduction. Science et comportement, 22, (2). |
MARCHAND, A. et COMEAU, S. (1992). Une recherche clinique sur le traitement en groupe de l'agoraphobie avec et sans partenaire. Science et Comportement, 22 (2). |
MARCHAND, A. et LETARTE, A. (2001). La peur d'avoir peur : Guide de traitement du trouble panique avec agoraphobie. Stanké. |
MARCHAND, A., IUCCI, S., BRILLON, P., MARTIN, M. et MARTIN, A. (2003). Intervention de crise et débriefing : Controverses et défis. Stress et Trauma, 3 (3), 141-153. |
 |
|
|
Marche/Marcher : Double mouvement de balancier des jambes et des bras qui consiste d'abord à basculer son corps et ses bras devant-derrière, puis à projeter ses jambes par alternance vers l'avant, tout en maintenant son équilibre. Marcher et ramper. Walk, walking.
| |
CROUCHMAN, M. (1986). The effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 28 (6), 757-761 |
ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 26, 1148-1166. |
ADOLPH, K.E., EPPLER, M.A. & GIBSON, E.J. (1993). Crawling versus walking infants’ perception of affordances for locomotion over sloping surfaces. Child Development: Special Issue on Biodynamics, 64, 1158-1174. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & PICHOT, N. (2001), The influence of status in the failure to observe a road safety rule among pedestrians. The Journal of Social Psychology, 141 (3), 413-415. [PDF] |
THEIN, M.M., LEE, J., TAY, V. & LING, S.L. (1997). Infant walker use, injuries and motor development. Injury Prevention, 3 (1), 63-66. |
THOMPSON, P.G. (2002). Injury caused by baby walkers : the predicted outcomes of mandatory regulations. Medical Journal of Australia, 177 (3), 147-148. |
BRIL, B. & LEDEBT, A. (1998). Head coordination as a means to assist sensory integration in learning to
walk. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 555-563. |
ADOLPH, K.E., VEREIJKEN, B. & SHROUT, P.E. (2003). What changes in infant walking and why. Child Development, 74, 474-497. |
SIEGEL, A.C. & BURTON, R.V. (1999). Effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development in human infants Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 20 (5), 355-361. |
GARCIAGUIRRE, J.S., ADOLPH, K.E. & SHROUT, P.E. (2007). Baby carriage : Infants walking with loads. Child Development, 78, 664-680. |
 |
|
|
|
Marché : En économie, désigne non pas un lieu mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des individus, d'une part des acheteurs (consommateurs) qui souhaitent acquérir des biens ou des services (demande), et d'autres part des vendeurs (artisan, marchand, producteur, industriel, etc.) en mesure de produire et de rendre disponible ces biens/services (offre). Ces échanges d'objets et de services peuvent se faire grâce à un système monétaire ou non (troque). = économie de marché. Market.
| |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). The costs of living : How market freedom erodes the best things in life. New York : Norton. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). On morals and markets. Criminal Justice Ethics, 13, 61-69. |
LOPES L.L. (1994). Psychology and economics : Perspectives on risk, cooperation, and the marketplace. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 197–227. |
HERMAN, E.S. (1995). Triumph of the market : essays on economics, politics, and the media. Boston. South End Press. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1999). Capitalism, the market, the "underclass," and the future. Society, 37, 33-42. |
 |
| |
|
Marché du travail : En économie, désigne non pas un lieu mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des individus, d'une part des travailleurs qui souhaitent vendre leurs force, leur habiletés ou leur connaissances en retour d'un salaire (le prix du travail), et d'autres part des employeurs qui ont besoin de cette force, de ces habiletés ou de ces connaissances pour produire et vendre des biens et des services. Workplace.
| |
LIPS, H.M. (1993). Women and power in the workplace. In A. Minas (Ed.), Gender basics (pp. 106-113). Belmont, CA : Wadsworth. |
HAMMERMESH, D. & BIDDLE, J.E. (1994). Beauty and the labor market. The American Economic Review, 84, 1174-1194. |
 |
| |
|
Marcia James E. ( ) : Psychologue canadien spécialisé dans l'étude du développement de l'identité à l'adolescence.

 |
MARCIA, J.E. (1966). Development and validation of ego identity status. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 551-558. |
MARCIA, J.E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J. Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent. psychology (pp. 159-187). New York : Wiley. |
MARCIA, J.E. (1989). Identity diffusion differentiated. In M.A. Luszcz & T. Nettelbeck (Eds.), Psychological development across the life span (pp. 289-295). North-Holland : Elsevier. |
MARCIA, J.E. (1993). The ego-identity status approach to ego-identity. In J.E. Marcia, A.S. Waterman, D.R. Matteson, S.L. Archer & J.L. Orlofsky (Eds.), Ego identity. A handbook for psychosocial research (pp. 3-21). New York : Springer. |
MARCIA, J.E. (2002). Identity and psychosocial development in adulthood. Identity, 2 (1), 7-28. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
Marginalilité : |
Margolin Gayla ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la maltraitance de la violence familiale et de la thérapie de couple. Collaboratrice de Jacobson, Patterson et Weiss.
 |
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential consequences provided by mothers and fathers for their sons and daughters. Developmental Psychology, 11, 537-538. |
MARGOLIN, G. (1981). The reciprocal relationship between marital and child problems. In J.P. Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family interventions, assessment and theory (Vol. 2., pp. 167-222). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
MARGOLIN, G. (1998). The effects of domestic violence on children. In P.K. Trickett & C. Schellenbach (Eds.), Violence against children in the family and the community (pp. 57-102). Washington, DC : APA. |
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2000). The effects of family and community violence on children. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 445-479. |
MARGOLIN, G. (2004). Children's exposure to violence : Exploring developmental pathways to diverse outcomes. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 72-81. |
 |
| |
|
Margolis Joseph ( ) : Épistémologue américain. Collaborateur de Harré.
 |
MARGOLIS, J. (1970). Scientific realism, ontology, and the sensory modes. Philosophy of Science, 37, 114-120. |
MARGOLIS, J. (1978). The problems of similarity : realism and nominalism. Monist, 61, 384-400. |
MARGOLIS, J. (1984). Philosophy of psychology. Foundations of Philosophy Series. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
MARGOLIS, J., MANICAS, P. & HARRÉ, R. (1986). Psychology : Designing the discipline. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
MARGOLIS, J. (1991). The truth about relativism. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
 |
| |
|
Mariage : Contrat moral et civil entre deux personnes (couple), souvent de sexe opposé, reconnu par l'état ou l'église, qui fixe certaines obligations et partage les biens des parties en présence. Mariage, conflit famililal et union libre. Marriage.
| |
ELLIS, A. (1961). How much sex freedom in marriage? Sexology, 28, 292-296. |
ELLIS, A. (1968). Let's change our marriage system! Sexology, 34 (7), 436-439. |
ELLIS, A. (1969). How to increase sexual enjoyment in marriage. In B.N. Ard & C. Ard (Eds.), Handbook of marriage counseling (pp. 375-378). Palo Alto, CA : Science and Behavior. |
JACKSON, D.D. & LEDERER, W. (1968). Mirages of marriage. New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage & Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139. |
MUENCH, D.M. & LANDRUM, R.E. (1994). Family dynamics and attitudes toward marriage. Journal of Psychology, 128, 425-431. |
RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A. & RHOLES, W.S. (2002). Attachment orientations, marriage, and the transition to parenthood. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 622-628. |
VOLLING, B.L., BLANDON, A.Y. & KOLAK, A.M. (2006). Marriage, parenting, and the emergence of early self-regulation in the family system. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 15, 493-506. |
 |
| |
|
Marijuana : Drogue extraite du chanvre indien, qui possède des propriétés hallucinogènes et euphorisantes. = marihuana, cannabis. Marijuana, cannabis.
| |
JESSOR, R. JESSOR, S.L. & FINNEY, J. (1973). A social psychology of marijuana use : Longitudinal studies of high school and college youth. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 26, 1-15. |
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992). Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents : The relative influence of drug-specific and social context factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33, 51-66. |
NAHAS, G. G. (1973). Marijuana—deceptive weed. New York : Raven Press. |
|
ABEL, E.L. (1980). Marijuana : The first twelve thousand years. New York : Plenum Press. |
KELLY, T.H., FOLTIN, R. W. & ISHMAN, M.W. (1993). Effects of smoked marijuana on heart rate, drug ratings and task performance by humans. Behavioural Pharmacology, 4, 167-178. |
JESSOR, R. CHASE, J.A. & DONOVAN, J.E. (1980). Psychosocial correlates of marijuana use and problem drinking in a national sample of adolescents. American Journal of Public Health, 70, 604- 613. |
SMITH P. F. (1995). Cannabis and the brain. New Zealand Journal of Psychology, 24, 5-12. |
MiILLER L.L. & BRACONNIER, R.J. (1983). Cannabis : Effects on memory and the cholinergic limbic system. Psychological Bulletin, 93, 441-456. |
POPE, H. G., & YERGLUN-TODD, D. (1996). The residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college students. Journal of the American Medical Association, 275, 521-527. |
HOLLISTER, L.E. (1986). Health aspects of cannabis. Pharmacological Review, 38, 1-20. |
BOWEN, R., McILWRICK, J., MARILYN, B. & ZHANG, X. (2005). Lithium and marijuana withdrawal. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 240-241. |
FRIED, P.A. (1986). Marijuana and human pregnancy. In I. J. Chasnoff (Ed.), Drug use in pregnancy : Mother and child (pp. 64-74). Lancaster, PA : MTP Press |
CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E., CANNON, M., McLAY, J., HARRINGTON, H., TAYLOR, A., ARSENAULT, L., WILLIAMS, B., BRAITWAITE, A. POULTON, R. & CRAIG, I.W. (2005). Moderation of the effect of adolescent-onset cannabis use on adult psychosis by a functional polymorphism in the catechol-o-methyltransferase gene : Longitudinal evidence of a gene x environment interaction. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1117-1127. |
EHRENKRANZ, J.R.L. & HEMBREE, W.C. (1986). Effects of marijuana on male reproductive function. Psychiatric Annals, 16, 243-248 |
ZICKLER, P. (2006). Marijuana smoking is associated with a spectrum of respiratory disorders. NIDA Notes, 21 (1), 12-13. |
PAGE, J.B., FLETCHR J., & TRUE, W.R. (1988). Psychosociocultural perspectives on chronic cannabis use : The Costa Rican follow-up. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20, 57-65. |
ZVOLENSKY, M.J., BERNSTEIN, A., SACH-ERICCSON, N., SCHMIDT, N.B., BUCKENER, J. & BONN-MILLER, M.O. (2006). Cannabis use, abuse, and dependence and panic attacks in a representative sample. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 477-486. |
TASHKIN, D.P., SIMMONS, M. & CLARK, V. (1988). Effect of habitual smoking of marijuana alone and with tobacco on nonspecific airways hyperreactivity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20 (1), 21-25. |
KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38. |
DAY, N.L. & RICHARDSON, G.A. (1991). Prenatal marijuana use: Epidemiology, methodological issues, and infant outcome. Chemical Dependency & Pregnancy, 18, 77-91. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Markham Michael R. (New Mexico 1968-) : Neuropsychologue et béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Dougher.
 |
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993). Social contingencies and the effects of punishment in alcoholics and nonalcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 24, 277-284 |
MARKHAM, M.R. & GALLOGLY, R.H. (1997). Does language make humans more than clever apes? Review of Language and Human Behavior by Derek Bickerton. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30, 185-186. [LIRE] |
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & AUGUSTON, E. (2002). Transfer of operant discrimination and respondent elicitation via emergent relations of compound stimuli. The Psychological Record, 52, 325-350. |
MARKHAM, R.G. & MARKHAM, M.R. (2002). On the role of covarying functions in stimulus class formation and transfer of function. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78, 509-524. [PDF] |
MARKHAM, M.R. & STODDARD, P.K. (2005). Adrenocorticotropic hormone enhances the masculinity of an electric communication signal by modulating the waveform and timing of action potentials within individual cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 8746-8754. |
 |
| |
|
|
Markov (chaînes ou modèle de...) :

| |
ATKINSON, R.C. (1958). A Markov model for discrimination learning. Psychometrika, 23, 309-322. |
ATKINSON, R.C. (1959). Applications of a Markov model to two-person non-cooperative games. In R.R. Bush and W.K. Estes (Eds.), Studies in mathematical learning theory. Stanford, California : Stanford University Press. |
SUPPES, P. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1960). Markov learning models for multiperson interactions. Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
SENETA, E. (1981). Non-negative matrices and Markov chains. New-York : Springer-Verlag. |
BRAINERD, C.J. (1979). Markovian interpretations of conservation learning. Psychological Review, 86, 181-213. |
HEYMAN, G.M. (1979). A Markov model description of changeover probabilities on concurrent variable-interval schedules . Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 31 (1), 41–51. [PDF] |
KURAVSKY, L.S. & MALYKH, S. (2004). Application of Markov models for analysis of development of psychological characteristics. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 29-40. |
LINK, D. (2006). Chains to the West : Markov's theory of connected events and its transmission to Western Europe. Science in Context, 19, 561-589. |
DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Markovits Henry ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européen d'origine québécoise. Il enseigne à l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie le développement de la pensée et du raisonnement.
 |
MARKOVITS, H. & NANTEL, G. (1989). The belief-bias effect in the production and evaluation of logical conclusions. Memory & Cognition, 17, 11-17. |
MARKOVITS, H. & SAVARY, F. (1992). Pragmatic schemas and selection task : To reason or not reason. The Quartely Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45A, 133-148. |
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly : Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality and Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160. |
MARKOVITS, H., DUMAS, C. & MALFAIT, N. (1995). Understanding transitivity of a spatial relationship : A developmental analysis. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 59, 124-141. |
MARKOVITS, H. & SCHROYENS, W. (2007). A curious belief-bias effect : Reasoning with false premises and inhibition of real-life information. Experimental Psychology, 54 (1), 38-43. |
 |
| |
|
Marks David F. (1945- ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude des images mentales, et critique de la parapsychologie.
 |
MARKS, D.F. (1973). Visual imagery differences in the recall of pictures. British Journal of Psychology, 64, 17-24. |
MARKS, D.F. & KAMMANN, R. (1980/2000). The psychology of the psychic. Buffalo, New York : Prometheus Books. |
MARKS, D.F. (1981). Imagery, knowledge and the individual. Journal of Mental Imagery, 5, 47-50. |
MARKS, D.F. (1983). Mental imagery and consciousness : A theoretical review. In A.A. Sheikh (Ed.), Imagery : Current theory, research, and application (pp. 96-130). New York : Wiley. |
MARKS, D.F. (1999). Consciousness, mental imagery and action. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 567-585. |
 |
| |
|
Marks Isaac M. ( ) : Psychiatre cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude du trouble obsessionnel-compulsif et des thérapies par exposition.
 |
MARKS, M. & GELDER, M.G. (1966). Different ages of onset in varieties of phobias. American Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 218-221. |
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975). Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in vivo exposure : a two year follow-up and issues in treatment.British Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 349-364. |
MARKS, I.M. (1978). Behavioral psychotherapy of adult neurosis. In S.L. Garfield & A.E.Bergin (Eds), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change : an empirical analysis (pp 493-547). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
MARKS, I.M. (1981). Psychiatry and behavioural psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 74-78. |
MARKS, I.M. & O'SULLIVAN, G. (1988). Drugs and psychological treatments for agoraphobia/panic and obsessive-compulsive disorders : a review. British Journal of Psychiatry,153, 650-658. |
 |
| |
|
Markus Hazel Rose ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain. Chef de file de la perspective cognitive sociale et de la psychologie culturelle. On lui doit le concept de schéma de soi. Elle s'est notamment intéressé à la culture. Collaboratrice de Jones, Hastorf, Kitayama, Moreland, Nisbett, Shweder et Zajonc.
  
 |
MARKUS, H.R. (1977). Self-schemata and processing information about the self. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35, 63-78. |
MARKUS, H.R., SMITH, J. & MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Role of the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1494-1512. |
MARKUS, H.R. & NURIUS, P. (1986). Possible selves. American Psychologist, 41, 954-969. |
MARKUS, H.R. & KUNDA, Z. (1986). Stability and malleability in the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (4), 858-866. |
MARKUS, H.R. (2008). Pride, prejudice, and ambivalence : Toward a unified theory of race and ethnicity. American Psychologist, 63, 651-670. |
 |
| |
|
Marley Anthony A.J. ( ) : Psychologue québécois et professeur à la retraite de l'Université Mcgill. Il étudie les processus perceptifs dans le cadre de la théorie du traitement de l'information (modèles connexionistes). Professeur de Lacouture. Collaborateur de Luce.
| |
MARLEY, A.A.J. & COOK, V.T. (1986). A limited capacity rehearsal model for psychophysical judgements applied to magnitude estimation. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 30 (4), 339-390. |
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1988). Random utility models with binary tree decomposable rank orders satisfy Tversky's elimination-by-aspects model. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 32, 436-448. |
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1995). A mapping model of bow effects in absolute identification. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 39 (4), 383-395. |
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). Probabilistic choice as a consequence of nonlinear (sub) optimization. Journal of Mathematical Psychology , 41 (4), 382-391. |
MIGNAULT, A. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). A real-time neuronal model of classical conditioning. Adaptive Behavior, 6 (1), 3-61. |
 |
| |
|
Marque : Ensemble des caractéristiques et des signes distinctifs d'un produit ou d'une entreprise. Maque et logo. Label, brand label.
| |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1993). What's in a name? The moderating role of public self-consciousness on the relation between brand label and brand preference. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 857-861. |
KLEIN, N. (2000/02). No
logo : La tyrannie des marques. Paris : Actes Sud. |
 |
| |
|
|
Marqueur (sémantique) : Signe ou indice de l'existence d'un phénomène inobservable. Marqueur et symptôme. Marker.
| |
GREENWALD, A.G., DRAINE, S.C. & ABRAMS, R.L. (1996). Three cognitive markers of unconscious semantic activation. Science, 273, 1699-1702. |
 |
| |
|
Marquis Donald George (1908-1973) : Psychologue behavioriste américain. Avec Hilgard, il a rédigé un manuel de base en apprentissage qui est devenu une référence en la matière. Président de l'APA en 1948. Collaborateur de Hilgard et Woodworth.
 |
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition, extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19, 29-58. |
MARQUIS, D.G. (1940). Physiological ssychology. Annual Review of Physiology, 2, 433-461. |
MARQUIS, D.G. (1944). Social psychologists in national war agencies. Psychological Bulletin, 41, 115-126. |
WOODWORTH, R.S. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1949). Psychology : a study of mental life. London : Methuen. |
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1961). Conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts/Gregory A. Kimble. |
 |
| |
|
Marr David Courtnay (Woodford 1945-1980 Cambridge Massachusetts) : Mathématicien et neurocognitiviste anglais. Chef de file du connexionisme. Il a développé un modèle de la perception.

 |
MARR, D. (1970). A theory for cerebral neocortex. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 176, 161-234. |
MARR, D. (1975). Approaches to biological information processing. Science, 190, 875-876. |
MARR, D. (1977). Artificial intelligence : A personal view. Artificial Intelligence, 9 (1), 37-48. |
MARR, D. & NISHIHARA, H.K. (1978). Representation and recognition of spatial organization of three-dimensional shapes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B, 200, 269-294. |
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational investigation into the human representation and processing of visual information. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman. |
 |
| |
|
Marr Jackson M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'analyse du comportement. Collaborateur de Maple et Zeiler.

 |
MARR, M.J. (1971). Sequence schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (1), 41-48. [PDF] |
MARR, M.J. & ZEILER, M.D. (1974). Schedules of response-independent conditioned reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21 (3), 433-444. [PDF] |
MARR, M.J. (1984). Conceptual approaches and issues. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 353-362. [PDF] |
MARR, M.J. (1992). Behavior dynamics : One perspective. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (3), 249-266. [PDF] |
MARR, M.J. (2003). A still great voice : The golden sovereignty of science and human hehavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 311-312. [PDF] |
 |
 |
| |
|
Marriage & Family Review : Revue scientifique multidisicplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la famille et au marriage. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (1983). Contribution of personality research to an understanding of stress and aging. Marriage & Family Review, 6, 157-173.
|
|
Marsh Herbert W. ( ) : Psychologue australien, spécialisé en éducation et en évaluation des enseignements, notamment en mathématiques. Il s'intéresse également à la mesure de la condition physique.
 |
MARSH, H.W. & FLEINER, H. & THOMAS, C.S. (1975). Validity and usefulness of student evaluations of instructional quality. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 833-839. |
MARSH, H.W. (1987). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 280-295. |
MARSH, H.W. (1993). Physical fitness self-concept : Relations to field and technical indicators of physical fitness for boys and girls aged 9-15. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 15, 184-206. |
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (1997). Making students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness effective. American Psychologist, 52, 1187-1197. [PDF] |
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of Grading Leniency and Low Workload on Students' Evaluations of Teaching: Popular Myth, Bias, Validity, or Innocent Bystanders? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, (1), 202-228. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
Marshall Williams L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle. On lui doit la mise au point de la saturation, une technique de modification du comportement pour traiter les déviances sexuelles. Collaborateur de Barbaree et Earls. 
 |
MARSHALL, W.L. (1973). The modification of sexual fantasies: A combined treatment approach to the reduction of deviant sexual behavior. Behaviour Therapy, 11, 557-564. |
MARSHALL, W.L. & LIPPENS, K. (1977). The clinical value of boredom : A procedure for reducing inappropriate sexual interests. Journal of Nervous & Mental Diseases, 165, 283-287. |
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12, 10-22. |
MARSHALL, W.L. & ECCLES, A. (1991). Issues in clinical practice with sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 6, 68-93. |
MARSHALL, W.L. & FERNANDEZ, Y.M. (2000). Phallometric testing with sexual offenders : Limits to its value. Clinical Psychology Review, 20, 807-822. |
 |
| |
|
Martell Christopher R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioral américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression, notamment chez les homosexuels, et pionnier de la thérapie de l'activation comportementale. Collaborateur de Addis, Hollon, Jacobson et Lewinsohn.

 |
MARTELL C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195. |
MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
MARTELL, C.R. (2003). Behavioral activation therapy for depression. In W. O’Donohue, J. Fisher & S. Hayes, S. (Eds.), Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in your practice (pp. 28-32). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
MARTELL, C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New York : Guilford. |
MARTELL C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 373-393.) New York : Gulford. |
 |
| |
|
Martin Brian ( ) : Spécialiste australien de l'étude de la corruption et de la dénonciation.
 |
MARTIN, B. (1986). Bias in awarding research grants. British Medical Journal, 293, 550-552. |
MARTIN, B. (1991). Scientific knowledge in controversy : The social dynamics of the fluoridation debate. Albany : State University of New York Press. |
MARTIN, B. (1998). Information liberation : Challenging the corruptions of information. London : Freedom Press. [PDF] |
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238. |
MARTIN, B. (2009). Corruption, outrage and whistleblowing. In R.J. Burke & C.L. Cooper (Eds.), Research companion to corruption in organizations (pp. 206-216). Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar. |
 |
| |
|
Martin Carol Lynn ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de l'identité et
du genre.

 |
MARTIN, C.L. (1993). New directions for investigating children's gender knowledge. Developmental Review, 13, 184-204. |
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (1997). Sex-construals and sex differences : A developmental perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 45-51. |
MARTIN, C.L. (1998). Gender identity. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. Washington, DC : American Psychological Assocation. |
MARTIN,
C.L. (2000). Cognitive theories of gender development. In T. Eckes & H.M. Trautner (Eds.), The developmental social psychology of gender (pp.
91-121). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (2003). Children’s search for gender cues : Cognitive perspectives on gender development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 67-70. |
 |
| |
|
Marx
Melvin Herman (1919-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Hillix.
 |
MARX, M.H. (1951). Intervening variable or hypothetical construct? Psychological Review, 58, 235-247. |
MARX, M.H. (1967). Interaction of drive and reward as a determiner of resistance to extinction. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 64 (3), 488-489. |
MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
MARX, M.H. (1976). Introduction to psychology : Problems, procedures and principles. Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. |
MARX, M.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1977). Fundamentals and applications of learning. Macmillan/McGraw-Hill. |
 |
| |
|
Marx Karl (Trèves 1813-1883 Londres) : Philosophe et économiste allemand. Co-fondateur avec Engels du socialisme scientifique (ou marxisme). Collaborateur d'Engels.
 |
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1844). La sainte famille. |
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1845). L'idéologie allemande. |
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du Parti communiste. Paris : Plon. |
MARX, K. (1867/965). Le capital. La Pléiade. |
MARX, K. (1977). Contribution à la critique de l’économie politique. Paris : Éd. Soc. |
| |
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and Skinner. Behavior and Social Issues, 1 (1), 57--70. |
 |
| |
|
Marxisme : ( ): Althusser, Engels, Goldmann, Gramsci, Marx, Poulantzas. Marxism.
| |
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière. |
FROMM, E. (1961). La conception de l'homme chez Marx. Paris : Payot. |
RILEY, D. (1978). Developmental psychology, biology and marxism. Ideology & Consciousness, 4, 73-92. |
SÈVE, L. (1978). Man in Marxist theory and the psychology of the personality. Hassocks, Sussex : Harvester Press.
|
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and
Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1), 57-70. |
POULAIN, R. (1997). Les fondements du marxisme. Hull : Vents d'Ouest. |
 |
|
|
|
Masculinité : Ensemble des caractéristiques physiques et psychologiques que l'on attribue généralement aux hommes.
| |
LIPPA, R.A. (1978). The naive perception of masculinity-femininity on the basis of expressive cues. Journal of Research in Personality, 12, 1-14. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. & BEAUVAIS, C. (1983). Gender jeopardy : The effects of gender, assessed femininity and masculinity, and false success/failure feedback on performance in an experimental quiz game. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 344-353. |
BOUCHARD, P., ST-AMANT, J.C. & GAGNON, C. (2000). Pratiques de masculinité à l’école québécoise. Revue Canadienne de l’Éducation 25, (2), 73–87. [PDF] |
CONNELL, R.W. (1989). Cool guys, swots and wimps : The interplay of masculinity and education. Oxford Review of Education, 15, 291–303. |
ADDIS, M.E. & COHANE, G.H. (2005). Social scientific paradigms of masculinity and their implications for research and practice in men’s mental health. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1-15. |
CONNELL, R.W. (1995). Masculinities: Knowledge, power and social change. Berkeley : University of California Press. |
WHORLEY, M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2006). Ten years of research on the psychology of men and masculinity in the United States : Methodological trends and critique. Sex Roles, 55, 649- 658. |
LIPPA, R.A. (2001), On deconstructing and reconstructing masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 168-207. |
KILMARTIN, C.T. (2007). The masculine self. Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York : Sloan Publishing |
ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity, and the contexts of help-seeking. American Psychologist, 58, 5-14. |
PEPLAU, L.A & HUPPIN, M. (2008). Masculinity, femininity and the development of sexual orientation in women. Journal of Gay and Lesbian Mental Health, 12 (1/2), 147-167. [PDF] |
ADDIS, M.E. (2004). Teaching an advanced undergraduate and graduate level seminar in the psychology of men and masculinity. Society for the Psychological Study of Men and Masculinity Bulletin, 10 (1), 47-53. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Masling Joseph ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste de la vérification empirique des concepts et des théories psychanalytiques/psychodynamiques.
 |
MASLING, J. (1989). Empirical studies of psychoanalytic theories. Hillsdale, NJ : The Analytic Press. |
MASLING, J. & BORNSTEIN, R.F. (Eds.) (1996). Psychoanalytic perspectives on developmental psychology. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (1998). Empirical perspectives on the psychoanalytic unconscious : Empirical studies of the therapeutic hour. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
MASLING, J. (1999). Empirical perspectives on object relations theory. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (2002). The Psychodynamics of gender and gender role. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
 |
| |
|
Maslow Abraham H. (New York 1908-1970) : Psychologue américain et chef de file de la perspective humaniste américaine. Il a proposé une théorie des besoins (que l'on représente souvent sous forme de pyramide). Président de l'APA en 1968.
   
|
MASLOW, A. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396. |
MASLOW, A.H. (1950/73). Self-actualizing people : A study of psychological health. In R.J. Lowry (Ed.), Dominance, self-esteem, self-actualization : Germinal papers of A.H. Maslow (pp. 177-201). Monterey, CA : Brookes/Cole Publishing Company. |
MASLOW, A. (1954/1970). Motivation and personality. New York : Harper & Row. |
MASLOW, A. (1964). Religions, values, and peak experiences. Kappa Delta Pi and Publications. |
MASLOW, A. (1972). Vers une psychologie de l'être. Paris : Fayard. |
 |
|
|
Masochisme : Jouissance, la plupart du temps sexuelle, que l'on obtient en s'infligeant une souffrance volontaire. Un écrivain autrichien du 19 e siècle, Sacher-Masoch, a décrit le plaisir particulier que procure cette souffrance. Masochisme et sadisme. Masochism.
| |
HORNEY, K. (1935). The problem of feminine masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 22, 241-257. |
REIK, T. (1941). Masochism and modern man. New York : Toronto, Farrar & Rinehart. |
ZILLMANN, D., BRYANT, J. & CARVETH, R.A. (1981). The effect of erotica featuring sadomasochism and bestiality on motivated intermale aggression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 153-159. |
QUINSEY, V.L., CHAPLIN, T.C. & UPFOLD, D. (1984). Sexual arousal to nonsexual violence and sadomasochistic themes among rapists and non-sex offenders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 651-657. |
CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women's masochism. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 130-139. |
WEINBERG, M.S., WILLIAMS, C.J. & MOSER, C.A. (1984). The social constituents of sadomasochism. Social Problems 31 (4), 379-389. |
KERNBERG, O.F. (1991). Sadomasochism, sexual excitement, and perversion. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39, 333-362. |
MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2006). Sadomasochism : Powerful Pleasures. Routledge. |
 |
| |
|
Masquage : En conditionnement répondant, lorsque deux stimuli neutres A et B sont associés simultanément (stimulus composite) avec un stimulus inconditionnelle, l'un des deux stimulis neutres, devenus conditionnées, à parfois moins d'effet sur la réponse conditionnelle. Si A est plus efficace, on dira alors qu'il masque l'effet de B. EX: Vous associez un bruit de cloche (A) et une lumière rouge (B) à une décharge électrique (SI), et vous constatez, après le conditionnement, que la cloche provoque davantage de réponse de peur (RC) que la lumière rouge; la cloche masque donc l'effet de la lumière. Masquage et effet de masquage. Overshadowing.
| |
TENNANT, W.A. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1975). Blocking and overshadowing in two species of fish. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 22-29. |
SCHMAJUK, N.A., SPEAR, N.E. & ISSACSON, R.L. (1983). Absence of overshadowing in rats with hippocampal lesions. Physiological Psychology, 11, 59-62. |
CHAMISO, V.D., STERIO, D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1985). Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37B, 235-253. |
MATZEL, L.D., SCHACHTMAN, T.R. & MILLER, R.R. (1985). Recovery of an overshadowed association achieved by extinction of the overshadowing stimulus. Learning & Motivation, 16 (4), 398-412. |
BOUTON, M.E., JONES, D.L., McPHILLIPS, S.A. & SWARTZENTRUBER, D. (1986). Potentiation and overshadowing in odor-aversion learning : Role of method of odor presentation, the distal-proximal cue distinction, and the conditionability of odor. Learning & Motivation, 17, 115-138. |
PEARCE, J.M., GRAHAM, M., GOOD, M.A., JONES, P.M. & McGREGOR, A
(2006). Potentiation, overshadowing, and blocking of spatial learning based on the shape of the environment. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 32, 201-214. |
McGREGOR A., HORNE, M., ESBER, G.O. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). Absence of overshadowing between a landmark and geometric cues in a distinctively shaped environment : A test of Miller and Shettleworth (2007). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35, 357-371. |
 |
| |
|
Massicotte Louis ( ) : Politologue québécois et professeur de sciences politiqes à l'Université Laval, spécialisé dans l'étude des principes démocratiques qui régissent les institutions politiques.
 |
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1997). Electoral formulas : A Macroscopic perspective. European Journal of Political Research, 32, 107-129. |
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Mixed electoral systems. A conceptual and empirical survey. Electoral Studies, 18 (3), 341-366. |
MASSICOTTE, L. (2000). Le pouvoir exécutif : La monarchie et le Conseil des ministres. In M. Tremblay, M.R. Pelletier et R. Pelletier (Dirs.), Le système parlementaire canadien (pp. 265-296). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
MASSICOTTE, L. (2001). Legislative unicameralism : A global survey and a few case studies. Journal of Legislative Studies, 7 (1), 151-170. |
MASSICOTTE, L., BLAIS, A. & YOSHINAKA, A. (2004). Establishing the rules of the game. Election laws in democracies. Toronto : University of Toronto Press. |
 |
| |
|
Massoud Sami Gabriel ( ) : Politologue, historien et professeur de science politique au Collège Ahuntsic. Il se spécialise dans l'étude de la civilisation mamluk.
 |
MASSOUD, S.G. (2003). Al-Maqrizi as a historian of the reign of Barquq. Mamluk Studies Review, 7 (2), 119-136. |
MASSOUD, S.G. (2006). Notes on the contemporary sources of the year 793. Mamluk Studies Review, 9 (1), 163-206. |
MASSOUD, S.G. (2007). The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk circassian period. Herndon, VA : Brill Academic Publishers. [PDF] |
MASSOUD, S.G. (2009). Ibn Qadi Shuhbah's Al-Dhayl, Al-Mutawwhal : The making of an all Mamluk chronicle. Quaderni di Studi Arabi, 4, 61-79. |
MASSOUD, S.G. (2010). "al-'Ayn?". In G. Dunphy (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the medieval chronicle (pp. 137-138). Leiden : Brill. |
| |
LEWICKA, P. (2009). SAMI G. MASSOUD, The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk Circassian : a review. Chicago : Middle East Documentation Center, The University of Chicago. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Masters William Howell (Cleveland 1915-2001 Tucson Arizona) : Medecin gynécologue. L'un des pionniers de l'étude de la sexualité en laboratoire. Avec Johnson, il a décrit la réponse sexuelle et développé des thérapies pour guérir les dysfonctions sexuelles. Collaborateur de Johnson.
 |
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1966). Human sexual response. Boston : Little, Brown. |
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1970/81). Human sexual inadequacy. Little, Brown/Bantam Books. |
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1975). The pleasure bond. Little : Brown. |
 |
| |
|
Masturbation : Manipulation des organes génitaux visant l'obtention d'un plaisir ou d'un orgasme. Masturbation et onanisme. Masturbation.
| |
TISSOT, S.A.D. (1766). L'onanisme. Dissertation sur les maladies produites par la masturbation. Paris : Garnier et frères. / Onanism, or a treatise upon the disorders of masturbation. London : J. Pridden. |
BERNSTEIN, I. (1962). Dreams and masturbation in an adolescent boy. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 289-302. |
GELEERD, E.R. (1943). The analysis of a case of compulsive masturbation in a dhild. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 12, 520-540. |
MARCUS, I.M. (1962). Masturbation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 10, 91-101. |
LAMPL-DE GROOT, J. (1950). On masturbation and its influence on general development. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 5, 153-174. |
EVANS, D.R. (1968). Masturbatory fantasy and sexual deviation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 17-19. |
REICH, A. (1951). The discussion of 1912 on masturbation and our present-day views. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 6, 80-94. |
HALPERT, E. (1973). On a particular form of masturbation in women : Masturation with water. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 21, 526-542. |
LEVINE, M.I. (1951). Pediatric observations on masturbation in children. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 6, 117-124. |
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1974). Directed masturbation and the treatment of primary orgasmic dysfunction. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 3, 349-356. |
BORNSTEIN, B. (1953). Masturbation in the latency period. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 8, 65-78. |
BRENOT, P. (1997). Éloge de la masturbation. Zulma. |
ARLOW, J.A. (1953). Masturbation and symptom formation. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 1, 45-58. |
MARCUS, I.M. & ISAY, R.A. (1980). Adult masturbation : Clinical perspectives. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 28, 637-652. |
ELLIS, A. (1955). Masturbation. Journal of Social Therapy, 1 (3), 141-143. |
LAUFER, M.E. (1982). Female masturbation in adolescence and the development of the relationship to the body. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 63, 295-302. |
HAMMERMAN, S. (1961). Masturbation and character. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 9, 287-311. |
HURLBERT, D.F. & APT, C. (1995). The coital alignment technique and directed masturbation : A comparative study on female orgasm. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 21 (1), 21-29. |
 |
|
|
|
Matérialisme : Doctrine philosophique qui n'admet dans ses explications que des substances matérielles. Le matérialisme postule donc que nous sommes constitués d'une seule substance, le corps, de nature biologique ou chimique, donc matériel. En conséquence, le matérialisme nie l'existence de l'esprit. = monisme. /mentalisme, immatériel. ( ): matérialisme éliminatif, matérialisme culturel, matérialisme dialectique, matérialisme rationnel, matérialisme scientifique. Materialism.
 
| |
COURNOT, A.A. (1875). Matérialisme, vitalisme, rationalisme. |
|
LANGE, F.-A. (1877). Histoire du matérialisme et critique de son importance à notre époque. Paris : Reinwald et Cie. |
HARDIN, C.L. (1987). Qualia and materialism : Closing the explanatory gap. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 48, 281-298. |
McDOUGALL, W. (1929). Modern materialism and emergent evolution. London : Methuen. |
TOLMAN, C.W. (1988). Theoretical unification in psychology : A materialist perspective (pp. 29-36). In L.P. Mos, W.J. Baker, H.V. Rappard & H.J. Stam (Eds.), Recent trends in theoretical psychology. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
LAMY, P. (1939). Claude Bernard et le matérialisme. Paris : F. Alcan. |
BLOCH, O. (Dir.) (1995). Épistémologie et matérialisme. Méridiens Klincksieck. |
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière. |
BACHELARD, G. (1990). Le matérialisme rationnel. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
BACHELARD, G. (1953). Le matérialisme rationnel. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
ONFRAY, M. (1991/2003). L’art de jouir : Pour un matérialisme hédoniste. Paris : Grasset. |
| |
STEMMER, N. (1993). Behavioral materialism, the success of folk psychology, and the ambiguous first-person case. Behavior & Philosophy, 21, 1-14. |
LE NY, J.-F. (1963). Le matérialisme et la psychologie sociale. La Pensée, 112, 62-82. |
LEWIS, D. (1995). Should a materialist believe in qualia? Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 73, 140-44. |
SMART, J.J.C. (1963). Materialism. The Journal of Philosophy, 60, 651-662. |
BLOCH, O. (1995). Le matérialisme. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
HOCUTT, M. (1967). In defense of materialism. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 27, 366-385. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New York : Random House : Random House. |
MOSER, P.K. (1995). Contemporary materialism : A Reader. Routledge. |
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy 78, 67-90. |
BUNGE, M. (2004). Matérialisme et humanisme. Montréal : Liber. |
LEVINE, J. (1983). Materialism and qualia : The explanatory gap. Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 64, 354-361. |
QUINIOU, Y. (2004). Athéisme et matérialisme aujourd'hui. Nantes : Édition Pleins feux. |
VACHER, L.M. (1984). Pour un matérialisme vulgaire. Montréal : Les Herbes rouges. |
CHALMERS, D. (2005). The two-dimensional argument against materialism. In B. McLaughlin (Ed.), Oxford handbook of the philosophy of mind. Oxford : University Press. |
LEONARD, P. (1984). Personality and ideology : Towards a materialist understanding of the individual. London : Macmillan. |
BUNGE, M. (2006). Le matérialisme scientifique. Paris : Syllepses. |
 |
|
| |
|
Matérialisme culturel : Forme de matérialisme. Cultural materialism.
| |
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism : The struggle for a science of culture. New York : Random House. |
LLOYD, K.E. (1985). Behavioral anthropology : A review of Marvin Harris’ cultural materialism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43, 279-287. [PDF] |
VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of Marvin Harris’s Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3), 419–428. [PDF] |
GLENN, S.S. (1988). Contingencies and metacontingencies : Toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 161-179. [PDF] |
FRALEY, L.E. (1988). Introductory comments : Behaviorology and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, (2), 159-160. [PDF] |
GUERIN, B. (1992). Social behavior as discriminative stimulus and consequence in social anthropology. The Behavior Analyst 1992, 15, 31-41. [PDF] |
WARD, T.A., EASTMAN, R.L. & NINNESS, C. (2009). An experimental analysis of cultural materialism : The effects of various modes of production on resources sharing. Behavior & Social Issues, 18, 58-80 |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Matérialisme éliminatif : Forme de matérialisme qui soutient que de nombreux concepts scientifiques et populaires - y compris évidemment le concept d'esprit - ne renvoient à aucune réalité neurale (propriété matériel), et ne seraient en fait que des étiquettes ou des mots vide de contenu, mais dont l'usage serait renforcé par la communauté verbale. EX: Il n'y a peut-être rien dans le cerveau qui correponde à une attente ou à un désir. = Éliminativisme. Eliminative materialism.

| |
RORTY, R. (1970). In defence of eliminative materialism. Review of Metaphysics, 24, 112-121. |
LYCAN, W. & PAPPAS, G. (1972). What is eliminative materialism? Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 50, 149-159. |
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1981). Eliminative materialism and the propositional attitudes. Journal of Philosophy 78, 67-90. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Matériel : Dans la théorie cognitive du traitement de l'information, ensemble des structures (mémoires, circuits, filtres et unité centrale) qui permettent le traitement de l'information. Matériel et logiciel. = cerveau, machine. Hardware.
| |
POMERANTZ, J.R. (1976). Where hardware meets software. Human information processing : Tutorials in performance and cognition. Contemporary Psychology, 21, 274-275. |
 |
| |
|
|
Maternelle : En éducation, désigne le lieu où l'on prépare les enfants à entrer à l'école. Cette préparation consiste à socialiser les enfants et à leur fournir les rudiments de l'activité intellecutuelle.
| |
VEDELER, L. (1976). The relationship between pre-school and primary education. Education and culture, 31, 9-13. |
 |
| |
|
Maternité : Maternité, relation avec l'enfant et grossesse. Maternal influence, mother care. /paternité.
| |
MOSS, H.A. & ROBSON, K.S. (1968). Maternal influences in early social visual behavior. Child Development, 39, 401-408. |
AMATO, P.R. (1994). Father-child relations, mother-child relations, and offspring psychological well-being in early adulthood. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 56, 1031-1042. |
DECASPAR, A. & FIFER, W. (1980). Newborns prefer their mother's voices. Science, 208, 1174-1176. |
DUMAS, J.E. & SERKETICH, W.J. (1994). Maternal depressive symptomatology and child maladjustment : A comparison of three process models. Behavior Therapy, 25, 161-181. |
BARKLEY, R.A., CUNNINGHAM, C. & KARLSSON, J. (1983). The speech of hyperactive children and their mothers : Comparisons with normal children and stimulant drug effects. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 16, 105-110. |
TOUPIN, L. (1996). Des 'usages' de la maternité en histoire du féminisme. Recherches féministes, 9 (2), 113-135. |
SCARR, S.W. (1984). Mother care other care. New York: Basic Books, Inc.. |
DE SINGLY, F. (1996). Le temps, maternel et paternel, consacré à l'enfant. Dans R.B. Dandurand et R. Hurtubise et C. Le Bourdais (Dirs.), Enfances. Perspectives sociales et pluriculturelles (p. 203-217). Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université Laval. |
DESCARRIES, F. (1991). Penser la maternité : les courants d'idées au sein du mouvement contemporain des femmes. Recherches sociographiques, 32 (3), 347-366. |
HOFMANN, L.W. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1999). Mothers at work : Effects on children's well-being. New York: Cambridge University Press. |
 |
BIANCHI, S.M. (2000). Maternal employment and time with children : Dramatic change or surprising continuity. Demography, 37, 401-414. |
| |
|
Mathematical Cognition (1996-2000) : Revue scientifique de sciences cognitives qui consacrent ses pages à l'apprentissage et à l'enseignement des mathématiques. Éditeur : Routlege
SHALEV, R.S., MANOR, O. & GROSS-TSUR, V. (1997). Neuropsychological aspects of developmental dyscalculia. Mathematical Cognition, 3 (2), 105-120.
|
|
Mathématique : Science formelle qui a pour objet d'étude les nombres, leurs transformations, leurs opérations et leur relations avec le réel. Mathématique et enseignement. ( ): Antonius, Axelrod, Babbage, Bayes, Bernoulli, Bonferonni, Castonguay, Condorcet, Cournot, Bronowski, Cochran, Dantzig, Diaconis, Drouilly, Duncan, Dunnett, Fortin, Frege, Gardner, Gauss, Gödel, Hilbert, Hofstadter, Holland, Husserl, Kendall, Keynes, Kimura, Kolmogorov, Krantz, Kruskal, Landau, Lakoff, Laplace, Lazersfeld, Legendre, Leibnitz, Luce, Mach, Malécot, Markov, Marr, McCarthy, Minsky, Moivre, Nash, Newell, Neyman, Papert, Pascal, Pitts, Poisson, Rapoport, Rashevsky, Rumelhart, Russell, Schoenfeld, Shannon, Shiffrin, Simon, Smirnov, Snedecor, Tukey, Turing, Thom, Von Neumann, Wald, Weaver, Whitehead, Wiener, Wilks, Winograd, Wolfowitz, Wright. Mathematics.
| |
ANNETT, M. & MANNING, M. (1990). Arithmetic and laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28 (1), 61-69. |
CHIPMAN, S., KRANTZ, D. H. & SILVER, R. (1992). Mathematics anxiety and science careers among able college women. Psychological Science, 3, 292-295. |
REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (2007). The importance of mathematics in health and human judgment : Numeracy, risk communication, and medical decision making. Learning and Individual Differences, 17 (2), 147-159 |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Matlin Margaret W. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine et féministe. Elle est l'auteure de plusieurs livres d'introduction à la psychologie.

 |
MATLIN, M. & STANG, D.J. (1978). The Pollyanna principle : Selectivity in language, memory, and thought. Cambridge, Massachusetts : Schenkman Publishing Company. |
MATLIN, M., STANG, D.J., GAWRON, V.J., FREEDMAN, A. & DERDY, P.L. (1979). Evaluative meaning as a determinant of spew position. Journal of General Psychology, 100, 3-11. |
MATLIN, M. & FOLEY, H.J. (1997). Sensation and perception. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons. / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
MATLIN, M. (1987/2007). Psychology of women. Wadsworth Publishing Company / La psychologie des femmes Paris : Deboeck Université. |
 |
| |
|
Matos Maria Amelia (Birigüi 1939-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste brésilienne. Étudiante de Keller et Schoenfeld.
 
 |
SCHOENFELD, W.N., MATOS, M.A &, SNAPPER, A.G. (1967). Cardiac conditioningin the whiterat with food presentations as unconditional stimulus. Conditional Reflex, 2 (1), 56-67. |
MATOS, M.A. & HÜBNER, M.M. (1992). Equivalence relations and reading. In S.C. Hayes L.J. Hayes (Eds.), Understanding verbal relations (pp. 83-94). Reno, NV : Context Press. |
MATOS, M.A. & LOPES JUNIOR, J. (1999). Contextual control and stimulus equivalence. Acta Comportamentalia, 7, 117-146. |
MATOS, M.A. & MALERBI, F.E.K. (2001). Blood glucose discrimination training : The role of internal and external cues. Journal of Health Psychology, 6, 243-253. |
MATOS, M.A. & HÜBNER, M.M., SERRA, V.R.B.P, BASAGLIA, A.E. & AVANZI, A.L (2003). Network of conditional relations and recombinative reading : Researching teaching and reading. Arquivos Brasileiros de Psicologia, 54, 284-303. |
 |
| |
|
Matrice aléatoire : Random matrix.
| |
DIACONIS, P. (2005). What is ... a random matrix? Notices of the American Mathematical Society 52 1348-1349. |
 |
| |
|
Matrice de corrélation : Tableau qui présente les résultats des tests de corrélations (coefficient) entre deux ou plusieurs variables. Correlation matrix.
|
|
Matson Johnny Lee (1951-) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme et des techniques de modification du comportement, notamment la surcorrection. Collaborateur de Ollendick.

 |
MATSON, J.L. (1977). Simple correction for treating an autistic boy's encopresis. Psychological Reports, 41, 802. [LIRE] |
MATSON, J.L., HORNE, A.M., OLLENDICK, D.G. (1980). A comparison of physical restraint and positive practice overcorrection in treating stereotypic behavior. Behavior Therapy, 1, 227-233. |
MATSON, J.L., BENAVIDEZ, D.A., COMPTON, L.S., PACLAWSKYJ, T. & BAGLIO, C. (1996). Behavioral treatment of
autistic persons : A review of research from 1980 to the present. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17, 433–465. |
MATSON, J.L., NEBEL-SCHWALM, M. & MATSON, M.L. ( 2007). A review of methodological issues in the differential diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders in children. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1 (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
MATSON, J.L. & NEAL, D. (2009). Diagnosing high incidence autism spectrum disorders in adults. Research in Autism Spectrum
Disorders, 3 (3), 581–589. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Matsuzawa Tetsuro (1950-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et primatologue, d'origine japonaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la psychologie comparée, et plus particulièrement du chimpanzé. Collègue d'Iversen.
  
 |
MATSUZAWA, T. (1985). Use of numbers by a chimpanzee. Nature, 315, 57-59. |
MATSUZAWA, T. (1986). Spontaneous sorting in man and chimpanzee. Primate Report, 14, 180. |
MATSUZAWA, T. (1991). Nesting cups and meta-tool in chimpanzees. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 14 (4), 570-571. |
INOUE, S. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2007). Working memory of numerals in chimpanzees. Current Biology, 17 (23), 1004-1005. |
MATSUZAWA, T. (2009). Symbolic representation of number in chimpanzees. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 19, 92-98. |
 |
| |
|
Matthews Byron A. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage. Collaborateur de Catania et Shimoff.
 |
MATTHEWS, B.A. (1977). Magnitudes of score differences produced within sessions in a cooperative exchange procedure. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27 331-340. [PDF] |
MATTHEWS, M.A.,SHIMOFF, E., CATANIA, A.C. & SAGVOLDEN, T. (1977). Uninstructed human responding : Sensitivity to ratio and interval contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27, 453-467. [PDF] |
CATANIA, A.C., MATTHEWS, B.A. & SHIMOFF, E. (1982). Instructed versus shaped human verbal behavior : Interactions with nonverbal responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (3), 233-248. [PDF] |
MATTHEWS, M.A., KORDONSKI, E.W. & SHIMOFF, E. (1983). Temptation and the maintenance of trust : Effects of bilateral punishment capability. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 27 (2), 255-277. |
SHIMOFF, E., MATTHEWS, B.A. & CATANIA, A.C. (1986). Human operant performance : Sensitivity and pseudosensitivity to contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46, 149-157. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Maturation : Ensemble de transformations biologiques qui sont déterminées héréditairement et dont le développement est relativement indépendant du milieu physique et social. Maturation.
| |
STONE, C.P. (1934). Maturation and "instinctive" functions. In F. A. Moss (Ed.), Comparative psychology (pp. 37-67). New York : Prentice-Hall. |
WINNICOT, D. (1983). Processus de maturation chez l'enfant. Paris : Payot. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Mayer John D. ( ) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité. Avec Salovey, il a développé le concept d'intelligence émotionelle. Collaborateur de Salovey.
 
 |
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. (1997). What is emotional intelligence? In P. Salovey and D. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence : Implications for educators (pp. 3-31). New York: Basic Books. |
MAYER, J.D. (2003). Structural divisions of personality and the classification of traits. Review of General Psychology, 7, 381-401. |
MAYER, J.D., SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2004). Emotional intelligence : Theory, findings, and implications. Psychological Inquiry, 60, 197-215. |
MAYER, J.D (2004). Classifying change techniques according to the areas of personality they influence : A systems framework integration. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1291-1315. |
MAYER, J.D (2007). Personality : A systems approach. Boston, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
 |
|
|
Mayer Richard E. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans le développement d'applications pédagogiques. Collaborateur de Chandler.

 |
MAYER, R.E. (1989). Models for understanding. Review of Educational Research, 59, 43-64. |
MAYER, R.E. & ANDERSON, R.B. (1991). Animations need narrations : An experimental test of a dual-coding hypothesis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 83, 484-490. |
MAYER, R.E. (1997). Multimedia learning : Are we asking the right question? Educational Psychologist, 32, 1-19. |
MAYER, R.E. (2003). Learning and instruction. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
MAYER, R.E. (2004). Should there be a three-strikes rule against pure discovery learning? The case for guided methods of instruction. American Psychologist, 59 (1), 14-19. |
 |
| |
|
Maynard Smith John (London 1920-2004) : Biologiste, éthologiste et théoricien de la théorie des jeux appliquée à l'étude de l'évolution. Étudiant de Haldane. Collaborateur de Parker.
   
  |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & PRICE, G.R. (1973). The logic of animal conflict. Nature, 246, 15-18. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal conflicts. Journal of Theoritecal Biology, 47, 209-221. [PDF] |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1984). Game theory and the evolution of behaviour. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 95-125. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). The concept of information in biology. Philosophy of Science, 67, 177-194. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Games and theories. New Scientist, 178, 48-51. |
| |
SIGMUND, F. (2005). John Maynard Smith and evolutionary game theory. Theoritical Population Biology, 68, 7-10. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Mayr Ernst (Kempten Allemagne 1904-2005 Bedford États-Unis) : Biologiste, ornithologue, généticien évolutionniste allemand. Collaborateur de Huxley.
 
 |
MAYR, E. (1942). Systematics and the origin of species. New York : Columbia University Press. |
MAYR, E. (1963). Animal species and evolution. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
MAYR, E. (1970). Populations, species and evolution. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought : Diversity, evolution and inheritance.Cambridge : Harvard University Press. /Histoire de la biologie : diversité, évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard. |
MAYR, E. (2001). What evolution is. New York : Basic Books. |
 |
| |
|
Mazur Allan Carl ( ) : Sociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dominance sociale et sur le role de la tostestérone dans l'établissement de cette dominance.

 |
MAZUR, A., BOOTH, A. & DABBS, J. (1992). Testosterone and chess competition. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 70-77. |
MAZUR, A. (2005). Biosociology of dominance and deference. Rowman & Littlefield Pub. |
MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone and social behavior. Social Forces, 86, 166-191. |
MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone supplementation in the aging male : Which Questions Have to be Answered?, Allan Mazur, coauthor. The Aging Male, 8, 31-38. |
MAZUR, A. (2009). Dominance hierarchies. In J. Levine & M. Hogg (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Group Processes and Intergroup Relations. Sage. |
 |
|
|
Mazur James E. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements de choix, des délais de renforcement et des programmes de renforcement (programme concurrent). Collaborateur de Logue et Wagner.

 |
MAZUR, J.E. (1983). Steady-state performance on fixed-, mixed-, and random-ratio schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39, 293-307. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (1985). Probability and delay of reinforcement as factors in discrete-trial choice. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (3), 341-351. [PDF] |
MAZUR, J.E. (1997). Choice, delay, probability, and conditioned reinforcement. Animal Learning & Behavior, 25, 131-147. |
MAZUR, J.E. (2000). Two-versus three-alternative concurrent-chain schedules : A test of three models. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 26, 286-293. |
MAZUR, J.E. (2002). Concurrent-chain performance in transition : Effects of terminal-link duration and individual reinforcers. Animal Learning & Behavior, 30, 249-260. |
 |
| |
|
McCarthy John (Boston 1927-2011) : Mathématicien, cogntiviste américain et figure de proue de l'intelligence artificielle. Il est l'inventeur d'un langage de programmation, le LISP.

 |
McCARTHY, J. (1963). Situations, actions, and causal laws. Standford University. |
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. [PDF] |
McCARTHY, J. & ZALD, M.N. (1977). Resource mobilization and social movements : A partial theory. The American Journal of Sociology, 82 (6), 1212-1241. [PDF] |
McCARTHY, J. (1977). Epistemological problems of artificial intelligence. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence, 1038-1044. [PDF] |
McCARTHY, J. (1993). Notes on formalizing context.International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence, 555-562. |
 |
| |
|
McClelland David C. (Mt. Vernon New York 1917-1998) : Psychosociologue américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment à la motivation et aux besoins (besoin d'accomplissement, besoin de pouvoir, besoin d'affiliation).
   
|
McCLELLAND, D.C., ATKINSON, J.W., CLARK, R.A. & LOWELL, E.L. (1953). The achievement motive. Princeton : Van Nostrand. |
McCLELLAND, D.C. (1961). The achieving society. New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold. |
McCLELLAND, D.C. (1973). Testing for competence rather than intelligence. American Psychologist, 28 (1), 1-14. |
McCLELLAND, D.C. (1975). Power : the inner experience. New York : Halstead. |
McCLELLAND, D.C. & BURNHAM, D.H. (1976). Power is the great motivator. Harvard Business Review, 54 (2), 100-110. |
 |
| |
|
McClelland James L. (1948-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et chef de file du connexionisme. Collaborateur d'Elman et Rumelhart et Seindenberg.
 |
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1981). An interactive activation model of context-effects in letter perception (Part 1 : An account of basic findings). Psychological Review, 88, 375-407. |
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1985). Distributed memory and the representation of general and specific information. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 114, 159-188. |
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C. (1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in the hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the successes and failures of connectionist models of learning and memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3), 419-457. |
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York : Oxford University Press. |
ROGERS, T.T. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2004). Semantic cognition : A parallel distributed processing approach. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
 |
 |
|
McConaghy Neil (Brisbane 1927-2005) : Psychiatre australien et spécialiste du jeu pathologique. Collaborateur de Blaszczynski.
 |
McCONAGHY, N., (1980) Behaviour completion mechanisms rather than primary drives maintain behavioural patterns. Activas Nervosa Superior (Praha), 22, 138–151. |
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M., BLASZCZYNSKI, A. & ALLCOCK, C. (1983). Control comparison of aversion therapy and imaginal desensitization in compulsive gambling. British Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 366-372. |
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P., WILSON, A.C. & McCONAGHY, N. (1986). Sensation Seeking and Pathological Gambling. British Journal of Addictions, 81, 113-117. |
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M., BLASZCZYNSKI, A. & ALLOCK, C. (1988). Behavior completion versus stimulus control in compulsive gambling. Behavior Therapy, 12, 371-384. |
BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. & McCONAGHY, N. (1989). The medical model of pathological gambling : current shortcomings. Journal of Gambling Behavior, 5 (1), 42-52. |
 |
| |
|
McCrae R.R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité. Avec Costa, il a développé la théorie du Big Five. Collaborateur de Costa, Holland, John
et Loehlin.
 |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1983). Joint factors in self-reports and ratings : Neuroticism, extraversion and openness to experience. Personality & Individual Differences, 4, 245-255. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1990). Personality in adulthood. New York : Guilford. |
McCRAE, R.R. (1994). New goals for trait psychology. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 148-153. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (1996). Toward a new generation of personality theories: Theoretical contexts for the five-factor model. In J.S. Wiggins (Ed.), The five-factor model of personality : Theoretical perspectives (pp. 51-87). New York : Guilford. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T.. (1997). Personality trait structure as a human universal. American Psychologist, 52, 509-516. |
 |
| |
|
McCulloch Warren Sturgis (Orange New-Jersey 1898-1972 Cambridge Massachusetts) : Neuropsychologue américain et pionnier de la cybernétique et de l'intelligence artificielle. Il est un des précurseurs de la perspective cognitive américaine. En collaboration avec Pitts, il a proposé l'un des tout premiers modèles de réseau neural. Collaborateur de Lettvin, Pitts
et Wall.
 
 |
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-133. |
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1947). On how we know universals : The perception of auditory and visual forms. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 9, 127-147. |
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1949). The brain as a computing machine. Electrical Engineering, LXVIII, 492-497. |
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1951). Why the mind is in the head. In L.A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior (pp. 42-111). New York : Wiley. |
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1965). Embodiments of mind. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
 |
| |
PICCININI, G. (2004). The first computational theory of mind and brain : A close look at Mcculloch and Pitts's ‘logical calculus of ideas immanent in nervous activity. Synthese, 141 (2), 175-215. |
 |
|
Mcdermott Kathleen B. ( ) : Psychologue cognitive américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude la mémoire. Collaboratrice de Roediger. 

 |
McDERMOTT, K.B. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1994). Effects of imagery on perceptual implicit memory tests. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 20, 1379-1390. |
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1996). The persistence of false memories in list recall. Journal of Memory & Language, 35, 212-230. |
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1997). Priming on perceptual implicit memory tests can be achieved through presentation of associates. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4, 582-586. |
McDERMOTT, K.B. & WATSON, J.M. (2001). The rise and fall of false recall : The impact of presentation duration. Journal of Memory & Language, 45, 160-176. |
McDERMOTT, K.B. & CHAN, J.C.K. (2006). Effects of repetition on memory for pragmatic inferences. Memory & Cognition, 34, 1273-1284. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mcdowell John (Boksburg Afrique du sud 1942-) : Philosophe et épistémologue américain d'origine africaine.
 |
McDOWELL, J. (1977). On the sense and reference of a Proper Name. Mind, 86, 159-185. |
McDOWELL, J. (1994/2007). Mind and world. Cambridge : Harvard University Press / L'esprit et le monde. Paris : Vrin. |
McDOWELL, J. (1998). Mind, value, and reality. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
McDOWELL, J. (1998). Meaning, knowledge, and reality. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
McDOWELL, J. (2004). Naturalism in the philosophy of mind. In M. de Caro & D. Macarthur (Eds.), Naturalism in question (pp. 991-105). Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
 |
| |
|
Mcdowell Jack J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la loi de l'appariement. Étudiant de Rachlin. Collaborateur de Carr.
 |
McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of
Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33, 397-408. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (1986). On the falsifiability of matching theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 45, 63–74. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (1988). Matching theory in natural human environments. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 95–109. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (1989). Two modern developments in matching theory. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 153-166. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (2004). A computational model of selection by consequences. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 81, 297–317. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
McEwen Craig ( ) : Chimiste et neurobiologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la neurogénèse et du stress. Étudiant de Mirsky. Professeur de Gould et Sapolsky.
 |
McEWEN, B.S. (1987). Observations on brain sexual differentiation : a biochemist's view. Kinsey Institute series, 1, 68-79.
|
McEWEN, B.S. (1991). When is stimulation too much of a good thing ? Neurobiology of aging, 12,346-348. |
McEWEN, B.S. (1998). Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators. New England Journal of Medecine, 338 (3), 171-179 |
McEWEN, B.S. (2001). Stress, sex, hippocampal plasticity : relevance to psychiatric disorders. Clinical Neuroicnece Research, 1 (1-2), 19-34. |
McEWEN, B.S., EILAND, L., HUNTER, R.G. & MILLER, M.M. (2012). Stress and anxiety : Structural plasticity and epigenetic regulation as a consequence of stress. Neurophrmacology, 62 (1), 3-12. |
 |
|
|
McFarland Cathy ( ) : Psychosociologue canadienne. Collaboratrice de Miller et Ross.
 |
McFARLAND C. & ROSS, M. (1982). The impact of causal attributions and level of performance on affective reactions to success and failure. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 937-946. |
McFARLAND C. & ROSS, M. (1987). The relation between current impressions and memories of self and dating partners. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 228-238 |
McFARLAND C. & MILLER, D.T. (1994). The framing of relative performance feedback : Seeing the glass as half empty or half full. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 66, 1061-1073. |
McFARLAND C., BUEHLER, R. & MacKAY, L. (2001). Affective responses to social comparisons with extremely close others. Social Cognition, 19, 547- 586 |
McFARLAND C. & BUEHLER, R. (2012). Negative moods and the motivated remembering of past selves: The role of implicit theories of personal stability. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 102, 242-263. |
 |
|
|
McGarty Craig ( ) : Psychosociologue australien, spécialiste de l'étude de la catégorisation sociale. Collaborateur de Haslam, Oakes et Turner.

 |
McGARTY, C., HASLAM, S.A., HUTCHINSON, K.J. & GRACE, D.M. (1995). Determinants of perceived consistency : The relationship between group entitativity and the meaningfulness of categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 237-256. |
McGARTY, C. & HASLAM, S.A.. (1997). The message of social psychology : Perspectives on mind in society. London : Blackwell Publishers. |
McGARTY, C. & de la HAYE, A.M. (1997). Stereotype formation : Beyond illusory correlation. In R. Spears, P.J. Oakes, N. Ellemers, & S.A. Haslam (Eds.), The social psychology of stereotyping and group life. Oxford, UK & Cambridge, MT : Blackwell. |
McGARTY, C. (1999). Categorization in social psychology. London: Sage. |
McGARTY, C. (2006). Hierarchies and groups : The roles of salience, overlap, and background knowledge in selecting meaningful social categorizations from multiple alternatives. In R.J. Crisp & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Multiple social categorization : Processes, models and applications. Hove, E. Sussex : Psychology Press. |
 |
|
|
|
McHugh Paul R. ( ) : Psychiatre américain . Collaborateur de Spitzer.

 |
McHUGH, P.R. & SLAVNEY, P.R. (1982). Methods of reasoning in psychopathology : conflict and resolution. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 23 (3), 197-215. |
McHUGH, P.R. & McKUSICK, V. (1991). Genes, brain, and behavior. Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease/Raven Press. |
McHUGH, P.R. (1995). Witches, multiple personalities, and other psychiatric artifacts. Nature Medicine, 1 (2), 110-114. |
McHUGH, P.R. (2005). The mind has mountains : Reflections on society and psychiatry. Johns Hopkins University Press. |
McHUGH, P.R. & TREISMAN, G. (2007). PTSD : a problematic diagnostic category. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21 (2), 211-220. |
 |
|
|
McGrew William Clement ( ) : Psychologue et primatologue anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la culture, de la coopération et de l'utilisation d'outils chez le chimpanzé. Collaborateur de De Wall, Goodall, McGrew, Nishida, Tomasello, Tutin, Whiten et Wrangham.

 |
MCGREW, W.C. (1974). Tool use by wild chimpanzees in feeding upon driver ants. Journal of Human Evolution, 3, 501-508. |
MCGREW, W.C & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1978). Evidence for a social custom in wild chimpanzees? Man, 13, 234-251. |
MCGREW, W.C. & COLLINS, D.A. (1986). Tool-use by wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) to obtain termites (Macrotermes herus) in the Mahale Mountains, Tanzania. American Journal of Primatology, 9, 47-62. |
MCGREW, W.C. (1992). Chimpanzee material culture : Implications for humanevolution. Cambridge University Press. |
MCGREW, W.C. (2004) (Ed.). The cultured chimpanzee : Reflections on cultural primatology. Cambrige : Cambridge University Press. |
 |
| |
|
McKoon Gail ( ) : Psychologue cogntiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du langage, de la lecture et de la mémoire. Collaboratrice d'Abelson et Ratcliff.

 |
McKOON, G. (1977). Organization of information in text memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 16, 247-260. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1980). Priming in item recognition : The organization of propositions in memory for text. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 19, 369-386. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1992). Inference during reading. Psychological Review, 99, 440-466. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1998). Memory based language processing : Psycholinguistic research in the 1990's. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 25-42. |
McKOON, G. & MacFARLAND, T. (2002). Event templates in the lexical representations of verbs. Cognitive Psychology, 45, 1-44. |
 |
| |
|
|
McNemar Quinn (1900-1986) : Psychologue et statisticien américain. Il a développé un test statistique qui porte aujourd'hui son nom. Président de l'APA en 1964. Étudiant de Terman. Collaborateur de Stone.
 |
STONE, C.P. & McNEMAR, Q. (1931). Studies of animal retention. I. Notes on the relearning of a multiple-T maze by albino rats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 39, 135-56. |
TERMAN, L.M. & McNEMAR, Q. (1941). Test of mental ability. Yonkers : World Book. |
McNEMAR, Q. (1942). The revision of the Stanford-Binet scale. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co. |
McNEMAR, Q. (1949). Psychological statistics. New York : J. Wiley. |
McNEMAR, Q. (1955). Review of clinical versus statistical prediction. American Journal of Psychology, 68, 510. |
 |
| |
|
McSweeney Frances K. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du renforcement et des programmes de renforcement.
Collaborateur de Weatherly.

 |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & NORMAN, W.D. (1979). Defining behavioral contrast for multiple schedules.Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (3), 457-461. [PDF] |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & ROLL, J.M. (1993). Responding changes systematically within sessions during conditioning procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (3), 621-640. [PDF] |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & WEATHERLY, J. & SWINDELL, S. (1996). Within-session changes in responding during concurrent variable-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 66 (1), 75-95. [PDF] |
McSWEENEY, F.K., & WEATHERLY, J.N. (1998). Habituation to the reinforcer may contribute to multiple-schedule behavioral contrast. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 69 (2), 199-221. [PDF] |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & SWINDELL, S. (2002). Common processes may contribute to extinction and habituation. Journal of General Psychology, 129 (4), 364-400. |
 |
 |
| |
|
Mead George Herbert (South Hadley 1863-1931 Chicago) : Philosophe, sociologue et psychologue américain. Précurseur de l'interactionisme symbolique, et chef de file du pragmatisme.

 |
MEAD, G.H. (1910). Social consciousness and the consciousness of meaning. Psychological Bulletin, 7, 397-405. |
MEAD, G.H. (1913). The social self. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, 10, 374-380. |
MEAD, G.H. (1934). Mind, self and society, from the standpoint of a social behaviourist. |
MEAD, G.H. (1909). Social psychology as counterpart to physiological psychology. Psychological Bulletin, 6, 401-408. |
MEAD, G.H. (1934). Mind, self and society. Chicago : Chicago University Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
Measurement & Evaluation in Counseling & Development : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la mesure et à l'évaluation. Éditeur : Sage.
WILKINSON, T. & HANSEN, J-I.C, (2006). The relationship among leisure interests, personality traits, affect, and mood. Measurement & Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 39, 31-41.
|
|
Mécanisisme : Ensemble de théories monistes qui repose sur l'idée que l'on peut réduire l'explication du comportement à un ensemble de mécanismes. N.D.L.R. En français ce terme a souvent une connotation péjorative, assimilable à un type d'explication simplistes et naïfs. Mechanism.
| |
CHIESA, M. (1998). Beyond mechanism and dualism : Rethinking the scientific foundations of psychology. British Journal of Psychology, 89, 353-370. |
 |
| |
|
Mécanisme : Terme générique qui désigne tantôt
un enchaînement de phénomènes (rôle descriptif),
tantôt la cause ou les causes d'un phénomène (rôle
explicatif). Le mécanisme peut-être de nature biologique,
il est alors observable ou potentiellement observable, ou de nature mentale ou
psychique, donc inobservable et par conséuent inférée. Le mécanisme désigne parfois
la relation entre l'individu et son milieu (mécanisme de conditionnement) ou l'enchaînement des relations de cause à effet (les rouages du mécanisme).
On qualifie parfois d'analogique les explications qui font
appel à un mécanisme (explication de type comme si...) ou de métaphorique. EX: Quand
on compare le cerveau à un ordinateur, on a recourt à un
mécanisme analogique pour expliquer la pensée ou la mémoire
(le cerveau fonctionne comme un ordinateur, les pulsions agissent
comme une énergie chimique ou physique). = processus,
explication de type comme si..., analogie fonctionnelle. Mechanism.
| |
LASHLEY, K.S. (1930). Basic neural mechanisms in behavior. Psychological Review, 37, 1-24. |
CRAVER, C.F. (2001). Role functions, mechanisms and hierarchy. Philosophy of Science, 68, 31-55. |
EHRLICH, S. (1968/69). Les mécanismes du comportement verbal. Bulletin de Psychologie, 18-19 1151-1153. |
GOPNICK, A. & SCHULTZ, L. (2004). Mechanisms of theory-formation in young children. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8, 8. |
LEVINE, J.D., GORDON, N.C. & FIELDS, H.L. (1978). The mechanism of placebo analgesia. Lancet, 2, 654-657. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1984). Mechanisms of cognitive development : A componential approach. In R.J. Sternberg (Eds), Mechanisms of cognitive development. New york : W.H. Freeman and Co. |
CRAVER, C.F. (2002). Interlevel experiments and multilevel mechanisms in the neuroscience of memory. Philosophy of Science, 69 (Supplement), 83-97. |
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1984). Function and mechanism in learning. In M. Zeiler & P. Harzem (Ed), Biological factors in learning (pp. 1-63). New York: Wiley. |
PRICE, D. (2002). Central neural mechanisms that Interrelate sensory and affective dimensions of pain. Molecular Interventions, 2, 392-403. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1986). Psychologie cognitive, sciences cognitives et technologies de la connaissance. Dans J-L. Le Moigne (Ed.), Intelligence des mécanismes, mécanismes de l'intelligence (pp. 173-191). Paris : Fayard. |
VON ECKARDT, B. & POLAND, J.S. (2004). Mechanism and explanation in cognitive neuroscience. Philosophy of Science, 71, 972. |
RUTTER, M. (1987). Psychosocial resilience and protective mechanisms. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 57, 316-331. |
BECHTEL, W. (2005). The challenge of characterizing operations in the mechanisms underlying behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84, 313- 325. [LIRE] |
SIEGLER, R.S. (1989). Mechanisms of cognitive development. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 353-379. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Behavior analysis and mechanism : One is not the other. The Behavior Analyst, 16, 25-43. [PDF] |
|
KAROLY, P. (1993). Mechanisms of self-regulation: a system view. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 23-51. |
CRAVER, C.F. (2005). Beyond reduction : Mechanisms, multifield integration, and the inity of science. Studies in History & Philosophy of Biological & Biomedical Sciences, 36, 373-396. |
JOUVET, M. (1994). Mécanismes du sommeil paradoxal. Sleep, 17, (8s). |
BENEDETTI, F., MAYBERG, H.S., WAGER, T.D., STOHLER, C.S. & ZUBIETA, J.K. ( 2005).
Neurobiological mechanisms of the placebo effect. Journal of Neuroscience, 25 (45), 10390-10402. |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & GILGER, J.W. (1996). How is dyslexia transmitted? In C.H. Chase, G.D. Rosen & G.F. Sherman (Eds.), Developmental dyslexia. Neural, cognitive, and genetic mechanisms (pp. 41-61). Baltimore : York Press. |
CRAVER, C.F. & BECHTEL, W. (2006). Mechanism. In S. Sarkar & J. Pfeifer (Eds.), Philosophy of science : an encyclopedia (pp. 469-478). New York : Routledge. |
MORRIS, E.K. (1997). Some reflections on contextualism, mechanism, and behavior analysis. The Psychological Record, 47, 529-542. |
|
LAMING, D. (1999). Testing the idea of different storage mecanism in memory. International Journal of Psychology, 34 (5), 419-426. |
ABRAHAMSEN, A. & BECHTEL, W. (2006). Phenomena and mechanisms : Putting the symbolic, connectionist, and dynamical systems debate in broader perspective. In R. Stainton (Ed.), Contemporary debates in cognitive science. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
MACHAMER, P.K., DARDEN, L. & CRAVER, C.F. (2000). Thinking about mechanisms. Philosophy of Science, 57, 1-25. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Imitation : definitions, evidence, and mechanisms. Animal Cognition, 9, 355-367. |
 |
|
| |
|
Mécanisme de défense : Pour Sigmund Freud et Anna Freud, stratégie inconsciente employée par le moi pour réduire l'angoisse créée par les conflits intrapsychiques entre les exigences instinctives du ça (angoisse névrotique) ou les pressions morales du surmoi (angoisse morale). Rogers postule également l'existence de mécanismes similiaires qui servent à réduire l'angoisse créée par l'incongurence entre les expériences de l'organisme et le soi et entre le soi et le soi idéal. Il convient de noter que pour ces deux auteurs, les mécanismes de défense ont également pour fonction de résoudre les conflits externes ou extrapsychiques entre les structures de la personnalité et la réalité. ( ): clivage de l'objet, déformation, déni, dénégation, déplacement, formation réactionnelle, formation substitutive, intellectualisation, introjection, isolation, projection, rationalisation, refoulement, régression, sublimation. Mechanism of defence.
 
| |
FREUD S. (1905/88). Le mot d’esprit et ses relations avec l’inconscient. Paris : Gallimard. |
VAILLANT G.E. (1992). Ego mechanisms of defense : A guide for clinicians and researchers. Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press. |
RIVIERE, J. (1932). Jealousy as a mechanism of defence. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 13, 414-424. |
IHILEVICH D. & GLESER G.C. (1995). The Defense Mechanisms Inventory. In H.R. Conte & R. Plutchik (Eds.), Ego defenses : Theory and measurement (pp. 221-246). New York : John Wiley and sons. |
FREUD, A. (1937/1946). The ego and the mechanisms of defence./ Le Moi et les mécanismes de défense. London : Hogarth Press /Paris : Presses universitaires de France. |
IONESCU, S., JACQUET, M.-M. & LHOTE, C. (1997). Les mécanismes de défense. Théorie et Clinique. Paris : Nathan. |
| |
HOGLEND, P & PERRY, J.C. (1998). Defensive functioning predicts improvement in major depressive episodes. Journal of Nervous Mental Disorders, 186: 238–243 |
FREUD S. (1946/49). Abrégé de psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
VAILLANT G.E. (2000). Adaptive mental mechanisms. Their role in a positive psychology. American Psychologist, 55, 89-98. |
SPERLING, S.J. (1958). On denial and the essential nature of defence. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 39, 25-38. |
PERRY, J.C., GUELFI, J.D., DESPLAND, J.N. & HANIN B. (2004). Echelles d'évaluation des mécanismes de défense. PARIS : Masson. |
SCHAFER, R. (1968). The mechanisms of defence. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 49, 49-62. |
SMITH G, DRAGUNS, J-G. & EHLERS W. (2004). Defense mechanisms : theorical, research and clinical perspectives. North-Holland. |
AINSLIE, G.W. (1982). A behavioral economic approach to the defense mechanisms : Freud's energy theory revisited. Social Science Information, 21 (6), 735-779. [PDF] |
|
GILLETT, E. (1987). Defence mechanisms versus defence contents. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 68, 261-269. |
CALLAHAN, S. & CHABROL, H. (2004). Mécanismes de défense et coping. Paris : Dunod. |
CRAMER, P. (1987). The development of defense mechanisms. Journal of Personality,
55, (4), 597-614. |
BOWINS, B. (2004). Psychological defense mechanisms : a new perspective. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 64, 1-26. |
CRAMER, P.BLATT, S.J. & FORD, R.Q. (1988). Defense mechanisms in the anaclitic and introjective personality configurations. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 610- 616. |
CHABROL, H. (2005). Les mécanismes de défense. Recherche en Soins Infirmiers, 82, 31-42. [PDF] |
VAILLANT G.E. (1992). The historical origins and future potential of Sigmund Freud's concepts. International Review of Psycho-analysis, 19, 35-50. |
CRAMER, P. (2006). Protecting the self : Defense mechanisms in action. Guilford Publications. |
 |
TROUILLET, R.M. & GÉLY-NARGEOT, M.C. (2009). Mécanismes de défense et dépression du sujet âgé. institutionnalisé. Annales médico-psychologiques,
167 (2), 119-126. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Mécanisme neural : Neural mechanism.
| |
LYNCH, J.C., MOUNTCASTLE, V.B., TALBOT, W.H & YIN, T.C. (1977). Parietal lobe mechanisms for directed visual attention. Journal of Neurophysiology, 40, 362-389. |
ROBINSON, D.L., GOLDBERG, M.E. & STANTON, G.B. (1978). Parietal association cortex in the primate : sensory mechanismsand behavioral modulations. Journal of Neurophysiology, 41, 910-992. |
MILLER, E.K., LI, L. & DESIMONE, R. (1991). A neural
mechanism for working and recognition memory in inferior temporal cortex. Science, 254, 1377-1379. |
TANAKA, K. (1993). Neuronal mechanismsof object recognition. Science, 262, 685-688. |
MILLER, E.K. & DESIMONE, R. (1994). Parallel neuronal mechanisms for short-term memory. Science, 263, 520-22. |
DESIMONE, R. & DUNCAN, J. (1995). Neural mechanisms of selective visual attention. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 18, 193-222. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Mech David L. : Éthologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du loup et du lynx. Collaborateur de Fentress et Harrington.
 |
MECH, L.D. (1966). Hunting behavior of timber wolves in Minnesota. Journal of Mammalogy, 47, 347-348. |
ROTHMAN, R.J. & MECH, L.D. (1979). Scent-marking in lone wolves and newly formed pairs. Animal Behaviour, 27, 750-760. |
MECH, L.D., NELSON, M.E. & R. E. McROBERTS, R.E. (1991). Maternal and grandmaternal nutrition effects on deer weights and vulnerability to wolf predation. Journal of Mammalogy, 72 (1), 146-151. |
MECH, L.D. (1999). Alpha status, dominance, and division of labor in wolf packs. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 77 (8), 1196-1203. |
MECH, L.D. (2000). Leadership in wolf, Canis lupus, packs. Canadian Field-Naturalist, 114 (2), 259-263.
|
 |
| |
|
Mechner Francis ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialiste de l'apprentissage. On lui doit le système de notation scientifique de certaines formes d'apprentissage. Étudiant de Schoenfeld.

 |
MECHNER, F. (1958). Probability relations within response sequences under ratio reinforcement.Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (2), 109–121. [PDF] |
MECHNER, F. (1959). A notation system for the description of behavioral procedures. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (2), 133-150. [PDF] |
MECHNER, F. (1978). Engineering supervisory job-performance change. Training, 15 (10), 65-70. |
MECHNER, F. (2008). Behavioral contingency analysis. Behavioural Processes, 78, 124-144. |
MECHNER, F. (2010). Chess as a behavioral model for cognitive skill research : review of blindfold chess by Eliot Hearst and John Knott. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94, 373–386. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Médecine/Médecin : Technologie fondée sur la biologie et la biochimie dont le but est d'aider et de guérir. Tous les psychiatres sont médecin. ( ): Abraham, Adler, Adrian, Ajuriaguerra, Alexander, Apgar, Babinski, Barrett, Berger, Bernheim, Bernard, Bertillon, Binswanger, Bogen, Brazelton, Breuer, Broca, Buytendijk, Charcot, Clarapède, Damasio, Dolto, Down, Dumas, Eitington, Ellis, Fenichel, Ferenczi, Feuchtersleben, Florens, Flournoy, Frankl, Freud, Galaburda, Gall, Galton, Gilles de la Tourette, Gräfenberg, Groddeck, Grüter, Hahnemann, Head, Hermann, Hirschfield, Horney, Janet, Jekels, Konorski, Habib, Head, Hécaen, Henle, Jamison, Jung, Kramer, La Mettrie, Laurin, Lazure, Loewenstein, Lowen, Lebon, Macdougal, Marañón, Masters, Mesmer, Meynert, Miller, Minkowsi, Mondino, Montessori, Montplaisir, Nothnagel, Orton, Penfield, Perls, Prévost, Preyer, Reich, Reich, Rett, Rorschach, Ruffié, Sampson, Simmel, Semmelweis, Spock, Szondi, Vésale, Wallon, Wilkins, Willis, Winnicott, Woolley, Young.

| |
LAURIN, C. (1953). L’apport du Moyen-âge à la médecin. L’Union médicale du Canada, 86 (3), 293-297. |
STARR, P. (1982). The social transformation of American medicine. New York : Basic Book. |
JONES, C. & PORTER, R. (1994). Reassessing Foucault : Power, medicine and the body. London : Routledge. |
LEBLANC, A., KENNY, D.A., O'CONNOR, A.M. & LÉGARÉ, F. (2009). Decisional conflict in patients and their physicians : A dyadic approach to shared decision making. Medical Decision Making, 29, 61-68. |
 |
| |
|
Médecine alternative : Ensemble de pseudosciences et de pratiques non conventionnelles, souvent en contradiction avec les conaissances de la biologie et de la science en général. Médecine alternative et bio bla bla. = médecine holistique, pseudotechnologie. ( ) :
acupuncture, biologie totale, homéopathie, naturopathie, ostéopathie. Alternative medicine
| |
ROSS, C.A. & PAM, A. (Eds.) (1995). Pseudoscience in biological psychiatry : Blaming the body. New York : John Wiley. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Alternative medicine : Where's the evidence? Canadian Journal of Public Health, 88 (3), 149-152. |
PETTY, R.G. (1999). The scientific review of alternative medicine. Journal of American Medical Association, 282 (17), 1682-1683. |
SAMPSON W.I. & VAUGHN, L. (Eds.) (2000). Science meets alternative medicine : What the evidence says about unconventional treatments. New York : Prometheus Books. |
SCHMIDT, K., PITTLER, M. & ERNST, E. (2001). Bias in alternative medicine is still rife but is
diminishing. Bristih Medical Journal, 323, 1071. |
 |
| |
|
Médecine béhaviorale : Branche de la médecine et de la psychologie qui étudie la relation entre les comportements et les attitudes du malade/patient/client et sa santé/maladie, ainsi que l'ensemble des facteurs qui favorisent la prévention et la guérison. Médecine béhaviorale et santé. ( ): D'Antono, Dooley, Dupuis, Pennypacker. Behavioral medicine.
| |
PALMER, B.B. & LEWIS, C.E. (1976). Development of health attitudes and behaviors. Journal of School Health, 46, 401-402. |
GONICK, U., FARROW, I., MEIER, M., OSTMAND, G. & FROLICK, L. (1981). Cost effectiveness of behavioral medicine procedures in the treatment of stress-related disorders. American Journal of Clinical Biofeedback, 4, 16-24. |
KEEFE, F.J. (1982). Assessment strategies in behavioral medicine. Grune & Stratton. |
KEEFE, F. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1982). Behavioral medicine : Basic principles and theoretical foundations. In F.J. Keefe & J.A. Blumenthal (Eds.), Assessment strategies in behavioral medicine. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
STUNKARD, A. & BAUM, A. (Eds.) (1989). Perspectives in behavioral medicine : eating, sleeping, and sex. Hillsdale (NJ) : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
DOOLEY, D. & CATALANO, R. (2000). Group interventions and the limits of behavioral medicine. Behavioral Medicine, 26, 116-128. |
VINGERHOETS, A. (Ed.) (2003). Assessment in behavioral medicine. Brunner-Routledge. |
 |
| |
|
|
Média : Au sens strict, tout objet qui permet de diffuser de l'information et de divertir le public. Les médias peuvent également servir à contrôler les masses (propagande). = organe d'information, média de masse. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Media, mass media.
| |
McLUHAN, M. (1964). Understanding media. London. Routledge. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. & NIAS, D.K. (1978). Sex, violence, and the media. New York : Saint Martin's Press. |
HERMAN, E.S. & McCHESNEY, R.W. (1997). The global media. Cassell, London |
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1979). Suicide, motor vehicle fatalities, and the mass media: Evidence toward a theory of suggestion. American Journal of Sociology, 84, 1150-1174. |
HUESMANN, L.R., MOISE, J.F. & PODOLSKI, C.L. (1997). The effects of media violence on the development of antisocial behavior. In D.M. Stoff, J. Breiling & J.D. Maser (Eds.), Handbook of antisocial behavior (pp. 181-193). New York : John Wiley. |
SIMON, A. (1979). Violence in the mass media : A case of modeling. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 48, 1081-1082. |
SMITH, S.L. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1998). Harmful effects of exposure to media violence : Learning of aggression, emotional desensitization, and fear. In R.G. Geen & E. Donnerstein (Eds.), Human aggression : Theories, research, and implications for social policy (pp. 167-202). New York : Academic Press. |
GHAREEB, E. (1983). Split vision : The portrayal of Arabs in the American media. Washington, D.C. American-Arab Affairs Council. |
CHAMPION, H. & FURNHAM, A. (1998). The effect of the media on body satisfaction in adolescent girls. European Eating Disorders Review, 7, 213-228. |
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1983). The impact of mass media violence on U.S. homicides. American Sociological Review, 48, 560-568. |
ZILLMANN, D. & WEAVER, J.B. (1999). Effects of prolonged exposure to gratuitous media violence on provoked and unprovoked hostile behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29, 145-165. |
BERKOWITZ, L. (1984). Some effects of thoughts on anti- and prosocial influence of media events : A cognitive neoassociationist analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 410-427. |
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media : An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang. |
| |
PALETZ, D. (1999). The media in American politics : Contents and consequences. NY : Longman. |
BARON, J.N. & REISS, P. C. (1985). Same time, next year : Aggregate analyses of the mass media and violent behavior. American Sociological Review, 50, 347-363 |
POTTER, W. J. (1999). On media violence. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
MARTIN, L.J. (1985). The media's role in international terrorism. Terrorism : An International Journal, 8, 127-143. |
WAHLBERG, A. & SJÖBERG, L. (2000). Risk perception and the media. Journal of Risk Research,
3, 31-50 |
VALLONE, R.P., ROSS, L. & LEPPER, M. (1985). The hostile media phenomenon : Biased perception and perceptions of media bias in coverage of the "Beirut Massacre." Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 577-585. [PDF] |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J. Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media (pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. [PDF] |
McGUIRE, W.J. (1986) The myth of massive media impact : Savagings and salvagings. In: G. Comstock (Ed), Public communication and behavior. New York, London : Academic Press. |
SINGER, D. & SINGER, J.L. (Eds.) (2001). Handbook of children and the media. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publishing Co. |
GEEN, R.G. & THOMAS, S.L. (1986). The immediate effects of media violence on behavior. Journal of Social Issues, 42, 7-27. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2001). Media violence and the American public : Scientific facts versus media misinformation. American Psychologist, 56, 477-489. |
RULE, B.G. & FERGUSON, T.J. (1986). The effects of media violence on attitudes, emotions, and cognitions. Journal of Social Issues, 42, 29-50. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). The effects of media violence on society. Science, 295, 2377-2378. |
HERMAN, E.S. & CHOMSKY, N. (1988/2003). Manufacturing consent. The political economy of the mass. Pantheon. La Fabrication du consentement. / De la propagande médiatique en démocratie. Agone. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2002). Media violence and the American public revisited. American Psychologist, 57, 448-450. |
| |
ZILLMANN, D. (2002) Exemplification theory of media influence. In J. Bryant & D. Zillmann (Eds.), Media effects : Advances in theory and research. Mahwah, New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & GEEN, R.G. (1990). The role of cognitive-emotional mediators and individual differences in the effects of media violence on aggression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 58, 156-163. |
FREEDMAN, J.L. (2002). Media violence and its effect on aggression. Toronto, Canada: University of Toronto Press Inc. |
LINZ, D., FUSON, I.A. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1990). Mitigating the negative effects of sexually violent mass communications through pre-exposure briefings. Communication Research, 17, 641-674. |
ANDERSON, C.A., BERKOWITZ, L., DONNERSTEIN, E., HUESMANN, L.R., JOHNSON, J.D., LINZ, D. MALAMUTH, N.M. & WARTELLA, E. (2003). The influence of media violence on Youth. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 4 (3), 81-110. [PDF] |
WOOD, W., WONG, F. & CHACHERE, J.G. (1991). Effects of media violence on viewers’ aggression in unconstrained social interaction. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 371-383. |
GENTILE, D.A. (Ed.) (2003). Media violence and children. Westport, CT : Praeger Publishing. |
BOGAERT, A.F. (1993). The sexual media : the role of individual differences. London: University of Western Ontario. |
SCHEIN, E.H. (2003). The culture of media as viewed from an organizational culture perspective. The International Journal on Media Management, 5 (3), 171-172. |
| |
HUESMANN, L.R. MOISE, J., PODOLSKI, C.P. & ERON, L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between childhood exposure to media violence and adult aggression and violence : 1977-1992. Developmental Psychology, 39 (2), 201-221. [PDF] |
FRIEDLANDER, B.Z. (1993). Community violence, children's development, and mass media : In pursuit of new insights, new goals, and new strategies. Psychiatry, 56, 66-81. |
CRITCHER, C. (2003). Moral panics and the media. Buckingham : Open University Press. |
CLARK, R.E. (1994). Media will never influence learning. Educational Technology Research & Development, 42 (2), 21-30. |
HUESMANN, L.R. & SKORIC, M. (2003). Regulating media violence : Why, how, and by whom? In B. Young & E. Palmer (Ed.), Children and the faces of televisual media : Teaching, violence, selling (pp. 219-240). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. [PDF] |
POTTER, W.J., VAUGHAN, M.W., WARREN, R., HOWLEY, K., LAND, A. & HAGEMEYER, J.C. (1995). How real is the portrayal of aggression in television entertainment programming? Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 39, 496-516. |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, B. , PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER, J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games, television, movies, and the internet: is there desensitization? Journal of Adolescence, 27, 23-39. [PDF] |
FALLOWS, J. (1996) Breaking the news : How the media undermine american democracy. New York : Pantheon. |
DIXON, W.W. (2004). Film and television after 9/11. Illinois. Southern Illinois University Press. |
| |
DILL, K.E. (2005). Children at play? An essay on kids and media in America. Human Development, 48, 315-322. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1995). Moderating role of trait aggressiveness in the effects of violent media on aggression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 950-960. |
HUESMANN, L.R. & TAYLOR, L.D. (2006). The role of the mass media in violent behavior. In R.C. Brownson et al. (Eds.), Annual review of public health. Palo Alto, CA : Annual Reviews Publishers. [PDF] |
| |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2006). Short-term and long-term effects of violent media on aggression in children and adults. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 160, 348-352. |
| |
HUESMANN, L.R. (2007). The impact of electronic media violence : Scientific theory and research. Journal of Adolescent Health, 41,6-13. [PDF] |
HUMPHREYS, P.J. (1996). Mass media and media policy in Western Europe. Manchester
University Press |
DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008). Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408. |
HUESMANN, L.R. & MILLER, L.S. (1994). Long-term effects of repeated exposure to media violence in childhood. In L.R. Huesmann (Ed.), Aggressive behavior : Current perspectives (pp. 153-183). New York : Plenum Press. [PDF] |
OAKES, M.J. (2009).The effect of media on children : A methodological assessment from a social epidemiologist. American Behavioral Scientist, 52, 1136-1151. |
 |
BUSHMAN, B.J., HUESMANN, L.R. & WHITAKER, J.L. (2009). Violent media effects. In R.L. Nabi & M.B. Oliver (Eds.), Media processes and effects (pp. 361-376). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. [PDF] |
|
GENTILE, D.A. & ANDERSON, C. A. (2009). How are other first-world nations suppressing the adverse consequences of violence and youth sex in the modern media environment? Pediatrics, 123, 364-365. |
|
Media Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui se consacre à l'étude des médias. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
RUBIN, A.M., WEST, D.V. & MITCHELLl, W.S. (2001). Differences in aggression, attitudes towards women, and distrust as reflected in popular music preferences. Media Psychology, 3, 25-42.
|
|
|
Média sociaux : Média qui utilise Internet pour divertir et diffuser de l'information, et auxquels les membres contribuent , soit en proposant du contenu, soit en évaluant ce contenu. = média électroniques. ( ): Facebook, Youtube, Twitter, Flickr, blogues, etc. Social media.
| |
FROISSART, P. (2002). Rumeurs sur Internet. Les Cahiers de médiologie,13, 205-208. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. (Ed.) (2005). The social net : Human behavior in cyberspace. New York : Oxford University Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
Médiation : Intervention d'un tiers lors d'une négociation difficile ou lors d'un conflit, qui vise à rapprocher les parties ou à les convaincre d'adopter une solution commune.
| |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (1997). Processus d'influence dans la situation de médiation et modèle de la conversion minoritaire. Cahiers Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 35, 12-29. [PDF] |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2000). Processus de persuasion en situation de médiation : Effets du pouvoir et de l'innovation. Psychologie Canadienne, 41 (4), 267-278. [PDF] |
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Impact of a mediator, mutual representation of the negociators and decision making in a dyad : evaluation in the case of computer-mediated-communication. Studia Psychologica, 43 (1), 13-21. [PDF]
|
FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Influence non verbale dans le cadre de la médiation : effets du toucher et du statut sur la prédisposition à atteindre un accord. Cahiers Internationaux de Psychologie Sociale, 61, 35-42. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Medical Hypotheses : Revue scientifique de médecine. Éditeur : Elsevier.
WHITAKER, R. (2004). The case against antipsychotic drugs : a 50-year record of doing more harm than good. Medical Hypotheses, 62 (1), 5-13.
|
|
Médicalisation :
Médicalisation, problème de la normalité/déviance et surmédicamentation.
= pathologizing. Medicalization.
| |
CONRAD, P. (1975). The discovery of hyperkinesis : Notes on the medicalization of
deviant behavior. Social Problems, 23 (1), 12-21.
|
MOLLOY, H. (2002). The social construction of Asperger syndrome : The pathologizing of difference. Disability & Society, 17 (6), 659-670. |
CONRAD, P. (1908). Implications of changing social Policy for the medicalization of
deviance. Contemporary Crises 4, (2), 195-205. |
TIMIMI, S. (2005). ADHD : The medicalisation of naughty boys. Human Givens, 12, 10-15. |
CONRAD, P. & SCHNEIDER, J.W. (1980). Deviance and medicalization : From badness to sickness. St. Louis, MO : C.V. Mosby Company. |
PIGNARRE, P. (2006). Les malheurs des psys : psychotropes et médicalisation du social. Paris : La Découverte. |
CONRAD, P. (1992). Medicalization and social control. Annual Review of Sociology, 18, 209-232. |
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness. How normal behavior became a sickness. New Haven : Yale Univesity Press. / Comment la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique ont médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion. |
TIMIMI, S. (2002). Pathological child psychiatry and the medicalization of childhood. Hove, UK : Brunner-Routledge. |
CONRAD, P. (2007). The medicalization of society : On the transformation of human conditions into treatable disorders. Johns Hopkins University Press. |
 |
|
| |
|
Médicament/médication : Substance chimique ou composition active employée sous forme solide (comprimé/granule/capsule/gelule/ampoule, etc.) ou liquide (sirop, gouttes, vaporisateur, etc.) pour soulager un malade, le guérir de sa maladie ou prévenir l'apparition de cette maladie. On nomme psychotropes les médicaments que l'on utilise pour soigner les troubles mentaux. Ce sont des des drogues qu'il faut utiliser avec prudence et suivant des règles précises (dose et posologie). Dans l'optique du modèle médico-psychiatrique, on soigne la plupart des maladies mentales au moyen d'une thérapie médicamenteuse. Pour qu'un médicament soit vendu en pharmacie - en vente libre ou sous ordonnance - il doit être homologué par Santé Canada, donc faire l'objet d'essais cliniques, et posséder une identification numérique (DIN). En santé mentale, bien que la recherche et la mise au point des médicaments soient longues et rigoureuses, peu d'études indépendantes sont menées pour contre-vérifier les résultats obetnus par l'industrie pharmaceutique. Médicament, surmédicamentation et chaîne du médicament. Medication.
  
| |
|
Études du fabricant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Biochimiste/Concepteur |
 |
Expérimentateur/Testeur |
 |
Médecin/Diagnostic |
 |
Pharmacien/Vendeur |
 |
Patient/Acheteur |
| |
|
Études indépendantes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1980). The many messages of medication : Hyperactive children's perceptions and attributions. In S. Salzinger, J. Antrobus & J. Glick (Eds.), The ecosystem of the "sick" child : Implications for classification and intervention (pp. 141-166). New York : Academic Press. |
COHEN,
D. (1994). Les «nouveaux» médicaments de l'esprit. Sociologie
et Sociétés, XXVIII (2), 17-33. |
CAILLOUX-COHEN, S. & COHEN, D. (1995). Guide critique des médicaments de l'âme. Montréal : Éditions de l'Homme. |
COHEN,
D., McCUBBIN, M., COLLIN, J. & PERODEAU, G. (2001). Medications as social phenomena. Health, 5 (4), 441-469. |
COHEN,
D. (2003). The psychiatric medication history : Context, meaning, and purpose. Social Work in Mental Health, 1 (4), 5-28. |
FLORA, S.R (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD, OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems. New York : University of New York Press. |
 |
| |
|
Médicament à dose critique : Médicament dont les variations, même faibles, dans le dosage peuvent entraîner chez le patient des conséquences graves, voire la mort. EX : lithium.
|
|
Médicament générique : Médicament dont la subtance active (le princeps) est identique ou bioéquivalente à un médicament original breveté; le faux ne se distingue du vrai que par son apparence (une pilule triangulaire plutôt que ronde) et les autres produits neutres et secondaires (excipients) qui entrent dans sa fabrication. En principe, la posologie, les effets secondaires et le degré d'innocuité du générique sont identiques à ceux de l'orginal. ( ): générique en copie parfaite, générique esentiellement similaire, générique légèrement différent quant à la forme. /produit original, médicament breveté. Generic.
| |
CRAWFORD, P., HALL, W.W., CHAPPELL, B., COLLINGS, J. & STEWART, A. (1996). Generic prescribing for epilepsy: is it safe? Seizure, 5, 1–5. |
BESAG, F.M. (2000). Is generic prescribing acceptable in epilepsy ? Drug Safety, 23, 173–182. |
GUBERMAN, A. & CORMAN, C. (2000). Generic substitution for brand name antiepileptic drugs : a survey. The Canadian Journal of Neurological Sciences 27, 37–43. |
 |
| |
|
|
Méditation : Technique de relaxation. Meditation.
| |
SMITH J. C. (1986). Meditation, biofeedback, and the relaxation controversy : A cognitive-behavioral perspective. American Psychologist, 41, 1007-1009. |
WEST, M.A. (Ed.), The psychology of meditation. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press. |
ALEXANDER C.N., LANGER E.J., NEWMAN, R.I., CHANDLER, H.M. & DAVIES, J L. (1989). Transcendental meditation, mindfulness, and longevity : An experimental study with the elderly. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 57, 950-964. |
BLACKMORE, S. (1991). Is meditation good for you? New Scientist, 6 ,30-33. |
 |
| |
|
Meehl Paul E. (1920-2003) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste, physiologiste et méthodologiste américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment à la mesure et à la validité des concepts en psychologie, ainsi qu'à la valeur du jugement clinique. Président de l'APA en 1962. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52. Collaborateur de Cronbach, Dawes, Feigl, Lykken, Maccorquodale et Sellars.
   
|
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a distinction between hypothetical constructs and intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107. [PDF] |
MEEHL, P.E. (1954). Clinical versus statistical prediction : A theoretical analysis and a review of the evidence. Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press. [PDF] |
MEEHL, P.E. (1989). Schizotaxia Revisited. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 935–944. [PDF] |
MEEHL, P.E. (1992). The miracle argument for realism : An important lesson to be learned by generalizing from Carrier's counter-examples. Studies in History and Philosophy of Science, 23, 267-282. [PDF] |
MEEHL, P.E. (1997). The problem is epistemology, not statistics : Replace significance tests by confidence intervals and quantify accuracy of risky numerical predictions. In L.L. Harlow, S.A. Mulaik & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What if there were no significance tests? Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
| |
GROVE, W.M. (2005). Clinical versus statistical prediction: The contribution of Paul E. Meehl. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61 (10), 1233–1243. [PDF] |
GROVE, W.M. & LLOYD, M. (2006). Meehl’s contribution to clinical versus statistical prediction. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115 (2), 192–194. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
Méga-analyse : Analyse des méta-analyses d'un domaine de recherche particulier. Mega-analysis.
| |
FORNESS, S.R., KAVALE, K.A., BLUM, I.M. & LLOYD, J.W. (1997). Mega-analysis of meta-analyses. Teaching Exceptional Children,
29 (6), 4-10. |
DERUBEIS, R.J., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D. (1999). Medication versus cognitive behavioral therapy for severely depressed outpatients : Mega-analysis of four randomized comparisons. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013. |
BISSONNETTE, S., RICHARD, M., GAUTHIER, C. et BOUCHARD, C. (2010).
Quelles sont les stratégies d’enseignement efficaces favorisant les apprentissages fondamentaux auprès des élèves en difficulté de niveau élémentaire? Résultats d’une méga-analyse. Revue de Recherche Appliquee sur l’Apprentissage,
3. |
 |
| |
|
Mégalomanie : Tendance maladive à se surestimer sur le plan physique, psychologique ou social. EX: Je suis l'homme le plus modeste de l'univers. L'un des symptômes de la schizophrénie et de la psychose. = idées de grandeur. Megalomania.
|
Meichenbaum Donald H. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste-cognitif et thérapeute canadien.
 
 |
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. & GOODMAN, J. (1971). Training impulsive children to talk to themselves : A means of developing self-control. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 77, 115-126. |
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1972). Cognitive modification of test anxious college students. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 39, 370-380. |
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1977). Cognitive-behavior modification : An integrative approach. New York : Plenum Press. |
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1979). Cognitive behavior modification : The need for a fairer assessment. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 3 (2), 127-132. |
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1983). Coping with stress. Toronto : John Wiley & Sons Canada. |
 |
| |
|
|
Meirieu Philippe (Alès 1949-) : Pédagogue français. Collaborateur de Lessard et Tardif.
 |
MEIRIEU, P. (1993). L’envers du tableau : quelle pédagogie pour quelle école? Paris : ESF. |
MEIRIEU, P. (1995). La pédagogie est-elle soluble dans les sciences de l'éducation ? Cahiers pédagogiques, 334, 31-34. |
TARDIF, J. et MEIRIEU, P. (1996). Stratégie pour favoriser le transfert des connaissances. Vie pédagogique, 98, 4-7. |
MEIRIEU, P. et DEVELAY, M. (dir.). (1996). Le transfert des connaissances en formation initiale et continue. Lyon : Centre régional de documentation pédagogique de l’Académie de Lyon. |
MEIRIEU, P. (2004). Faire l'école, faire la classe. Paris : ESF. |
 |
| |
|
Mélancolie : = tristesse. Melancholy.
| |
BURTON, R. (1621). The anatomy of melancholy. Oxford : J. Lichfield & J. Short. |
ZIMMERMAN, M. & SPITZER, R.L. (1989). Melancholia : From DSM-Ill to DSM-III-R. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 20-28. |
BUTLER, J. (1995). Melancholy gender : Refused identification. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 5, 165-180. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1998). Meaning and melancholia : Why DSM cannot (entirely) ignore the patient's intentional system. In J. W. Barron (Ed.), Making diagnosis meaningful : Enhancing evaluation and treatment of psychological disorders (pp.
29-72). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mélatonine : Principale hormone du sommeil et de la régulation des rythmes cicardiens. Melatonin.
| |
BROWN, G.M. (1994). Light, melatonin and the sleep-wake cycle. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 19 (5), 345-353. |
HARMA, M., AITINEN, J., PARTINEN, M. & SUVANTO, S. (1994). The effect of four-day round trip flights over 10 time zones on the circadian variation of salivary melatonin and cortisol in airline flight attendants. Ergonomics, 37 (9), 1479-1489. |
LEWY, A.J., AHMED, S. & SACK, R.L. (1995). Phase shifting the human circadian clock using melatonin. Behavioural Brain Research, 73, 131-134. |
ATKINSON, G., DRUST, B., REILLY, T. & WATERHOUSE, J. (2003). The relevance of melatonin to sports medicine and science. Sports Medicine, 33, 809-831. |
BEAUMONT, M., BATÉJAT, D., PIÉRARD, C., VAN BEERS, P., DENIS, J.B., COSTE, O., DOIREAU P., CHAUFFARD, F., FRENCH, J. & LAGARDE, D. (2004). Caffeine or melatonin effects on sleep and sleepiness after rapid eastward transmeridian travel. Journal of Applied Physiology, 96, 50-58. |
 |
| |
|
Meltzer Donald (New York 1922-2004) : Psychanalyste américain, spécialiste de l'autisme et de la méta-psychologie. membre du Groupe kleinien. Analyse par Klein. Collaborateur de Segal.
 |
MELTZER, D. (1963). A contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic states. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44, 83-97. |
MELTZER, D. (1975/2004). Explorations in autism : a psychoanalytic study. Perthshire: Clunie Press. / Explorations dans le monde de l'autisme. Paris : Payot. |
MELTZER, D. (1981). The Kleinian expansion of Freudian metapsychology. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 62, 177-185. |
MELTZER, D. (1983). Dream Life : a re-examination of the psycho-analytical theory and technique. Perthshire: Clunie Press |
MELTZER, D. (1986). Studies in extended metapsychology. Perth : Clunie.
|
| |
WILLIAMS, M.H. (1999). Psychoanalysis : an art or a science? a review of the implications of the theory of Bion and Meltzer. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 16 (2) 127-135. |
COHEN, M. & HAHN, A. (Eds.) (2000). Exploring the work of Donald Meltzer : a festschrift. London: Karnac |
CASSESE, S.F. (2002) Introduction to the work of Donald Meltzer. London: Karnac |
LI CAUSI, R. & WADDELL, M. (2005). An appreciation of the work of Donald Meltzer. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 31 (1) 3-5. |
 |
| |
|
Meltzoff N. Andrew ( ) : Psychologue neurocognitiviste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'imitation. Collaborateur de Kuhl.
 |
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1990). Foundations for developing a concept of self : The role of imitation in relating self to other and the value of social mirroring, social modeling, and self practice in infancy. In D. Cicchetti & M. Beeghly (Eds.), The self in transition : Infancy to childhood (pp. 139-164). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1995). Understanding the intentions of others : Reenactment of intended acts by 18-month-old children. Developmental Psychology, 31, 838-850. |
KUHL, P.K. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1997). Evolution, nativism, and learning in the development of language and speech. In M. Gopnik (Ed.), The inheritance and innateness of grammars (pp. 7-44). New York : Oxford University Press. |
MELTZOFF, A.N. & PRINZ, W. (2002). The imitative mind : Development, evolution, and brain bases. Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press. |
MELTZOFF, A.N. (2002). Imitation as a mechanism of social cognition : Origins of empathy, theory of mind, and the representation of action. In U. Goswami (Ed.), Handbook of childhood cognitive development (pp. 6-25). Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. |
 |
| |
|
Melzack Ronald (Montréal 1923-) : Physiologiste et neuropsychologue canadien. Il fut un des premiers scientifiques a développé une théorie de la douleur (la théorie des portillons en collaboration avec Wall.) Il s'est également intéressé aux membres fantômes. Étudiant de Hebb. Collaborateur de Wall.
  
 |
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new theory. Science, 150, 971-979. [PDF] |
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1982/2008). The challenge of pain. England : Penguin Books. |
MELZACK, R. (1989). Phantom limbs, the self and the brain : The D.O. Hebb memorial lecture. Canadian Psychology, 30, 1-16. |
MELZACK, R. (1990). The tragedy of needless pain. American Scientific, special issue, 262, 27-33. |
MELZACK, R. (1992). Phantom limbs. Scientific American, 266, 90-6. |
 |
| |
|
Membrane nictinante : Membrane de l'oeil, souvent transparente ou semi-opaque, qui se déplace horizontalement. Certains animaux, comme le lapin, en possède une. Elle joue le rôle d'une seconde paupière (humidification et protection de l'oeil contre l'eau, la poussière, les coups des adversaires, etc.). La fermeture par réflexe de cette paupière a fait l'objet de nombreuses recherches sur la nictation et le conditionnement répondant. = troisième paupière, palpebra tertia, plica semilunaris. Nictitating membrane.
| |
GORMEZZANO, I.N., SCHEIDERMAN, E. DEAUX, E. & FUENTES, I. (1962). Nictitating membrane : Classical conditioning and extinction in the albino rabbit. Science ,138, 33–34. |
SCHNEIDERMAN, N. (1966). Interstimulus interval function of the nictitating membrane response of the rabbit under delay versus trace conditioning. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 62 (3), 397-402. |
SMITH, M.C. (1968). CS–US interval and US intensity in classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating membrane response. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 66, 679–687. |
SMITH, M.C. COLEMAN, S.R. & GORMEZANO, I. (1969). Classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating membrane response at backward, simultaneous, and forward CS–US intervals. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 69, 226–231. |
MILLENSON J.R., KEHOE, E.J. & GORMEZANO, I. (1977). Classical conditioning of the rabbit’s nictitating membrane response under fixed and mixed CS–US intervals. Learning & Motivation, 8, 351– 366. |
POWELL, D.A., MAXWELL, B. & PENNEY, J. (1996). Neuronal activity in the medial prefrontal cortex during Pavlovian eyeblink and nictitating membrane conditioning. Journal of Neuroscience, 19, 6296–6306. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Membre : Qui fait partie d'un groupe ou d'une organisation. Grucho Marx aurait dit : « Je ne voudrais pas faire partie d'un groupe qui m'aurait pour membre/I don't care to belong to a club that accepts people like me as members». = acteur.
| |
STIFF, C.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2008). The power of reputations : The role of third party information in the admission of new group members. Group Dynamics, 12, 155-166. |
 |
| |
|
Membre fantôme : Membre amputé que l'individu continue de ressentir, souvent de manière douleureuse, même en rêve. Phantom limb.
| |
MELZACK, R. & LOESER, JD. (1978). Phantom body pain in paraplegics : evidence for a central 'pattern generating mechanism' for pain. Pain, 4, 195-210. |
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & ROGERS-RAMACHADRAN, D.C. (1996). Synaesthesia in phantom limbs induced with mirrors. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, 263 (1369), 377-386. |
MELZACK, R. & BROMAG, P.R. (1982). Experimental phantom limbs. Experimental Neurology, 39 (2), 261-269. |
MELZACK, R., ISRAEL, R., LACROIX, R. & SCHULTZ, G. (1997). Phantom limbs in people with congenital limb deficiency or amputation in early childhood. Brain, 120 (9), 1603-1620. |
SHERMAN, R.A., SHERMAN, C.J. & PARKER, L. (1984). Chronic phantom and stump pain among American veterans : Results of a survey. Pain 18, 83-95. |
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & BLAKESLEE, S. (1998). Phantoms in the brain : Probing the mysteries of the human mind. William Morrow & Company. |
MELZACK, R. (1989). Phantom limbs, the self and the brain : The D.O. Hebb memorial lecture. Canadian Psychology, 30, 1-16. |
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & HIRSTEIN, W. (1998). The perception of phantom limbs : The D.O. Hebb lecture. Brain, 9 (121), 1603-1630. |
SAADAH, E.S. & MELZACK, R. (1994). Phantom limb experiences in congenital limb-deficient adults. Cortex, 30 (3), 479-485. |
HALLIGAN, P.W., ZEMAN, A. & BERGER, A. (1999). Phantoms in the brain. British Medical Journal, 319, 587-588. |
MELZACK, R. (1992). Phantom limbs. Scientific American, 266, 90-96. |
HALLIGAN, P.W. (2002). Phantom limbs : The body in mind. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 7 (3), 251-268. |
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. & ROGERS-RAMACHADRAN, D.C. & COBB, S. (1995). Touching the phantom limb. Nature, 377, 489-490. |
MURRAY, C.D., PETTIFER, S. HOWARD, T., PATICK, E.L., CAILLETTE, F. KUKARNI, J. & BAMFORD, C. (2007). The treatment of phantom limb pain using immersive virtual reality : Three case studies. Disability & Rehabilitation, 29 (18), 1465-1469. |
 |
|
| |
|
Mème : Terme forgé par Dawkins à partir des mots gène et mimesis (imitation). Pour lui, il s'agit d'un équivalent fonctionnel du gène sur le plan de la transmission culturelle. Transmission culturelle et mème. Meme.
 
| |
DAWKINS, R. (1976/86). The selfish gene /Le gène égoïste. Oxford : Oxford University Press/Paris : Armand Colin. |
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2000). Meme theory oversimplifies how culture changes. Scientific American, 10, 58-59. |
MORITZ, E. (1990). Memetic Science: I - General Introduction. Journal of Ideas, 1, 1-23. |
AUNGER, R. (2001). Darwinizing culture : The status of memetics as a science. Oxford : Oxford University. |
VANEECHOUTTE, M (1993). The memetic basis of religion. Nature, 365, 290. |
SPERBER, D. (2001). An objection to the memetic approach to culture. In R. Aunger (Ed.), Darwinizing culture : The status of memetics as a science (pp. 163-173). Oxford : Oxford University. |
SPEEL, H.C. (1996). Memetics : On a conceptual framework for cultural evolution. In F. Heylighen & D. Aerts (Eds.), The evolution of complexity. Kluwer. |
HEATH, C., BELL, C. & STERNBERG, E. (2001). Emotional selection in memes : The case of urban legends. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 81, 1028-1041. |
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2000). Memes : Universal acid or a better mouse trap. In R. Aunger (Dir.), Darwinizing culture : The status of memetics as a science (pp. 143-162). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
AUNGER, R. (2002). The electric meme : A new theory of how we think. The Free Press. |
HOLCROFT, D. & LEWIS, H. (2000). Memes, minds, and evolution. Philosophy, 75, (292), 161-182. |
DUNBAR, R.I.M. (2004). Gossip in an evolutionary perspective. Review of General Psychology, 8, 100-110. |
BLACKMORE, S. (2000/6). The meme machine / La théorie des mème : pourquoi nous nous imitons les uns les autres. Oxford University Press/Édition Max Milo. |
BOYD, R. & RICHERSON, P.J. (2005). Not by genes alone: How culture transformed human evolution. Chicago University Press. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated/Paris : Deboeck Université. |
AUNGER, R. (2007). Memes. In L. Barrett & R. Dunbar (Eds.), Encyclopedia of evolutionary psychology. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| |
|
Mémoire : Ensemble des structures cognitives qui permettent d'entreposer et de récupérer les informations apprises. En psychologie, une mémoire se définit par sa capacité de stockage, son temps de rétention et son rôle dans le traitement de l'information. Il convient de noter que le rôle des mémoires varie beaucoup d'une théorie à l'autre (Comparé les modèles de Shiffrin et Atkinson et de Baddeley). = registre, mécanisme de stockage. ( ): mémoires sensorielles, mémoire à court terme, mémoire à long terme, mémoire procédurale, mémoire déclarative, mémoire sémantique, mémoire épisodique. Memory, information storage.
| |
EBBINGHAUS, H. (1885/1964). Memory : A contribution to experimental psychology. New York : Dover Publications, Inc. |
CECI, S.J., BAKER, J. & BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1987). Memory development and ecological complexity : The case of prospective memory. In M. Perlmutter & F. Weinert (Eds.), Individual differences and universal changes in memory development research. Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. |
BURTT, H.E. (1941). An experimental study of early childhood memory : Final report. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 58, 435-439 |
ERICSSON, K.A. & POLSON, P.G. (1988). Memory for restaurant orders. In M. Chi, R. Glaser & M. Farr (Eds.), The nature of expertise (pp. 23-70). Hillsdale, N. J. : Erlbaum. |
ROSENBLATT, F. (1958). The perceptron : A probabilistic model for information storage and organization in the brain. Psychological Review, 65 (6), 386-408. [PDF] |
ESTES, W.K. (1988). Human learning and memory. In R.C. Atkinson, R.J. Herrnstein, G. Lindsey & R.D. Luce (Eds.), Stevens' handbook of experimental psychology (Vol.2, pp. 351-415). New York : Wiley. |
HILGARD E.R. (1964). Introduction. In H.Ebbinghaus, memory : A contribution to experimental psychology. New York :
Dover. |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1988). A retrieval theory of priming in memory. Psychological Review, 95, 385-408. |
YOUNG, J.Z. (1965). The organization of a memory system. Proceedings of the Royal Society, 163B, 285-320. |
GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1988). Perspectives in memory research. Boston, MIT Press. |
WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1965). Primary memory. Psychological Review, 72 (2), 89-104. [PDF] |
COHEN, G. (1989). Memory in the real world. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
YATES, F.A. (1966). The art of memory. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
SCHACTER, D.L. (1989). Memory. In M.I. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| |
WIXTED, J.T. (1989). The vocabulary of remembering : A review of kendrick, rilling, and denny's theories of animal memory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3), 441-450. [PDF] |
MANDLER, G. (1967). Organization and memory. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 1, pp. 327-372). New York : Academic Press. |
BANAJI, M.R. & CROWDER, R. G. (1989). The bankruptcy of everyday memory. American Psychologist, 44, 1185-1193. |
| |
SWETS, J.A. & BJORK, R.A. (1990). Enhancing human performance: A study of the National Research Council for the Army Research Institute. Psychological Science, 1, 85-96. [PDF] |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory : A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic Press. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (1990). Human memory : Theory and practice. Boston, MA : Allyn and Bacon. |
NORMAN, D.A. (1968). Toward a theory of memory and attention. Psychological Review, 75 (6), 522-536. |
TULVING, E. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1990). Priming and human memory systems. Science, 247, 301-306. |
NORMAN, D.A. (1970). Comments on the information structure of memory. Acta Psychologica, 33, 292-303. |
WATKINS, M.J. (1990). Mediationism and the obfuscation of memory. American Psychologist, 45, 328-335. |
GUILFORD, J.P. (1971). Varieties of memory and their implications. Journal of General Psychology, 85, (2), 207-228. |
SCHMIDT, S.R. (1991). Can we have a distinctive theory of memory? Memory & Cognition, 19 (6), 523–542. |
| |
GRUNEBERG, M.M., MORRIS, P.E. & SYKES, R.N. (1991). The obituary
on everyday memory and its practical application is premature.
American Psychologist, 46, 74-75. |
| |
CONWAY, M.A. (1991). In defense of everyday memory: A reply to Banaji
and Crowder. American Psychologist, 46, 19-26. |
UNDERWOOD, B.J. (1972). Are we overloading memory? In Melton, A.W. & Martin, E. (Eds.), Coding processes in human memory (pp. 1-23). Washington, DC : Winston. |
HINTZMAN, D.L. (1992). 25 years of learning and memory : Was the cognitive revolution a mistake? In D. E. Meyer,& S. Kornblum (Eds.), Attention and performance XIV.: A silverjubilee. Hillsdale, NJ : Edbaum. |
PIAGET, J. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York : Basic Books. |
RATCLIFF, R. (1992). Models of memory. In L.R. Squire (Ed.), The encyclopedia of learning and memory. NY : MacMillan. |
ROSEN, L.J. & LEE, C.L. (1976). Acute and chronic effects of alcohol use on organizational processes in memory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 309-317. |
CECI, S. J., & BrRONGENBRENNER, U. (1991). On the demise of everyday memory : "The rumors of my death are much exaggerated." American Psychologist, 46, 27-31. |
PARKER, E.S., BIRNBAUM, I.M. & NOBLE, E. P. (1976). Alcohol and memory : Storage and state dependency. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 15, 691-702. |
SCHACTER, D.L. & TULVING, E. (1994). Memory systems. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Organisation in memory and behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 26 (1), 113-130. [PDF] |
VANDERWOLF, C.H. & CAIN, D.P. (1994). The behavioral neurobiology of learning and memory : A conceptual reorientation. Brain Research Reviews,
19 (3), 264–297. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (1976). The psychology of memory. New York : Basic Books. |
ANDERSON, J.R. (1995). Learning and memory. New York : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1976). Capacity limitations in information processing, attention and memory. In W.K. Estes (Ed.), Handbook of learning and cognitive processes : Attention and memory (Vol. 4, pp. 177-236). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
LANCASTER, J.S. & BARSALOU, L.W. (1997). Multiple organisations of events in memory. Memory, 5, 569-599. |
ANDERSON, J.R. (1976). Language, memory, and thought. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
SYMONS, C.S. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1997). The self-reference effect in memory : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 371-394. |
BRANCH, M.N. (1977). On the role of "memory" inthe analysis of behavior. Journal of t e Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 28, 171-179. [PDF] |
BENJAMIN, A.S., BJORK, R.A. & SCHWARTZ, B.L. (1998). The mismeasure of memory : When retrieval fluency is misleading as a metamnemonic index. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 127 (1), 55-68. [PDF] |
BROWN, R. & KILIK, J. (1977). Flashbulb memories. Cognition, 5, 73-99. |
BRAINERD, C.J., STEIN, L. & REYNA, V.F. (1998). On the development of conscious and unconscious memory. Developmental Psychology, 34, 342-357. |
KINTSCH, W. (1977). Memory and cognition. Wiley. |
GOBET, F. (1998). Expert memory: A comparison of four theories. Cognition, 66, 115-152. |
NEISSER, U. (1978). Memory : What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, E E. Morris, & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practica laspects of memory (pp. 3-24). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
WOOD, E.R., DUDCHENKO, P.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The global record of memory in hippocampal neuronal activity. Nature, 397, 613-616. |
BJORK, R.A. (1978). The updating of human memory. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 12, pp. 235-259). New York : Academic Press. |
TULVING, E. (2000). Memory : Overview. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 161-162). New York : American Psychologica Association and Oxford University Press. |
TULVING, E. (1979). Memory research : What kind of progress? In L.G. Nilsson (Ed.), Perspectives on memory research (pp. 19-34). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2000). Tricks of memory. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 123-127. [PDF] |
CRAIK, F.I.M. (1979). Human memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 30, 63-102. |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2000). Memory models. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 571-582). New York : Oxford University Press. |
LOFTUS, E.E. (1979). The malleability of human memory. American Scientist, 67, 312-320. |
NICOLAS, S. (2000). La mémoire humaine, une perspective fonctionnaliste. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
LICHTENSTEIN, E.H. & BREWER, W.F. (1980). Memory for goal directed events. Cognitive Psychology, 12, 412-445. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2000). Distortions of memory. In F.I.M.Craik & E. Tulving (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 149-164). Oxford, England : Oxford University Press.[PDF] |
ERICSSON, K.A. & CHASE, W.G. (1982). Exceptional memory. American Scientist, 70, 607-615. |
REISBERG, D. & HERTEL, P. (Eds.) (2003). Memory and emotion. Oxford University Press. |
SCHANK, R.C. (1982). Dynamic memory : A theory of reminding and learning in computers and people. Cambridge University Press. |
CRAVER, C.F. (2003). The making of a memory mechanism. Journal of the History of Biology 36, 153-195. |
ALBA, J. W. & HASHER, L. (1983). Is memory schematic? Psychological Bulletin, 93, 203-231. |
WALKER, M.P. & STICKGOLD, R.(2006). Sleep, memory and plasticity. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 139-166. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1983). Une, deux ou plusieurs mémoires : Réalités et théories. Bulletin de la Société de Neuropsychologie de Langue Française, 1, 21-39. |
AIZAWA, K. (2007). The biochemistry of memory consolidation : A model system for the philosophy of mind. Synthese, 155, 65-98. |
BADDELEY, A. (1984). Working memory : The interface between memory and cognition. In D.L. Schacter & E. Tulving (Eds.), Memory systems (pp. 351-367). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
TSE, D., LANGSTON, R. F., KAKEYAMA, M., BETHUS, I., SPOONER, P.A., WOOD, E.R., WITTER, M.P. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (2007). Schemas
and memory consolidation. Science, 316, 76-82 |
TULVING, E. (1985). Ebbinghaus's memory : What did he learn and remember ? Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 11, 480–484. |
MILLER, C.A. & SWEATT, J.D. (2007). Covalent modification of DNA regulates memory formation. Neuron, 53, 857–869. |
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39, 188-231. |
EICHENBAUM, H. (2008) Memory. Scholarpedia, 3 (3), 1747. |
SIKKEL, D. (1985). Models for memory effects. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 80, 835–841. |
ZHANG, Q. (2009). A computational account of dreaming : Learning and memory consolidation. Cognitive Systems Research,
10 (2), 91-101. |
TULVING, E. (1985). Memory and consciousness. Cana- dian Psychologist, 26, 1-12. |
|
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated/Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
| |
|
Mémoire (Capacité d'une...) : Quantité d'information (moyenne ou maximale) qu'une mémoire humaine, animale ou machine est en mesure de contenir. EX : La mémoire à court terme à une capacité de 7 +-2 informations. Capacité et durée d'une mémoire. = empan, empan mnémonique, taille de la mémoire, espace mémoire. Memory span, capacity, storage space, mental storage capacity.
| |
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. |
FAN, L., GEARY, D.C., BOW-THOMAS, C.C. & SIEGLER R.S. (1994). Influences of numerical memory span on strategy choices in addition : A comparative study of numerical skill differences in Chinese and American children. Psychological Science, 17, 21-27. |
CONRAD, R. & HULL, A.J. (1964). Information, acoustic confusion and memory span. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 429-432. |
|
BROADBENT, D.E. (1975). The magic number seven after fifteen years. In A. Kennedy & A. Wilkes (Eds.), Studies in long-term memory (pp. 3-18). London : Wiley. |
TOWSE, J.N. & HITCH, G.J. (1995). Is there a relationship between task demand and storage space in tests of working memory capacity? Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48, 108-124. |
HUTTENLOCHER, J. & BURKE, D. (1976). Why does memory span increase with age? Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 8, 1-31. |
HULME, C., ROODENRYS, S., BROWN, G. & MERCER, R. (1995). The role of long-term memory mechanisms in memory span. British Journal of Psychology, 86, 527-536. |
CHI, M.T.H. (1976). Short-term memory limitations in children : Capacity of processing deficits? Memory & Cognition, 4, 559-572. |
TOWSE, J.N. & HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (1998). A reevaluation of working memory capacity in children. Journal of Memory & Language, 39 (2), 195-217. |
WATKINS, M.J. (1977). The intricacy of memory span. Memory and Cognition, 5, 529-534. |
ROSEN, V.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (1998). Working memory capacity and suppression. Journal of Memory & Language, 39, 418-436. |
ROEDIGER, H.L., KNIGHT, J.L., & KANTOWITZ, B.H. (1977). Inferring decay in short-term memory: The issue of capacity. Memory & Cognition, 5, 167-176. |
KORIAT, A. GOLDSMITH, M. & PANSKY, A. (2000). Toward a psychology of memory accuracy. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 483-539. |
DEMPSTER, F.N. (1981). Memory span : Sources of individual and developmental differences. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 63-100. |
TOWSE, J.N, HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (2000). On the interpretation of working memory span in adults. Memory & Cognition, 28 (3), 341-348. |
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1986). Working memory capacity. Proceedings of the Human Factors Society, 30, 1273-1277. |
COWAN, N. (2001). The magical number 4 in short-term memory : A reconsideration of mental storage capacity. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 87-114. |
NAVEH-BENJAMIN, M. & AYRES, T.J. (1986). Digit span, reading rate, and linguistic relativity. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 739-751. |
HITCH, G.J., TOWSE, J.N. & HUTTON, U. (2001). What limits children's working memory span? Theoretical accounts and applications for scholastic development. Journal of Experimental Psychology (General), 130 (2), 184-198. |
RICHARDSON-KLAVEH, A. & BJORK, D.W. (1988). Measures of memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 39, 475-543. |
KANE, M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2000). Working-memory capacity, proactive interference, and divided attention: Limits on long-term. Journal of Experimental Psychology / Learning, Memory & Cognition, 26 (2), 336. |
| |
NAIRNE, J.S.& NEATH, I. (2001) Long-term memory span. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 134-135. |
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory capacity task dependent?. Journal of Memory & Language, 28, 127-154. |
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude : A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive Science, 26, 85-112. |
LA POINTE, L.B. & ENGLE, R.W. (1990). Simple and complex word spans as measures of working memory capacity. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory and Cognition, 16, 1118-1133. |
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2004). The capacity of visual short-term memory is set both by visual information load and by the number of objects. Psychological Science, 15, 106-111. |
ENGLE, R.W. NATIONS, J. K. & CANTOR, J. (1990). Is "working memory" capacity just another name for word knowledge? Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 799-804. |
COWAN, N. (2005). Working memory capacity. New York : Psychology Press. |
COLLINS, A.S.E. GATHERCOLE, S.E., CONWAY, M.A. & MORRIS, P.E. (Eds.) (1993). Theories of memory. Hove, U.K.: Erlbaum. |
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2007). The complexities of complex memory span : Storage and processing deficits in specific language impairment. Journal of Memory & Language, 57, 177-194. |
SQUIRE, L. R. (1987). Memory and brain. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
BROADWAY, J.M. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Validating running memory span : Measurement of working memory capacity and links with fluid intelligence. Behavior Research Methods, 42, 563-570. |
| |
|
Mémoire (Déclin de la...) : Diminution plus ou moins rapide de la mémoire consécutive à une maladie ou au vieillissement. Déclin de la mémoire et de la cognition. Memory decline.
| |
GALLAGHER, M. & PELLEYMOUNTER, M.A. (1988). Spatial learning deficits in old rats : A model for memory decline in the aged. Neurobiology of Aging, 9, 549-56. |
 |
| |
|
Mémoire (de maîtrise) : Ouvrage rédigé par un étudiant de maîtrise et considéré dans la plupart des programmes universitaires comme une condition à l'obtention du diplôme de maîtrise. Dans les domaines scientifiques, on peut considérer le mémoire comme un ouvrage scientifique. Mémoire et thèse. Master
|
Mémoire à court terme (MCT) : Type de mémoire de capacité limitée (sept informations, plus ou moins 2) jouant un rôle dans la rétention de l'information pendant une période de 15 à 30 secondes; elle sert également à maintenir l'information récupérée de la mémoire à long terme pour une utilisation temporaire. Mémoire à court et à long terme. = registre à court terme, mémoire immédiate, MCT. Short-Term Memory, STM, short-term retention, short-term storage, immediate memory, primary memory.
| |
PILLSBURY, W.B. & SYLVESTER, A. (1940). Retroactive and proactive inhibition in immediate memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 532-545. |
GROSSBERG, S. (1978). Behavioral contrast in short-term memory : Serial binary memory models or parallel continuous memory models? Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 3, 199-219. |
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two : Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. |
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323. |
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 10, 12-21. |
LOFTUS, G.R., DARK, V.J. & WILLIAMS, D. (1979). Short-term memory factors in ground controller/pilot communication. Human Factors, 21, 169-181. |
PETERSON, L.R. & PETERSON, M.J. (1959). Short-term retention of individual verbal items. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 193-198. |
JARVELLA, R.J. (1979). Immediate memory and discourse processing. The Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 13, 379-421. |
| |
JANS, J.E. & CATANIA, A.C. (1980). Short-term remembering of discriminative stimuli in pigeons. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34, 177-183. [PDF] |
WAUGH, N.C. (1963). Immediate memory as a function of repetition. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 107-112. |
LOGAN, G.D. (1980). Short-term memory demands of reaction time tasks that differ in complexity. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception & Performance, 6, 375-389. |
WICKENS, D.D., BORN, D.G. & ALLEN, C.K. (1963). Proactive inhibition and item similarity in short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 440-445. |
FLETCHER, C. (1981). Short-term memory processes in text comprehension. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20, 264-27. |
ATKINSON, R.C., HANSEN, D.N. & BERNBACH, H.A. (1964). Short-term memory with young children. Psychonomic Science, 1, 255-256. |
GLANZER, M., DORFMAN, D. & KAPLAN, B. (1981). Short-term storage in the processing of text. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20, 656-670. |
CONRAD, R. (1964). Acoustic confusions in immediate memory. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 75-84. |
HITCH, G.J. (1983). Short-term memory in humans and animals. In A.R. Mayes (Ed.), Memory in animals and humans (pp. 177-202). London : Van Nostrand. |
WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1965). Primary memory. Psychological Review, 72, 89-104. |
GLANZER, M., FISHER, B. & DORFMAN, D. (1984). Short-term storage in reading. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 23, 467-486. |
NORMAN, D.A. (1966). Acquisition and retention in short-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 72, 369-381. |
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). Short-term memory for word sequences as a function of acoustic, semantic and formal similarity. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 18, 362-365. |
SIEGEL, L.S., & LINDER, B.A. (1984). Short-term memory processes in children with reading and arithmetic learning disabilities. Developmental Psychology, 20, 200-207. |
ATKINSON, R.C., PHILLIPS, J.L. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1967). Effects of list length on short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 6, 303-311. |
BRAINERD, C.J. & KINGMA, J. (1985). On the independence of short-term memory and working memory in cognitive development. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 210-247. |
SPERLING, G. (1967). Successive approximations to a model for short-term memory. Acta Psychologica, 27, 285-292. |
HITCH, G.J. (1985). Short-term memory and information processing in humans and animals : Towards an integrative framework. In L.G. Nilsson and T. Archer (Eds.), Perspectives on learning and memory (pp. 119-136). Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. |
BJORK, R.A., LABERGE, D. & LEGRANDE, R. (1968). The modification of short-term memory through instructions to forget. Psychonomic Science, 10, 55-56. [PDF] |
YU, B., ZHANG, W., JING, Q, PENG, R., ZHANG, G. & SIMON, H.A. (1985). STM capacity for Chinese and English language material. Memory & Cognition, 13, 202-207. |
FAGAN, J.F (1968). Short-term memory processes in normal and retarded children. Journal of experimental child psychology, 6 (2), 279-296. |
FISHER, B. & GLANZER, M. (1986). Short-term storage and the processing of cohesion during reading. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38, 431-460. |
| |
BUTTERWORTH, B., CAMPBELL, R. & HOWARD, D. (1986). The uses of short-term memory a case study. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A (4), 705-737. [PDF] |
MARTIN, E., ROBERTS, K.H. & COLLINS, A. (1968). Short-term memory for sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 7, 560-566. |
FLETCHER, C. (1986). Strategies for the allocation of short-term memory during comprehension. Journal of Memory & Language, 25, 43-58. |
ATKINSON, R.C. BRELSFORD, J.W. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Multiple reinforcement effects in short-term memory. The British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology,21, 1-19. |
ZENTALL, T.R., JAGIELO, J.A., JACKSON-SMITH, P. & URCUIOLI, P.J. (1987). Memory codes in pigeon short-term memory : Effect of varying number of sample and comparison stimuli. Learning & Motivation, 18, 21-33. |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory : A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic Press. |
JONES, W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Short-and long-term memory retrieval : A comparison of the effects of information load and relatedness. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 137-153. |
LINDSAY, P.H. & NORMAN, D.A. (1969). Short-term retention during a simultaneous detection task. Perception and Psychophysics, 5, 201-205. |
BADDELEY, A., PAPAGNO, C. & VALLA, G. (1988). When long-term learning depends on short-term storage. Journal of Memory & Language, 27, 586-596. |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1971). The control of short-term memory. Scientific American, 225, 82-90. |
PENNEY, C. (1989). Modality effects and the structure of short-term verbal memory. Memory & Cognition, 17, 398-422. |
MADIGAN, S.A. & McCABE, L. (1971). Perfect recall and total forgetting : A problem for models of short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 10, 101-106. |
WIXTED, J. (1989). Non humans hort-term memory : A
quantitative reanalysis of selected findings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52, 409-426. [PDF] |
LEWINSHON, P.M., ZIELER, R.E., LIBET, J., EYBERG, S.M. & NIELSON, G. (1972). Short-term memory : A comparison between frontal and nonfrontal right- and left-hemisphere brain damaged patients. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 81, 248-255. |
POTTER, M.C. & LOMBARDI, L. (1990). Regeneration in the short-term recall of sentences. Journal of Memory & Learning, 29, 633-654. |
BUTERFIELD, E.C., WAMBOLD, C. & BELMONT, J.C. (1993). On the theory and practice of improving short- term memory. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 77, 654-669. |
|
CRAIK, F.I.M. & WATKINS, M.J. (1973). The role of rehearsal in short term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behaviour, 12, 599-607. |
CANTOR, J., ENGLE, R.W. & HAMILTON, G. (1991). Short-term memory, working memory, and verbal abilities : How do they relate? Intelligence, 15, 229-246. |
GLANZER, M. & RAZEL, M. (1974). The size of the unit in short-term storage. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 13, 114-131. |
CROWDER, R.G. (1993). Short-term memory : Where do we stand ? Memory & Cognition, 21, 142-145. |
HEALY, A.F. (1974). Separating item from order information in short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 13, 644–655. |
|
HITCH, G.J. (1974). Short-term memory for spatial and temporal information. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 26, 503-513. |
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). Developmental changes in short-term memory : A revised working memory perspective. In A.F. Collins, S.E. Gathercole, M.A. Conway & P.E. Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory (pp. 189-209). Hove : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
SHIMP, C.P. & MOFFITT, M. (1974). Short-term memory in the pigeon : Stimulus-response associations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22, 507-512. |
MARTIN, R.C. (1993). Short-term memory and sentence processing : Evidence from neuropsychology. Memory & Cognition, 21, 176-183. |
SHALLICE, T. & WARRINGTON, E.K. (1974). The dissociation between short term retention of meaningful sounds and verbal material. Neuropsychologia, 12 (4), 553-555. |
SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1993). Short-term memory : A brief commentary. Memory & Cognition, 21, 193-197. |
BESNER, D., KEATING, J.K., CAKE, L.J. & MADDIGAN, R.R. (1974). Repetition effects in iconic and verbal short term memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 102, 901-903. |
|
BJORK, R.A. (1975). Short-term storage : The ordered output of a central processor. In F. Restle, R.M. Shiffrin, N.J. Castellan, H.R. Lindeman & D.B. Pisoni (Eds.), Cognitive theory (Vol.1, pp. 151-171). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
LAMING, D. (1999). Testing the idea of different storage mecanism in memory. International Journal of Psychology, 34 (5), 419-426. |
CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1975). A process view of short-term retention. In F. Restle, R.N. Shiffrin, H.J. Castellan, M.R. Lindman & D.B. Pisoni (Eds.), Cognitive theory (Vol. 1). Potomac, MD : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
BROADBENT, D.E. (1975). The magic number seven after fifteen years. In A. Kennedy & A. Wilkes (Eds.), Studies in long-term memory (pp. 3-18). London : Wiley. |
SOLSO, R. (2000). Short-term memory. In R. Solso (Ed.), Cognitive psychology (pp. 196-213). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
FARNHAM-DIGGORY, S. & GREGG, L. (1975). Short-term memory function in young readers. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 19, 279-298. |
COWAN, N. (2001). The magical number 4 in short-term memory : A reconsideration of mental storage capacity. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 87-114. |
POTTER, M C. (1976). Short-term conceptual memory for pictures. Journal of Experimental Psychology. Human Learning and Memory, 2 (5), 509-522. |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Short-term memory in the pigeon : Relative recency. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25, 55-61. |
SWANSON, H.L. & HOWELL, M. (2001). Working memory, short-term memory, and speech rate as predictors of children’s reading performance at different ages. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 720-734. |
ROBERTS, W.A. & GRANT, D.S. (1976). Studies of short-term memory in the pigeon using
the delayed matching-to-sample procedure. In D.L. Medin, W.A. Roberts, & R.T.
Davis (Eds.), Processes of animal memory (pp. 79–98). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1976). Short-term memory in the pigeon : The previously reinforced response. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 26, 487-493. |
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). Remembering over the short-term : The case against the standard model. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 53-81. |
SHALLICE, T. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (1977). Short-term memory impairment and spontaneous speech. Neuropsychologia, 15 (6), 729-735. |
ALVAREZ, G.A. & CAVANAGH, P. (2004). The capacity of visual short-term memory is set both by visual information load and by the number of objects. Psychological Science, 15, 106-111. |
ROEDIGER, H.L., KNIGHT, J.L. & KANTOWITZ, B.H. (1977). Inferring decay in short-term memory : The issue of capacity. Memory & Cognition, 5, 167-176. [PDF] |
DAVELAAR, M.M., GOSHEN-GOTTSTEIN, Y., ASHKENAZI, A., HARARMANN, H.J. & USHER, M. (2005). The demise of short-term memory revisited : Empirical and computational investigations of recency effects. Psychological Review, 112 (1), 3-42. |
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323. |
BOTVINICK, M.M. & PLAUT, D.C. (2006). Short-term memory for serial order : A recurrent neural metwork model. Psychological Review, 113 (2), 201-233. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
| |
|
Mémoire à long terme (MLT) : Type de mémoire intervenant dans la rétention de grande quantité d'information pendant de longues périodes de temps, voire toute une vie dans certains cas, information qui demeure disponible même s'il est parfois difficile de la récupérer. Mémoire à court terme et à long terme. ( ): mémoire procédurale, mémoire déclarative, mémoire sémantique, mémoire épisodique. = registre à long terme, MLT. Long-Term Memory, LTM.
| |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory : A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in Research and Theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic Press. |
HOWE, M.L. & BRAINERD , C.J. (1989). Development of children's long-term retention. Developmental Review, 9, 301-340. |
WARRINGTON, E.K. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1968). New method of testing long term retention with special reference to amnesic patients. Nature, 217, 972-974. |
|
FREEDMAN, J.L. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1971). Retrieval of words from long-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 107-115. |
NAIRNE, J.S. (1990). Similarity and long-term memory for order. Journal of Memory & Language, 29, 733-746. [PDF] |
RUMELHART, D.E., LINDSAY, P.H. & NORMAN, D.A. (1972). A process model for long-term memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of memory. New York : Academic Press. University Press. |
CHRISITINA, R.W. & BJORK, R.A. (1991). Optimizing long-term retention and transfer. In D. Druckman & R.A. Bjork (Eds.), In the mind’s eye : Enhancing human performance (pp. 23-56). Washington, DC : National Academy Press. |
JACOBY, L.L. & BARTZ, W.H. (1972). Rehearsal and transfer to LTM. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11, 561-565. [PDF] |
NAIRNE, J.S. (1991). Positional uncertainty in long-term memory. Memory & Cognition, 19, 332-340. [PDF] |
BJORK, R.A. & WHITTEN, W.B. (1974). Recency-sensitive retrieval processes in long- term free recall. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 173-189. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1974). Retrieval of propositional information from long-term memory. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 451-474. |
CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working-memory capacity as long-term memory activation : An individual-differences approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 1101-1114. |
ENGLE, R.W. & MOBLEY, L.A. (1976). The modality effect : What happens in long-term memory ? Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 15, 519-527. |
ROVEE-COLLIER, C. (1993). The capacity for long-term memory in infancy. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2, 130-135. |
NICKERSON, R.S. & ADAMS, M.J. (1979). Long-term memory for a common object. Cognitive Psychology, 11, 287-307. |
|
BADDELEY, A. LEWIS, V.J., ELDRIDGE, M. & THOMSON, N. (1984). Attention and retrieval from long-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 113, 211-216. |
ANDERSON, M.C. & BJORK, R.A. (1994). Mechanisms of inhibition in long-term memory: A new taxonomy. In D. Dagenbach & T. Carr (Eds.), Inhibitory processes in attention, memory, and language (pp. 265-325). New York : Academic Press. [PDF] |
JONES, W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Short- and long-term memory retrieval : A comparison of the effects of information load and relatedness. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 137-153. |
ERICSSON, K.A. & KINTSCH, W. (1995). Long-term working memory. Psychological Review, 102 (2), 211-245. |
FARR, M.J. (1987). The long-term retention of knowledge and skills : A cognitive and instructional perspective. New York, NY : Springer. |
KINTSCH, W., PATEL, V. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1999) The role of Long-term working memory in text comprehension. Psychologia, 42, 186-198. |
| |
NAIRNE, J.S.& NEATH, I. (2001) Long-term memory span. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 24, 134-135. |
| |
RICHARDSON-KLAVHN, A. & BJORK, R.A. (2002). Memory : Long term. In Encyclopedia of cognitive science. (Vol. 2, pp. 1096-1105). London : Nature Publishing Group. [PDF] |
BADDELEY, A., PAPAGNO, C. & VALLA, G. (1988). When long-term learning depends on short-term storage. Journal of Memory & Language, 27, 586-596. |
WAN, M.W. (2007). Long-term memory and school performance following cognitive transition at five to seven years, Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 7, 1-10. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
SZPUNAR, K.K., McDERMOTT, K.B. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2007). Expectation of a final cumulatiTe test enhances long-term retention. Memory & Cognition, 35, 1007-1013. [PDF] |
| |
|
Mémoire associative : Englobe toutes les mémoires dont la fonction de stockage repose sur des associations entre les informations. Associative memory.
| |
ANDERSON, J.R. & BOWER, G.H. (1973). Human associative memory. Oxford, England : Winston. |
KOHONEN, T. (1977). Associative memory : A system-theoreric approach. Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1981). Search of associative memory. Psychological Review, 88, 93-134. |
KOHONEN, T. (1988). Self-organization and associative memory. Berlin : Springer Verlag. |
STICKGOLD, R., SCOTT, L., RITTENHOUSE, C. & HOBSON, J.A. (1999). Sleep-induced changes in associative memory. Journal of Cognive Neuroscience, 11 (2), 182-193. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire autobiographique : Il s'agit moins d'une mémoire que d'un type d'information ou de connaissance sur soi-même, que l'on stocke aussi bien dans la mémoire épisodique ( EX: L'année dernière, j'ai appris à jouer de la guitare) que dans la mémoire sémantique ( EX: je suis un très mauvais joueur de guitare). = connaissance de soi. Autobiograhical memory, personnal knowledge.
| |
JACOBY, L.L. & DALLAS, M. (1981). On the relationship between autobiographical memory and perceptual learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 3, 306-340. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, E.F & FATHI, D.C. (1985). Retrieving multiple autobiographical memories. Social
Cognition, 3, 280-295 |
PIOLINO, P. (2003). Le vieillissement normal de la mémoire autobiographique. Psychologie et NeuroPsychiatrie du Vieillissement, 1, 25-35. |
BJORK, R.E.L. & BJORK, R.A. (1988). On the adaptive aspects of retrieval failure in autobiographical memory. In M.M. Gruneberg, P.E. Morris & R.N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 283-288). London : Wiley. |
WILSON, A.E. & ROSS, M. (2003). The identity function of autobiographical memory : Time is on our side. Memory, 11 (2), 137-149. [PDF] |
McFARLAND, C. & BUEHLER, R. (1998). The impact of negative affect on autobiographical memory : The role of self-focused attention to moods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1424-1440. |
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., KIRSCH, I. & RELYA, M. (2004). Plausibility and belief in autobiographical memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18, 791-807. |
PIOLINO, P., DESGRANGES, B. & EUSTACHE, F. (2000). La mémoire autobiographique : théorie et pratique. Solal : Marseille. |
MIRANDA, R.M. & KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2005). Mood congruence in childhood and recent autobiographical memory. Cognition & Emotion, 19, 981-998. |
BERNSTEIN, D.M., WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. & LOFTUS, E.F. (2002). Increasing confidence in remote autobiographical memory and general knowledge : Extensions of the revelation effect. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3), 432-443. |
KLEIM, B., WALLOTT, F. & EHLERS, A. (2008). Are trauma memories disjointed from other autobiographical memories in PTSD? An experimental investigation. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 221-234. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
| |
|
| |
|
Mémoire collective : Concept développé par Halbwachs, pour désigner l'ensemble de souvenirs résultant d'expériences vécues ou mythifiées par une une société, un peuple.
| |
HALBWACHS, M. (1925). Cadres sociaux de la mémoire. Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan. |
HALBWACHS, M. (1950). La mémoire collective. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
NORA, P. (1978). Mémoire collective. Dans J. Le Goff (Dir.),. La nouvelle histoire. Paris: Retz. |
SABOURIN, P. (1997). Perspective sur la mémoire sociale de Maurice Halbwachs. Sociologie et Sociétés, 29 (2), 139-161. |
MARCEL, J.C. (1999). Un fondement du lien social : la mémoire collective selon Maurice Halbwachs. Revue d'anthropologie des connaissances, 13 (2), 63-88. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire constructive : Ce terme, qui désigne plus une propriété cognitive qu'une structure en soi, désigne le fait que les mémoires ne sont pas de simples copies des expériences d'un individu, mais des constructions qui se modifient au fil du temps et des nouvelles informations. La mémoire est un «entrepôt dynamique», et non statique. Elle n'est pas un album photos de la réalité. De ce fait, les informations qu'elle contient peuvent être partielles, erronées ou fabriquées de toute pièce (faux souvenir). = mémoire dynamique. Constructive memory.
| |
SCHACTER, D.L. (1998). The cognitive neuroscience of constructive memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 87-115. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire déclarative : Mémoire se rapportant à des faits, à des règles, à des concepts et à des événements. = connaissances déclaratives. ( ): mémoire sémantique, mémoire épisodique.
| |
PRESTON, A.R., SHRAGER, Y., DUDUKOVIC, N.M. & GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2004). Hippocampal contribution to the novel use of relational information in declarative memory. Hippocampus, 14 (2), 148-152. |
HU, P., STYLOS-ALLEN, M. & WALKER, M.P. (2006). Sleep facilitates consolidation of emotional declarative memory. Psychological Science, 17 (10), 891-898 |
LAHL, O., WISPEL, C., WILLIGENS, B. & PIETROWSKY, R. (2008). An ultra short episode of sleep is sufficient to promote declarative memory performance. Journal of Sleep Research, 17, (1), 3-10. |
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2010). Interactions between declarative and procedural-learning categorization systems. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 94, 1-12. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire dépendante de l'état (de l'individu) : State-dependent memory.
| |
MILES, C. & HARDMAN, E. (1998). State-dependent memory produced by aerobic exercise. Ergonomics, 41 (1), 20-28. |
RYAN, L. & EICH, E. (2000). Mood dependence and implicit memory. In E. Tulving (Eds.), Memory, consciousness, and the brain : The Tallinn Conference (pp. 91-105). Philadelphia, PA : Psychology Press. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire dépendante du contexte : = mémoire contextuelle. Context-dependent memory.
| |
GODDEN, D.R. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1975). Context-dependent memory in two natural environments : On land and underwater. British Journal of Psychology, 66 (3), 325-331. |
SMITH, S.M. (1988). Environmental-context dependent memory. In G. Davies & D. Thomsom (Eds.), Memory in context : Context in memory (pp. 13-34). Oxford, UK : John Wiley & Sons. |
SMITH, S.M., HEATH, F.R. & VELA, E. (1990). Environmental context-dependent homophone spelling. American Journal of Psychology, 103 (2), 229-242. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire de travail : Concept développé par Baddeley et Hitch, qui désigne un type de mémoire qui se compose d'un administrateur central, d'une boucle phonatoire, d'un calepin visuo-spatial, et d'un ajout plus récent, une mémoire tampon épisodique. Working memory.
| |
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working Memory. In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in Learning & Motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York : Academic Press. |
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1994). Developments in the concept of working memory. Neuropsychology, 8, 485-493. |
HITCH, G.J. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1976). Verbal reasoning and working memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, 603-621. |
EMBRETSON, S. (1995). The role of working memory capacity and general control processes in intelligence. Intelligence, 20, 169-189. |
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323. |
HITCH, G.J. & TOWSE, J. (1995). Working memory: What develops? In W. Schneider & F.E. Weinert (Eds.), Memory performance and competencies : Isues in growth and development (pp. 3-22). Northvale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
DANEMAN, M. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1980). Individual differences in working memory and reading. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 19, 450-466. |
HITCH, G.J. & LOGIE, R.H. (Eds.) (1996). Working memory. Hove : Psychology Press. |
CHASE, W.G. & ERIKSON, K.A. (1982). Skill and working memory. In
G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 16, pp. 1-58). New York : Academic Press. |
RICHARDSON, J.T.E., ENGLE, R.W., HASHER, L., LOGIE, R.H., STOLTZFUS, E.R. & ZACKS, R.T. (1996). Working memory and Human Cognition. New York : Oxford University Press. |
MASSON, M.E.J. & MILLER, J.A. (1983). Working memory and individual differences in comprehension and memory of text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 75, 314-318. |
CONWAY, A.R.A., JARROLD, C., KANE, M., MIYAKE, A. & TOWSE, J.N. (1997). Variation in working memory. New York : Oxford University Press. |
HITCH, G.J. & HALLIDAY, M.S. (1983). Working memory in children. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society London Series B, 302, 325-340. |
TOWSE, J.N., HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (1998). A re-evaluation of working memory capacity in children. Journal of Memory & Language, 39, 195-217. |
HITCH, G.J. (1984). Working memory. Psychological Medicine, 14, 265-271. |
ERICSSON, K.A. & DELANEY, P.F. (1998). Working memory and expert performance. In R.H. Logie and K.J. Gilhooly (Eds.), Working memory and thinking (pp. 93-114). Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
BRAINERD, C.J. & KINGMA, J. (1985). On the independence of short-term memory and working memory in cognitive development. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 210-247. |
MIYAKE, A. & SHAH, R. (1999). Toward unified theorys of working memor y: Emerging general consensus, unresolved theoretical issues and future directions. In A. Miyakeand & P. Shah (Eds.), Models of working memory : Mechanisms of active maintenance and executive control. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1986). Working memory capacity. Proceedings of the Human Factors Society, 30, 1273-1277. |
KINTSCH, W., PATEL, V.L. & ERICSSON, K.A. (1999). The role of long-term working-memory in text comprehension. Psychologica, 42, 186-198. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (1986). Working memory. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (2000). The episodic buffer: a new component of working memory? Trends in Cognitive Science, 4, 417-23. |
FARMER, E.W., BERMAN, J.V.F. & FLETCHER, Y.L. (1986). Evidence
for a visuo-spatial scratch-pad in working memory. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 675-688. |
BADDELEY, A. (2001). Is working memory still working? American Psychologist, 56 (11), 851-64. [PDF] |
LOGIE, R.H. (1986). Visuospatial processing in working memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 229-247. |
TUHOLSKI, S.W., ENGLE, R.W., & BAYLIS, G. C. (2001). Individual differences in working memory capacity and enumeration. Memory & Cognition, 29, 484-492. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (1986). Working memory. New York : Oxford University Press. |
OBERAUER, K. (2002). Access to information in working memory : exploring the focus of attention. Journal of Experimental Psychology. Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 28 (3). 411-21. |
WALDROP, M.M. (1987). The workings of working memory. Science, 237, 1564-1567. |
ENGLE, R.W. (2002). Working memory capacity as executive attention. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 19-23. |
HASHER, L. & ZACKS, R.T. (1988). Working memory, comprehension, and aging : A review and a new view. The Psychology of Learning & Motivation, 22, 193-225. |
BADDELEY, A.D. & WISLON, B.A. (2002). Prose recall and amnesia : implications for the structure of working memory. Neuropsychologia, 40 (10), 1737-1743. |
NAIRNE, J.S. (2003). Sensory and working memory. In A. F. Healy & R. W. Proctor (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychology (Vol. 4). New York: Wiley. [PDF] |
HECHT, S.A. (2002). Counting on working memory in simple arithmetic when counting is used for problem solving. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3), 447-455. |
DIXON, P., LEFEVRE, J. & TWILLEY, L.C. (1988). Word knowledge and working memory as predictors of reading skill. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80, 465-472. |
BADDELEY, A. (2003). Working memory : Looking back and looking forward. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 4 (10), 829-839. |
| |
REPOVS, G. & BADDELEY, A. (2003). The multi-component model of working memory : Explorations in experimental cognitive psychology. Neuroscience, 139, (1), 5-21. |
WOLTZ, D.J. (1988). An investigation of the role of working memory in procedural skill acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 117, 319-331. |
CONWAY, A.R.A., KANE, .J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003). Working memory capacity and its relation to general intelligence. Trends in Cognitive Science, 7, 547-552. |
HITCH, G.J., WOODIN, M. & BAKER, S.L. (1989). Visual and phonological components of working memory in children. Memory & Cognition, 17, 175-185. |
COWAN, N. (2005). Working memory capacity. New York : Psychology Press. |
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory capacity task dependent ? Journal of Memory & Language, 28, 127-154. |
BURGESS, N. & HITCH, G. (2005). Computational models of working memory : putting long-term memory into context. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 535-554. |
CARPENTER, P.A. & JUST, M.A. (1989). The role of working memory in language comprehension. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing : The impact of Herbert A. Simon (pp. 31-68). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
HITCH, G.J. (2006). Working memory in children : A cognitive approach. In E. Bialystock & F.I.M. Craik & (Eds.), Lifespan Cognition (pp. 112-127). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
LA POINTE, L.B. & ENGLE, R.W. (1990). Simple and complex word spans as measures of working memory capacity. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory and Cognition, 16, 1118-1133. |
POSTLE, B.R. (2006). Working memory as an emergent property of the mind and brain. Neuroscience, 139 (1), 23-38. |
ENGLE, R.W., NATIONS, J.K. & CANTOR, J. (1990). Is "working memory" capacity just another name for word knowledge? Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 799-804. |
|
LA POINTE, L.B. & ENGLE, R.W. (1990). Simple and complex word spans as measures of working memory capacity. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 16, 1118-1133. |
BOWMAN, H. & WYBLE, B. (2007). The simultaneous type, serial token model of temporal attention and working memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 38-70. |
BADDELEY, A.D. (1992). Working memory. Science, 255, 556-559. |
OSAKA, N., LOGIE, R. & D’ESPOSITO, M. (2007). The cognitive neuroscience of working memory. New York : Oxford University Press. |
MacDONALD, M.C., JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1992). Working memory constraints on the processing of syntactic ambiguity. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 56-98. |
UNSWORTH, N. & ENGLE, R.W. (2007). The nature of individual differences in working memory capacity : Active maintenance in primary memory and controlled search from secondary memory. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 104-132 |
ENGLE, R.W., CANTOR, J., & CARULLO, J.J. (1992). Individual differences in working memory and comprehension : A test of four hypotheses. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 18, 972-992. |
|
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & BADDELEY, A.D. (1993). Working memory and language. Hove : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
BADDELEY, A. & HITCH, G.J., (2007). Working Memory : Past, Present and Future? In N. Osaka, R.H. Logie & M. D’Esposito (Eds.), The cognitive neuroscience of working memory. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
GATHERCOLE, S.E. & HITCH, G. J. (1993). Developmental changes in short-term memory : A revised working memory perspective. In A. Collins, S.E. Gathercole, M.A. Conway & P.E. Morris (Eds.), Theories of memory (pp 189-210). Hove, U.K.: Erlbaum. |
SWANSON, H.L. & KIM, K. (2007). Working memory, short-term memory, and naming speed as predictors of children’s mathematical performance. Intelligence, 35, 151-168. |
CANTOR, J. & ENGLE, R.W. (1993). Working-memory capacity as long-term memory activation : An individual-differences approach. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 1101-1114. |
CONWAY, A.R.A., MOORE, A.B. & KANE, M. J. (2009). Recent trends in the cognitive neuroscience of working memory. Cortex, 45, 262-268. |
DE RIBEAUPIERRE, A. & HITCH, G.J. (Eds.) (1994). The development of working memory. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
SHIPSTEAD, Z., REDICK, T.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (2010). Does working memory training generalize? Psychologica Belgica, 50, 245-276.
|
CONWAY, A.R.A. & ENGLE, R.W. (1994). Working memory and retrieval : A resource-dependent inhibition model. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 123, 354-373. |
HINTZMAN, D.L. (2010). How does repetition affect memory? Evidence from judgments of recency. Memory & Cognition, 38, 102-115. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
| |
|
|
Mémoire échoïque : Type de mémoire sensorielle dont l'encodage de l'information se fait sous forme de sons. Echoic memory.
| |
ENGLE, R.W. FIDLER, D.S. & REYNOLDS L H. (1981). Does echoic memory develop ? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 32, 459-473. |
SIPE, S. & ENGLE, R. W. (1986). Echoic memory processes in good and poor readers. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 402-412. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire émotive : Mémoire dans laquelle sont stockées les émotions. Serait située dans l'amygdale. = mémoire émotionnelle. Emotional memory.
| |
BOWER, G.H. (1981). Mood and memory. American Psychologist, 36 (2), 129-148. |
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (2006). Different roles for amygdala central nucleus and substantia innominata in the surprise-inof. Neuroscience, 26 (14), 3791-3797. |
LEDOUX, J.E. (2007). Emotional memory. Scholarpedia, 2 (7), 180. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire épisodique : Sous-mémoire de la mémoire déclarative dans laquelle sont stockés nos expériences (souvenirs), ainsi que le moment et le contexte dans lequel ces expériences ont lieu (index spatio-temporel). Ce concept a été proposé par Tulving. = connaissances épisodiques, souvenirs. Episodic memory.
| |
TULVING, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of memory. New York : Academic Press. |
McKOON, G., RATCLIFF, R. & DELL, G. (1986). A critical evaluation of the semantic/episodic distinction. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 295-306. |
TULVING, E. & THOMPSON, D.M. (1973). Encoding specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory. Psychological Review, 80, 352-373. |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1986). More on the distinction between episodic and semantic memories. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 312-313. |
| |
SQUIRE L.R. & ZOLA, S.M. (1998). Episodic memory, semantic memory, and amnesia. Hippocampus, 8 (3), 205-211. |
CRAIK, F.I.M. & TULVING, E. (1975). Depth of processing and the retention of words in episodic memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 104, 268-294. |
RUGG, M.D. & WILDING, E.L. (2000). Retrieval processing and episodic memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 108-115. |
CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1979). Elaboration and distinctiveness in episodic memory. In. L.G. Nilsson (Ed.), Perspectives on memory research (pp. 145-166). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
TULVING, E. (2001). Episodic memory and common sense : how far apart ? Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 356, 1505-1515. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Priming in episodic and semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 18, 463-480. |
VAIDYA, C.J., ZHAO, M., DESMOND, J.E. & GABRIELI, D.E. (2002). Evidence for cortical encoding specificity in episodic memory : memory-induced re-activation of picture processing areas. Neuropsychologia, 40 (12), 2136-2143. |
TULVING, E. (1983). Elements of episodic memory. New York : Oxford University Press. |
TULVING, E. (2002). Episodic memory : From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1-25. |
SCHACTER, D.L. (1983). Feeling of knowing in episodic memory. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 9, 39-54. |
GILBOA, A. (2004). Autobiographical and episodic memory—one and the same ?: Evidence from prefrontal activation in neuroimaging studies. Neuropsychologia,
42, (10), 1336-1349.
|
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1984). Does current evidence from dissociation experiments favor the episodic/semantic distinction? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 252-254. [PDF] |
MEETER, M., MYERS, C.E. & GLUCK, M.A. (2005). Integrating incremental learning and episodic memory models of the hippocampal region. Psychological Review, 112 (3), 560-585. |
SEIFERT, C.M., McKOON, G., ABELSON, R.P. & RATCLIFF, R. (1986). Memory connections between thematically similar episodes. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 12 (2), 220-231. [PDF] |
VANDERASPOILDEN, V., ADAM, S., VAN DER LINDEN, M. & MORAIS, J. (2007). Controlled processes
account for age-related decrease in episodic memory. Acta Psychologica, 125 (1), 20-36. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
SZPUNAR, K.K. & McDERMOTT, K.B. (2008). Episodic memory : An evolving concept.
In D. Sweat, R. Menzel, H. Eichenbaum, & H.L. Roediger III (Eds.), Learning and
memory: A comprehensive reference (pp. 491–510). Oxford: Elsevier. |
| |
SZPUNAR, K.K. (2010). Episodic future thought : An emerging concept. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 5, 142–162. |
|
|
|
Mémoire exceptionnelle : Exceptional memory.
| |
ERICSSON, K.A. & CHASE, W.G. (1982). Exceptional memory. American Scientist, 70, 607-615. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire explicite : Explicit memory.
| |
BAGGETT, P. (1975). Memory for explicit and implicit information in picture stories. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 538-548. |
BROADBENT, D.E., FITZGERALD, P. & BROADBENT, M.H.P. (1986). Implicit and explicit knowledge in the control of complex systems. British Journal of Psychology 77, 33-50. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1979). Implicit and explicit memory models. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13, 339-342. [PDF] |
BUCHNER, A. & WIPPICH, W. (2000). On the reliability of implicit and explicit memory measures. Cognitive Psychology, 40, 227-259. |
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1985). Implicit and explicit memory for new associations in normal and amnesic subjects. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 11, 501-518. |
MEDIN, D.L., ROSS, B.H. & MARKMAN, A.B. (2001). Implicit and explicit memory. In B.J. Potthoff, P. Howell & E. Richards (Eds.), Cognitive psychology (pp. 210-220). Orlando, FL : Harcourt College Publishers. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
| |
|
|
Mémoire floue : Fuzzy memory.
| |
SCHOOLER, J.W. (1998). The distinctions of false and fuzzy memories. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 71, 130-143. |
GERGENS, D.R. & SMITH, S.M. (2004). Effects of perceptual modality on verbatim and gist memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 11 (1), 143-149. [PDF] |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire haptique : Mémoire sensorielle spécialisée dans laquelle sont stockées les informations en provenance des oreilles. = mémoire auditive. Haptic memory.
| |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
mémoire holographique : Concept proposé par Pribram.
| |
PRIBRAM, K.H. (1985). Holism' could close the cognition era. APA Monitor, 16, 5-6. |
WILBER, K. (1985). The holographic paradigm and other paradoxes. Boston : Shambhala. |
JONES. M.N. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (2007). Representing word meaning and order information in a composite holographic lexicon. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 1-37. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire iconique : Type de mémoire sensorielle dont l'encodage de l'information se fait sous forme d'image (icone=image). Concept élaboré par Sperling.*mémoire visuelle. Iconic memory, picture memory.
| |
LOFTUS, G.R. & BELL, S.M. (1975). Two types of information in picture memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 104, 103-113. |
MOSKOVITZ, H. & MURRAY, J.T. (1976). Decrease of iconic memory
after alcohol. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 37, 278-283. |
DILOLLO, V. (1977). Temporal characteristics of iconic memory. Nature, 267, 241-243. |
SPERLING, G. (1983). Why we need iconic memory. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 37-39. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire immédiate : Terme utilisé pour désigner la mémoire à court terme avant que ce concept soit proposé par Shiffrin et Atkinson. Le terme est encore utilisé par certains auteurs comme Nairne, alors que d'autres utilisent le terme mémoire primaire. = mémoire à court terme. Immediate memory.
| |
PILLSBURY, W.B. & SYLVESTER, A. (1940). Retroactive and proactive inhibition in immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 532-545. |
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 10, 12-21. |
WAUGH, N.C. (1963). Immediate memory as a function of repetition. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 107-112. |
CONRAD, R. (1964). Acoustic confusions in immediate memory. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 75-84. |
WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1965). Primary memory. Psychological Review, 72, 89-104. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire implicite : Implicit memory.
| |
BAGGETT, P. (1975). Memory for explicit and implicit information in picture stories. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 538-548. |
REDER, L.M. (Ed.) (1996). Implicit memory and metacognition : The 27th Carnegie Symposium on Cognition (pp. 309-338). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1979). Implicit and explicit memory models. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13, 339-342. [PDF] |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1996). Bias effects in implicit memory tasks. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 125, 403-421. |
BROADBENT, D.E., FITZGERALD, P. & BROADBENT, M.H.P. (1986). Implicit and explicit knowledge in the control of complex systems. British Journal of Psychology 77, 33-50. |
McDERMOTT, K.B. (1997). Priming on perceptual implicit memory tests can be achieved through presentation of associates. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4, 582-586. |
| |
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The hippocampus and mechanisms of declarative memory. Behavioural Brain Research, 103, 123–133. |
SCHACTER, D.L. (1987). Implicit memory — History and current status. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 13, 501-518. |
TOSUN, A. & DAG, I. (2000). Mood congruent memory bias in implicit memory of individuals with depressive and non-depressive mood. Turk Psikoloji Dergisi, 15 (46), 29-42. |
GRAF, P. & SCHACTER, D.L. (1985). Implicit and explicit memory for new associations in normal and amnesic subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 11, 501-518. |
McKONE, E. & FRENCH, B. (2001). In what sense is implicit memory “episodic”? The effect of reinstating environmental context. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 8 (4), 806-811. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory : Retention without remembering. American Psychologist, 45 (9), 1043-1056. |
MEDIN, D.L., ROSS, B.H. & MARKMAN, A.B. (2001). Implicit and explicit memory. In B.J. Potthoff, P. Howell & E. Richards (Eds.), Cognitive psychology (pp. 210-220). Orlando, FL : Harcourt College Publishers. |
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1993). The recency effect : Implicit learning with explicit retrieval? Memory & Cognition, 21, 146-155. |
HORTON, K.D., WILSON, D.E., VONK, J. KIRBY, S.L. & NIELSEN, T. (2005). A comparison of
implicit memory and process dissociation with the speeded response procedure : Depth of
processing and attentional effects on automatic retrieval. Acta Psychologica, 119, 235-263. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1995). How should implicit memory phenomena be modeled? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 21, 777-784. |
HORTON, K.D., WILSON, D.E., VONK, J. KIRBY, S.L. & NIELSEN, T. (2005). A comparison of
implicit memory and process dissociation with the speeded response procedure : Depth of
processing and attentional effects on automatic retrieval. Acta Psychologica, 119, 235-263. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
ROUDER J.N., RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2000). A neural network model of implicit memory in object recognition. Psychological Science, 11, 13-19. |
|
|
Mémoire olfactive : Mémoire sensorielle dont les informations proviennent du bulbe olfactif. Odeur et mémoire olfactive. Olfactory memory.
| |
JEHL, C., ROYET, J.P. & HOLLEY, A. (1994). Role of verbal encoding in olfactory memory. Chemical Senses, 20, 113-114. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire procédurale : Type de mémoire associée à l'accomplissement de tâches ou à des habiletés motrices et cognitives. = connaissances procédurales, savoir-faire. Skills memory, "how to" knowledge, procedural knowledge.
| |
WILLINGHAM, D.B., NISSEN, M.J. & BULLEMER, P. (1989). On the development of procedural knowledge. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 15 (6), 1047-1060. |
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2010). Interactions between declarative and procedural-learning categorization systems. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 94, 1-12. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire prospective : Capacité de se rappeler ce que l'on a prévu faire.
|
|
Mémoire sémantique : Sous mémoire se rapportant aux connaissances générales, y compris les faits, les règles, les concepts et les propositions. Ce concept a été proposé par Quilian (1968). = connaissances sémantiques, mémoire conceptuelle, mémoire encyclopédique. Semantic memory.
| |
QUILLIAN, M.R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1984). Does current evidence from dissociation experiments favor the episodic/semantic distinction? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7, 252-254. [PDF] |
BROWN, S.W., GUILFFORD, J.P. & HOEPFNER, R. (1968). Six semantic memory abilities. Educational and psychological measurement, 28 (3), 691-717. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1986). The automatic activation of episodic information in a semantic memory task. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 108-115. |
COLLINS, A.M., LOFTUS, E.F. & QUILLIAN, M.R. (1969). Retrieval time from semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 8 (2), 240-248. |
CHANG, T.M. (1986). Semantic memory : Facts and models. Psychological Bulletin, 99 (2), 199-220. |
LOFTUS, E.F., FREEDMAN, J.L. & LOFTUS, G.R. (1970). Retrieval of
words from subordinate and superordinate categories in semantic
hierarchies. Psychonomic Science, 21, 235-236. |
McKOON, G., RATCLIFF, R. & DELL, G. (1986). A critical evaluation of the semantic/episodic distinction. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 295-306. |
TULVING, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization of memory. New York : Academic Press. |
|
KINTSCH, W. (1972). Notes on the semantic structure of memory. In E. Tulvmg & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organization and memory. New York : Academic Press. |
|
SMITH, E.E., SHOBEN, E.J., & RIPS, L.J. (1974). Structure and process in semantic
memory : A featural model for semantic decisions. Psychological Review, 81 (3), 214-
241. |
RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (1986). More on the distinction between episodic and semantic memories. ournal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 12, 312-313. |
COLLINS, A.M. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1975). A spreading-activation theory of semantic processing. Psychological Review, 82, 407-428. |
DICK, M.B., KEAN, M.L. & SANDS, D. (1989). Memory for internally generated words in Alzheimer-type dementia : Breakdown in encoding and semantic memory. Brain & Cognition, 9, 88-108. |
GLASS, A.L. & HOLYOAK, K.J. (1975). Alternative conceptions of semantic memory. Cognition, 3, 313-339. |
|
WARRINGTON, E.K. (1975). The selective impairment of semantic memory. Quartely Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 635-657. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory : Retention without remembering. American Psychologist, 45, 1043-1056. |
HOLYOAK, K.J. & GLASS, A.L. & BOWER, G.B. (1976). Les processus de décision dans la mémoire sémantique. In S. Ehrlich & E. Tulving (Eds.), La mémoire sémantique (pp. 92-101). Paris : Bulletin de Psychologie. |
|
HAMPTON, J.A. (1979). Polymorphous concepts in semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 18, 441-461. |
ROEDIGER, H.L. (1990). Implicit memory : A commentary. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 28, 373-380. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Priming in episodic and semantic memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 18, 463-480. |
FARAH, M.J. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1991). A computational model of semantic memory impairment : Modality- specificity and emergent category-specificity. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 120, 339- 357. |
BAHRICK, H.P. (1984). Semantic memory content in permastore : 50 years of memory for Spanish learned in school. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 111, 1-29. |
SQUIRE L.R. & ZOLA, S.M. (1998). Episodic memory, semantic memory, and amnesia. Hippocampus, 8 (3), 205-211. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
|
|
|
Mémoire sensorielle (MS) : Type de mémoire qui conserve pendant une très courte période (un dixième de seconde à quelques secondes) l'information qui est captée par les cinq sens. Pour certains auteurs, il y aurait une mémoire sensorielle pour chaque sens. = mémoire tampon, registre sensoriel. ( ): mémoire échoïque, mémoire haptique, mémoire iconique, mémoire olfactive. Buffers, buffer memory.
| |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory : A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in Research and Theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic Press. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire spatiale : Spatial memory.
| |
MENZEL, E.W. (1973). memory task provided a means comparable to that of the other chimpanzee spatial memory organization. Science, 182, 943-945. |
OLTON, D.S. (1978). Characteristics of spatial memory. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1984). Developments of a water-maze procedure for studying spatial learning in the rat. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 11, 47-60. |
CRAVER, C.F. & DARDEN, L. (2001). Discovering mechanisms in neurobiology : The case of spatial memory. In P.K. Machamer, R. Grush & P. McLaughlin (Eds.), Theory and method in the neurosciences (pp. 112-137). Pittsburgh, PA : University of Pittsburgh Press. |
INOUE, M., MIKAMI, A., ANDO, I. & TSUKADA, H. (1999). Functional mapping of the macaque brain region related to spatial working memory. Social Neuroscience Abstract, 25, 884. |
INOUE, M., MIKAMI, A., ANDO, I. & TSUKADA, H. (2001.) Activity of the primate prefrontal cortex is correlated with performance level of the spatial working memory task. Social Neuroscience Abstract, 27, 852. |
KLAUER, K.C. & ZHAO, Z. (2004). Double dissociations in visual and spatial short-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 133, 355-381. |
BYRNE P. & BECKER, S. & BURGESS, N. (2007). Remembering the past and imagining the future: A neural model of spatial memory and imagery. Psychological Review, 114 (2), 340-375. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire tampon : Sous-mémoire de la mémoire à court terme dans laquelle sont enmagasinées les informations en attente de traitement. Buffer memory.
| |
ATKINSON, R.C. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1968). Human memory : A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spence & J.T. Spence (Eds.), The Psychology of Learning & Motivation : Advances in Research and Theory (Vol. 2, pp. 89-195). New York : Academic Press. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire tampon épisodique : Dans la théorie de Baddeley, sous-mémoire de la mémoire de travail dont le rôle consiste à intégrer les informations qui proviennent de la boucle phonologique et du calepin visuo-spatial. L'information stockée dans cette mémoire serait accessible à la conscience et servirait à organiser efficacement cette information. Episodic buffer.
| |
BADDELEY, A.D. (2000). The episodic buffer : a new component of working memory? Trends in Cognitive Science, 4, 417-23. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire tampon phonologique : Short-term phonological store.
| |
VALLAR, G. & PAPAGNO, C. (1986). Phonological short-term store and the nature of the recency effect : Evidence from neuropsychology. Brain an Cognition, 5, 428-442. |
GATHERCOLE, S.E., HITCH, G.J., SERVICE, E. & MARTIN, A.J. (1997). Phonological short-term memory and new word learning in children. Developmental Psychology, 33, 966 -979. |
JONES, D.M., MACKEN, W.J. & NICHOLLS, A.P. (2004). The phonological store of working memory : is it phonological and is it a store? Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 30, 656-674. |
JONES, D.M., HUGHES, R.W., MACKEN, W.J. (2007). The phonological store abandoned. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60, 497-504.
|
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Mémoire visuelle : Sous-mémoire des mémoires à court terme et à long terme spécialisée dans le stockage des informations visuelles. Mémoire visuelle et vision. *mémoire iconique. Visual memory.
| |
LOFTUS, E.F., MILLER, D.G., & BURNS, H.J. (1978). Semantic integration of verbal information into a visual memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 4, 19-31. |
LOFTUS, G.R. & RUTHRUFF, E.R. (1994). A theory of visual information acquisition and visual memory with special application to intensity-duration tradeoffs. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 20, 33-50. |
ARCHIBALD, L.M.D. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2006). Visuospatial immediate memory in specific language impairment. Journal of Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 49, 265-277. |
MATLIN, M. (2004/2001). Cognition. Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated / La cognition : Une introduction à la psychologie cognitive. Paris : Deboeck Université. |
| |
|
Memoriser/Mémorisation :
Ensemble d'habiletés et de truc qui améliorent la rétention d'information. Ces habiletés sont habituellement conscientes. EX: Transformer l'ensemble des conjonctions en une chansonette (mais ou et donc car ni or). = procédé mnésique, procédé mnémotechnique, truc pour se souvenir, habileté de rappel, stratégie mnémotechnique. Memory skill, mnemonic device.
| |
ERICSSON, K.A., CHASE, W.G. & FALCON, S. (1980). Acquisition of a memory skill. Science, 208, 1181-1182. |
BELLEZZA, F.S. (1981). Mnemonic devices : Classification, characteristics, and criteria. Review of Educational Research, 51, (2), 247-275. |
BENNETT, H.L. (1983). Remembering drink orders : The memory skill of cocktail waitresses. Human Learning, 2, 157-169. |
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39 (2), 188-231. |
ERICSSON, K.A. & POLSON, P.G. (1988). An experimental analysis of the mechanisms of a memory skill. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14, 305-316. |
ZENTALL, T.R., STEIRN, J.N. & JACKSON-SMITH, P. (1990). Memory strategies in pigeons' performance of a radial-arm-maze analog task. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16, 358-371. |
BELLEZZA, F.S., SIX, L.S. & PHILLIPS, D.S. (1992). A mnemonic for remembering long strings of digits. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 30 (4), 271-274. |
 |
| |
|
Memory : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la mémoire.
LANCASTER, J.S. & BARSALOU, L.W. (1997). Multiple organisations of events in memory. Memory, 5, 569-599.
|
|
Memory & Cognition : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la mémoire. Éditeur : Psychonomic Society.
TOWSE, J.N. & HITCH, G.J. & HUTTON, U. (2000). On the interpretation of working memory span in adults. Memory & Cognition, 28 (3), 341-348.
|
|
Men & Masculinities : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à la masculinité. Éditeur : Psychonomic Society.
MESSNER, M. (2000). White guys habitus in the classroom : Challenging the reproduction of knoweldge. Men & Masculinities, 2, 457-469.
|
|
Menace/Menacer : Comportement verbal ou non-verbal (signe) qui dénote une intention de faire subir à autrui quelque inconvénient ou souffrance, notamment en utilsant la violence. Threat.
 |
DEUTSCH, M. & KRAUSS, R.M. (1960). The effect of threat upon interpersonal bargaining. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61, 181-189. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mengal Paul M. ( ) : Psychologue et historien de la psychologie français.
 |
MENGAL, P.M. (2001). Le concept d'émergence au XIXe : entre théologie naturelle et biologie. Dans B. Felz, M. Crommelinck et P.H. Goujon (Dirs.), Auto-organisation et émergence dans les sciences de la vie (p.89-102). Bruxelles : Ousia. |
MENGAL, P.M. (2001). Le comportement. L'aventure humaine : le comportement entre génétique et politique, 11, 41-51. |
MENGAL, P.M. (2002). L'amour expérimental chez Binet : Généalogie d'un concept. Éduquer : Science et Psychologie, 3-4, 149-159. |
MENGAL, P.M. (2005). La naissance de la psychologie. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
MENGAL, P.M. (2005). Néo-libéralisme et psychologie béhavioriste. Raisons Politiques, 25, 15-30. |
 |
| |
|
|
Meninges : Désigne les trois membranes situées entre le crâne et le cortex, qui protègent le cerveau. ( ): arachnoïde, pie-mère, dure-mère.
|
Ménopause : Menopause.
| |
MAOZ, B., DOWTY, N., ANTOVSKY, A. & WISJENBECK, H. (1970). Female attitudes to menopause. Social Psychiatry, 5, 35-40. |
BUSCH, C. M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. & COSTA, P.T. (1994). Menopausal transition and psychological distress in a nationally representative sample : Is menopause associated with psychological distress? Journal of Aging and Health, 6, 209-228. |
STOTLAND, N.L. (2002). Menopause : Social expectations, women's realities. Archives of Women's Mental Health, 5, 5-8. |
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and mood : from menarche to menopauseand beyond. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83. |
NEMEROFF, C.B. (2007). Stress, menopause and vulnerability for psychiatric illness. Expert Reviews in Neurotherapeutics, 7, S11-S13. |
LING, D.C.Y., WONG, W.C.W. & HO, S.C. (2008). Are post-menopausal women “half-a-man”?: Sexual beliefs, attitudes and concerns among midlife Chinese women. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (1), 15-29. |
KOLOD, S. (2009). Menopause and sexuality. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 45 (1), 26-43. |
 |
| |
|
Mensonge/Mentir : Information fausse, qui ne correspond pas à la réalité ou omet d'en rendre compte. Mensonge et tromperie. /vérité. Lie, cheating, false allegations.
| |
SACKS, H. (1973). Tout le monde doit mentir. Communications, 182-203. |
BUSSEY, K. (1999). Children's categorization and evaluation of different types of lies and truths. Child Development, 70, 1338-1347. |
LANZA, R.P., STARR, J. & SKINNER, B.F. (1982). Lying" in the pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (2), 201–203. [PDF] |
BUSSEY, K. & GRIMBEEK, E.J. (2000). Children's conceptions of lying and truth telling : Implications for child witnesses. Legal and Criminological Psychology, 5, 187-199. |
HUMPHREY, N. (1988). Lies, damned lies and anecdotal evidence. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 257-258. |
|
EVERSON, M. & BOAT, B. (1989). False allegations of sexual abuse by children and adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 230-235. |
FELDMAN, R.S., FORREST, J.A. & HAPP, B.R. (2002). Self-presentation and verbal deception : Do self-presenters lie more? Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 24, 163-170. |
LOFTUS, E.F. (1992). When a lie becomes memory’s truth : Memory distortion after exposure to misinformation. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 121-123. |
WILSON, A.E., SMITH, M.D. & ROSS, H. (2003). The nature and effects of young children's lies. Social Development, 12, 21-45. |
BUSSEY, K., LEE, K. & GRIMBEEK, E. (1993). Lies and secrets : Implications for children's reporting of sexual abuse. In G.S. Goodman and B.L. Bottoms (Eds), Child victims, child witnesses (pp. 147-168). New York : Guildford. |
ANOLI, L. & ZURLONI, V. (2008). Standard Lies within everyday conversation. Gestalt Theory, 30 (1), 233-240. |
 |
|
|
|
Menstruation : Menstruation, reproduction et ménopause. = cycle menstruel. Menstrual cycle, menstruation, menarche.
| |
CUNNINGHAM, D. & CABANAC, M. (1971). Evidence from behavioural thermoregulatory responses of a shift in setpoint temperature related to the menstrual cycle. Journal of Physiology, 63, 236-238. |
EPTING, L.K. & OVERMAN, W.H. (1998). Sex-sensitive tasks in men and women : a search of performance fluctuations across the menstrual cycle. Behavioral Neuroscience, 112, 1304-1317. |
SHERIF, C.W. (1979). Social values, attitudes, and involvement of the self and somatic changes during the menstrual cycle. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 27, 1-64. |
ROBERTS, T.A., GOLDENBERG, J., POWER, C. & PYSZCZYNSKI, T. (2002). Feminine protection : The effects of menstruation on attitudes towards women. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 26 (2), 131-139. |
GRAHAM, C.A. & MCGREW, W.C. (1980). Menstrual synchrony in female under-graduates living on a coeducational campus. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 5, 245-252. |
SEYFRIED, L.S. & MARCUS, S.M. (2003). Postpartum mood disorders. International Journal of Psychiatry, 15 (3), 231-242. |
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of Primatology, 6, 101-113. |
JOHNSTON-ROBLEDO, I., BALL, M., LAUTA, K. & ZEKOLL, A. (2003). To bleed or not to bleed : Young women's attitudes toward menstrual suppression. Women & Health, 38 (3), 59-75. |
JACKSON, J.L. & OLASOV, B. (1987). Effects of expectancies on women's reports of moods during the menstrual cycle. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49, 65-78. |
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and mood : from menarche to menopause and beyond. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83. |
McFARLAND C., ROSS, M. & DECOURVILLE, N. (1989). Women's theories of menstruation and biases in recall of menstrual symptoms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 522-531. |
|
JACKSON, J.L. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (1990). Religious influence on menstrual attitudes and symptoms. Women and Health, 16, 63-78. |
GANGESTAD, S.W. SIMPSON, J.A., COUSINS, A.J., GARVER-APGAR, C.E. & CHRISTENSEN, P.N. (2004). Women’s preferences for male behavioral displays change across the menstrual cycle. Psychological Science, 15, 203-207. |
KIM, S. & TOKURA, H. (1995). Effects of menstrual cycle on dressing behaviour in the cold. Physiological Behavior, 58, 699-703. |
JOHNSTON, L., ARDEN , K., MACRAE, C.N. & GRACE, R. (2003). The need for speed : The menstrual cycle and personal construal. Social Cognition, 21, 89-100. |
KIM, S. & TOKURA, H. (1997). Cloth colour preference under the influence of menstrual cycle. Applied Human Science, 16, 149-151. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). Menstrual cycle phases and female receptivity to a courtship solicitation: An evaluation in a night-club. Evolution & Human Behavior, 30, 351-355. |
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (1998). Menstrual cycle variation in women’s preferences for the scent of symmetrical men. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 265, 727-733. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). The receptivity of women to courtship solicitation across the menstrual cycle : A field experiment. Biological Psychology, 80 (3), 321-324. |
 |
|
| |
|
|
|
Mentalais : Désigne, selon Fodor, le langage implicite de la pensée, de la structure mentale. Langage of thought.
| |
FODOR, J.A. (1975). The langage of thought. Brighton : The Harvester Press. |
 |
| |
|
Mentalisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule : 1) que l'esprit existe; 2) que cet esprit a la propriété d'agir sur les comportements; 3) en conséquence, l'objet d'étude de la psychologie est l'esprit, et ses explications reposent sur des concepts qui renvoient à des états mentaux. = dualisme structuraliste. /anti-mentalisme. Mentalism, mentalism view.
| |
KANTOR, J.R. (1923). The organismic versus the mentalistic attitude toward the nervous system. Psychological Bulletin, 20, 684-692. |
SPERRY, R.W. (1993). A mentalist view of consciousness. Social Neuroscience Bulletin, 6 (2), 15-19. |
MOORE, J. (1981). On mentalism, methodological behaviorism, and radical behaviorism. Behaviorism, 9, 55-77. |
YOUNG, R. (1994). Mental space. London : Process Press. |
HAYES, S.C. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1986). Mentalism, behavior-behavior relations, and a
behavior-analytic view of the purposes of science. The Behavior Analyst, 9, 175-190. |
UTTAL, W.R. (2000). The war between mentalism and behaviorism : On the accessibility of mental processes. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
STEMMER, N. (1990). Skinner’s verbal behavior, Chomsky’s review, and mentalism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 54, 307-319. |
STEMMER, N. (2003). Covert behavior and mental terms : A reply to Moore. Behavior & Philosophy, 31, 165-171. [PDF] |
SPERRY, R.W. (1991). In defense of mentalism and emergent interaction. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 12, 221-245. |
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism, and conceptual modification. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345–352. [PDF] |
SPERRY, R.W. (1992). Turnabout on consciousness : a mentalist view. Journal of Mind & Behavior 13, 259-280. |
|
 |
|
| |
|
Mentalisme descriptif : Expression proposée par Zuriff pour distinguer les descriptions du comportement qui font appel à des concepts mentaux ( EX: Il est déprimé), des explications qui reposent sur des concepts mentaux ( EX: Il est déprimé parce que mon surmoi est trop fort). Mentalisme descriptif, explicatif et empirique. Descriptive mentalism.
| |
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism, and conceptual modification. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345–352. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Mentalisme empirique : Expression proposée par Zuriff pour désigner le raport verbal d'un expérience en termes mentalistes. EX : Je suis déprimé ou je suis déprimé parce que mon surmoi est trop fort. Mentalisme descriptif, explicatif et empirique. Experiential mentalism.
| |
ZURIFF, G.E. (2003). Science and human behavior, dualism, and conceptual modification. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 80 (3), 345–352. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Mentalisme explicatif : Expression proposée par Zuriff pour distinguer des explications qui reposent sur des concepts mentaux ( EX: Il est déprimé parce que mon surmoi est trop fort), des descriptions du comportement qui font appel à des concepts mentaux ( EX: Il est déprimé). Mentalisme descriptif, explicatif et empirique. Explanatory mentalism.
|
Mentorat/Mentor : Aide et encadrement systématique offert par un employé d'expérience (ou un étudiant) à d'autres employés moins compétents ou plus jeunes (ou étudiant). Contrairement au tuteur, le mentor n'est pas formé par un expert. = conseiller, accompagnement professionnel. Mentorat et cybermentorat. *tutorat. Mentor, mentoring, coaching.
| |
BURKE, R.J. (1984). Mentors in organizations. Group & Organization Studies, 9, 353-72. |
DALOZ, L. (1986). Effective teaching and mentoring : Realizing the transformational power of adult learning experiences. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
LYONS, W.L., SCROGGINS, D. & RULE, P.B. (1990). The mentor in graduate education.
Studies in Higher Education, 15, 277-285. |
McPARTLAND, J.M. & NETTLES, S.M. (1991). Using community adults as advocates or mentorsfor at-risk middle school students : A two-year evaluation of project RAISE. American Journal of Education, 99, 568-586. |
SYLVESTRE, C. et THÉORÊT, M. (1996). L'importance d'un mentor pour les élèves qui risquent d'abandonner l'école. Vie pédagogique, mars-avril, 42-44. |
DALOZ, L. (1999). Mentor : Guiding the journey of adult learners. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation d'une intervention de mentorat visant à reduire le risque de décrochage scolaire. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Education, 29 (1), 65-86. |
LINNEHAN, F. (2003). A longitudinal study of work-based, adult-youth mentoring. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 63 (1), 40-54. |
McMAHON, M., LIMERICK, B. et GILLIES, J. (2004). Mentoring as a career guidance activity : Fostering non-traditional career exploration for girls. Canadian Journal of Career Development, 3 (1), 5-11. |
 |
| |
|
Menzel Randolph ( ) : Neurobiologiste allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportemens des abeilles. Collaborateur de Bitterman.
 |
MENZEL, R. (1985). Learning in honey bees in an ecological and behavioral context. In B. Hölldobler and M. Lindauer (Eds), Experimental behavioral ecology (pp. 55-74.). Stuttgart : Gustav Fischer Verlag. |
MENZEL, R. & MERCER, A.R. (1987). Neurobiology and behavior of honeybees. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York : Springer. |
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2001). Cognitive architecture of a mini-brain : The honeybee. Trends in Cogitive Science, 5, 62-71. |
MENZEL, R. & GIURFA, M. (2006). Dimensions of cognition in an insect, the honeybee. Behavioral and Cognitive Neuroscience Reviews, 5, 24-40. |
MENZEL, R. (2008). Insect minds for human minds. In A.S. Benjamin, J. Steven de Belle & T.A. Plok (Eds.), Human learning (pp. 271-285). London : Elsevier. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
Merrill Palmer Quarterly : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Wayne State University Press.
LEMELIN, J.-P., TARABULSY, G.M. & PROVOST, M.A. (2006). Predicting preschool cognitive development from infant temperament, maternal sensitivity, and psychosocial risk. Merrill Palmer Quarterly, 52, 779-806.
|
|
|
Mérycisme : Trouble alimentaire qui se caractérise chez le nourrisson par de fréquentes régurgitations, souvent volontaires. = régurgitation pathologique, rumination. Rumination.
| |
WHITE, J.C. & TAYLOR, D.J. (1967). Noxious conditioning as a treatment for rumination. Mental Retardation, 5, 30-33. |
LUCKEY, R.E., WATSON, C.M. & MUSICK, J.K. (1968). Aversive conditioning as a means of inhibiting vomiting and rumination. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 73 (1), 139-142. |
SAJWAJ, T., LIBET, J. & AGRAS, S. (1974). Lemon-juice therapy : the control of life-threatening rumination in a six-month-old infant. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (4), 557-563. |
CUNNINGHAM, C.E. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (1976). Elimination of chronic infant ruminating by electric shock. Behavior Therapy, 7, 231-234. |
LINSCHEID, T.R. & CUNNINGHAM, C.E. (1977). A controlled demonstration of the effectiveness of electric shock in the elimination of chronic infant rumination. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (3), 500. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mesmer Friedrich Franz Anton (Iznang 1734-1815) : Médecin allemand, fondateur du magnétisme animal ou mesmérisme.

|
Mésosystème : Dans la théorie de Bronfenbrenner, interrelations entre plusieurs microsystème ou lieux de participation tels que, pour l'enfant, sa famille, son école, ses amis, etc. Chronosystème, exosystème, macrosystème, mésosystème, microsystème et ontosystème. Mesosystem.
| |
McINTOSH, J.M., LYON. A.R., CARLSON, G.A., EVERETTE, C.D.B., LOERA, S. & LYON, A.R. (2008). Measuring the mesosystem : a survey and critique of approaches to cross setting measurement for ecological research and models of collaborative care. Families, Systems & Health, 26 (1), 86-104. |
 |
| |
|
Message : Dans la plupart des théories de la communication, information transmise de l'émetteur au récepteur. Information, message.
| |
KANG, Y., CAPPELLA, J. & FISHBEIN, M. (2006). The attentional mechanism of message sensation value : Interaction between message sensation value and argument quality on message effectiveness. Communication Monographs, 73 (4), 351-378. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Mesure de contrôle (des variables parasites) : = précédure de contrôle.
|
Mesure de dispersion : ( ): écart-type, variance.
| |
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
| |
|
Mesure de position : ( ): rang-centile.
| |
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
| |
|
|
Mesurer/Mesure : En métrologie, opération qui consiste à associer les propriétés des nombres aux objets (ou à leurs propriétés). Au sens strict, la mesure implique l'utilisation d'une métrique. Il ne faut donc pas confondre mesure et évaluation. Mesurer, évaluer et échelle de mesure. Measurement, scaling.

| |
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1904). An introduction to the theory of mental and social measurements. New York : The Science Press. |
LUCE, R.D., KRANTZ, D.H., SUPPES, P. & TVERSKY, A. (1990). Foundations of measurement : Representation, axiomatisation and invariance. New York : Academic Press. |
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1927). The abilities of man, their nature and measurement. New York : The MaCmillan company. |
MICHELL, J. (1990). An introduction to the logic of psychological measurement. Lawrence Erlbaum Ass. |
| |
HAUGTHON, E. C. (1990). Refining measurement. Journal of Precision Teaching, 7 (2), 28-30. |
MILLER, G.A. (1953). What is information measurement? American Psychologist, 8, 3-11. |
MARTIN P. & BATESON, P (1993). Measuring behaviour. Cambridge University Press : Cambridge. |
TORGERSON W.S. (1958). Theory and methods of scaling. New York : Wiley. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (1993). Thought : Study and measurement. In F.N. Magill (Ed.), Survey of Social Science: Psychology (pp. 2558-2564). Pasadena, CA : Salem Press. |
STEVENS, S.S. (1959). Measurement, psychophysics and Utility. In C. W. Churchman & P. Ratoosh (Eds.), Measurement : Definitions and theories. New York : Wiley. |
|
KRANTZ, D.H (1964). Conjoint measurement : The Luce-Tukey axiomatization and some extensions. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 1, 248-277. |
|
THORNDIKE, R.L. (1971). Educational measurement. Washington, D.C. : American Council on Education. |
PERDIJON, J. (1998). La mesure. Science et philosophie. Paris : Flammarion/Dominos. |
ZURIFF, G.E. (1972) A behavioral interpretation of psychophysical scaling. Behaviorism, 1, 118-133. |
|
KRANTZ, D.H., LUCE, R.D., SUPPES, P. & TVERSKY, A. (1971). Foundations of measurement : Additive and polynomial representations. New York : Academic Press. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (1998). Théorie et techniques de la mesure instrumentale. Sainte-Foy : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
GOULD, S. J. (1981). The mismeasure of man. New York : Norton. |
VAN HOUTEN, R. & HALL, R.V. (2001). The measurement of behavior. Pro-Ed. |
ROSEN, R. (1978). Fundamentals of measurement and rep-
resentation of natural systems. New York : North-Holland. |
|
SUPPES, P., KRANTZ, D.H., LUCE, R.D. & TVERSKY, A. (1989). Foundations of measurement : Geometrical, threshold and probabilistic representations. New York : Academic Press. |
PERDIJON, J. (2004). La mesure. Histoire, science et philosophie. Paris : Dunod. |
| |
SHULTZ, K.S. & WHITNEY, D J. (2004). Measurement theory in action : Case studies and exercises. Sage Publications |
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
LEIGHTON,
J.P.
(2008).
Review
of
measuring
the
mind :
conceptual
issues
in
contemporary
psychometrics. Journal
of
Educational
Measurement,
45, 91-93. |
| |
|
Méta-analyse : Procédure statistique qui vise à déterminer quelle proportion de la variation des résultats dans toutes les études examinées pour un problème donné est attribuable à une variable donnée (ou à une combinaison de variables). Méta-analyse et ampleur de l'effet. Meta-analysis, méta-analytic procedure.
   
| Indice d |
Interprétationde l'indice |
| < 0.10 % |
Pas de différence |
| < 0.11 d 0.35 % |
Petite différence |
| < 0.36 d 0.65 % |
Différence moyenne |
| < 0.66 d 1.00 % |
Grande différence |
| > 1.00 % |
Très grande différence |
| |
GLASS, G.V. (1976). Primary, secondary, and meta-analysis of research. Educational Researcher, 5, 3-8. |
HEDGES, L.V., LAINE, R.D. & GREENWALD, R. (1994). Does money matter? A meta-analysis of studies of the effects of differential school inputs on student outcomes. Educational Researcher, 23 (3), 5-14. |
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Meta-analysis of psychotherapy outcome studies. American Psychologist, 32, 752-60. |
SHADISH, W.R., RAGSDALE, K., GLASER, R.R. & MONTGOMERY, L.M. (1995). The efficacy and effectiveness of marital and family therapy : A perspective from meta-analysis. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 21, 345-360. |
KULIK, J.A., KULIK, C-L.C. & COHEN, P. A. (1979). Research on audiotutorial instruction : A meta-analysis of comparative studies. Research in Higher Education, 11, 321-341. |
|
GLASS, G.V. & SMITH, M.L. (1979). Meta-analysis of research on class size and achievement.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 7, 2-16. |
|
MCGAW, B. & GLASS, G.V. (1980). Choice of the metric for effect size in meta-analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 17, 325-337. |
|
SMITH, M.L. (1980). Publication bias and meta-analysis. Evaluation in Education : An International Review Series, 4 (1), 22-24. |
|
COHEN, P.A. (1980). Effectiveness of student-rating feedback for improving college instruction : A meta-analysis. Research in Higher Education, 13, 321-341. |
|
GLASS, G.V., McGAW, B. & SMITH, M.L. (1981). Meta-analysis in social research. Beverly. Hills, CA : Sage. |
SHADISH, W.R. (1996). Meta-analysis and the exploration of causal mediating processes : A primer of examples, methods, and issues. Psychological Methods, 1, 47-65. |
COHEN, P.A., KULIK, J.A. & KULIK, C.L.C. (1982). Educational outcomes of tutoring : A meta-analysis of findings. American Educational Research Journal, 19, 237-248. [PDF] |
FAGARD, R.H., STAESSEN, J.A. & THIJS, L. (1996). Advantages and disadvantages of the meta-analysis approach. Journal of Hypertension, 14 (S2), 9-13. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of comparative therapy outcome studies: a replication and refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92 (3), 581-604. |
DUNLOP, W.P., CORTINA, J.M., VASLOW, J.B. & BURKE, M.J. (1996). Meta-analysis of experiments with matched groups or repeated measures designs. Psychological Methods, 1, 170-177. |
HUNTER, J.E., SCHMIDT, F.L. & JACKSON, G.B. (1982). Meta-analysis : Cumulating research
findings across studies. BeverlyHills, CA : Sage. |
|
BECKER, W.C. & GERSTEN, R. (1982). A follow-up of follow through : Meta-analysis of the later effects of the direct instruction model. AmericanEducational Research Journal, 19, 75-93. |
BOND, R. & SMITH, P. (1996). Culture and conformity : a meta-analysis of studies using Asch’s (1952, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111-137. |
WOLF, F.M. (1986). Meta-analysis: Quantitative methods for research synthesis. Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
|
MULLEN, H. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1985). BASIC meta-analysis : Procedures and programs. Hillsdale, NJ : Earlbaum. |
HUNT, M.M. (1997). How science takes stock : The story of meta-analysis. New York : Russell Sage Foundation. |
BULLOCK, R. J. & SVYANTEK, D.J. (1985). Analyzing meta-analysis : Potential problems, an unsuccessful replication, and evaluation criteria. Journal of Applied Psychology, 70, 108-115. |
FORNESS, S.R., KAVALE, K.A., BLUM, I.M. & LLOYD, J.W. (1997). Mega-analysis of meta-analysis : What works in special education. Teaching Exceptional Children, 19 (6), 4-9. |
HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical methods for meta-analysis. New York : Academic Press. |
RIND, D., TROMOVITCH, P. & BAUSERMAN, R. (1997). A meta-analytic review of findings from national damples on psychological correlates of child sexual abuse. Journal of Sex Research, 34 (3), 237-255. |
KULIK, C.L.C., KULIK, J.A. & SHWALB, B.J. (1986). The effectiveness of computer-based adult education : A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 2 (2), 235-252. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. & RUBIN, D.B. (1986). Meta-analytic procedures for combining studies with multiple effect sizes. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 400-406. |
MOHER, D., PHAM, B., JONES, A., COOK, D.J., JADAD, A.R., MOHER, M., TUGWELL, P. & KLASSEN, T. (1998). Does quality of reports of randomised trials affect estimates of intervention efficacy reported in meta-analyses ? The Lancet, 352, 609-613. |
SWEENEY, P.D., ANDERSON, K. & BAILEY, S. (1986). Attributional style in depression : A meta-analytic review. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 50 (5), 974-991. |
KRAEMER, H.C., GERDNER, C. BROOKS, J.O. & YESAVAGE, J.A. (1998). Advantages of excluding underpowered studies in meta-analysis: Inclusionist versus exclusionist viewpoints. Psychological Methods, 3 (1), 23-31 |
BANGERT-DROWNS, R.L. (1986). A review of developments in meta-analytic method. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 388-399. |
|
WALDMAN, D.A. & AVOLIO, B.J. (1986). A meta-analysis of age differences in job performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 33-38. |
AMATO, P.R. & GILBRETH, J.G. (1999). Nonresident fathers and children's well-being : A meta-analysis. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 61, 557-73. CORNELL, J. E. & MULROW, C.D. (1999). Meta-analysis. In H.J. Adèr & G.J. Mellenbergh (Eds), Research methodology in the social, behavioral and life sciences (pp. 285-323). London : Sage. |
STEBLAY, N.M. (1987). Helping behavior in rural and urban environments : A meta-analysis. Psychology Bulletin, 102, 346-356. |
LEPPER, M.R., HENDERLONG, J. & GINGRAS, I. (1999). Understanding the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation : Uses and abuses of meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 669-676. |
WHITE, W.A.T. (1988). Meta-analysis of the effects of direct instruction in special education. Education and Treatment of Children, 11, 364-374. |
|
ABRAMI, P.C., COHEN, P.A. & D'APOLLONIA, S. (1988). Implementation problems in meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 58 (2), 151-179. |
SHADISH, W.R., MATT, G.E., NAVARRO, A.M & PHILIPPS, G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis, Psychological Bulletin, 126, 512-529. |
MATT, G.E. (1989). Decision rules for selecting effect sizes in meta-analysis : A review and reanalysis of psychotherapy outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 106-115. |
|
BAENNINGER, M. & NEWCOMB, N. (1989). The role of experience in spatial test performance : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 20, 327-344. |
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (2001). Practical meta-analysis. Sage : Thousand Oaks, CA. |
EAGLY, A.H. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1990). Gender and leadership style : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 233-256. |
HEDGES, L. & PIGOTT, T.D. (2001). The power of statistical tests in meta-analysis. Psychological Methods, 6 (3), 203-217. |
HUNTER J. E. & SCHMIDT, F.L. (1990). Methods of meta-analysis: Correcting error and bias in research findings. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
EAGLY, A.H., ASHMORE, R.D., MAKHIJANI, M. G. & LONGO, L.C. (1991). What is beautiful is good, but...: A meta-analytic review of research on the physical attractiveness stereotype. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 109-128. |
COHN, L.D. & BECKER, B.L. (2003). How meta-analysis increases statistical power. Psychological Methods, 8 (3), 243-253. |
EVANS, C. & DION, K.L. (1991). Group cohesion and performance; A meta-analysis. Small Group Research, 22 (2), 175-186. |
ARCHER, J. (2004). Sex differences in aggression in real-world settings : A meta-analytic review. Review of General Psychology, 8, 291-322. |
ROSENTHAL, R. (1991). Meta-analytic procedures for social research. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
BOND, C.F., WIITALA, W.L. & RICHARD, F.D. (2003). Meta-Analysis of raw mean differences. Psychological Methods, 8 (4), 406-418 |
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J. (1991). Gender and the emergence of leaders : a meta-analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (5), 685-710. |
SOMMER, I.E., ALEMAN, A., BOUMA, A. & KAHN, R.S. (2004). Do women really have more bilateral language representation than men? A meta-analysis of functional imaging studies. Brain, 127, 1845-1852. |
OLIVER, M.B. & HYDE, I.S. (1993). Gender differences in sexuality : a meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 29-51. |
SENSKY, T. (2005). The effectiveness of cognitive therapy for schizophrenia : what can we learn from the meta-analyses? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 74, 131-134. |
YEATON, W.H. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). On the reliability of meta-analytic review :
The role of intercoder agreement.
Evaluation Review, 17 (3), 292-309. [PDF] |
SUSSMAN, S. (2006). A meta-analysis of teen cigarette smoking cessation. Health Psychology, 25 (5), 549-557. [PDF] |
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment : Confirmation from meta-analysis. American Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. |
O'ROURKE, K. (2007). An historical perspective on meta-analysis : dealing quantitatively with varying study results. J R Soc Med., 100 (12), 579-582. |
MEAD, A.D. & DRASGOW, F. (1993). Equivalence of computerized and paper-and-pencil cognitive ability tests : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 449-458. |
BISSON, J.I., EHLERS, A., MATTHEWS, R., PILLING, S., RICHARDS, D. & TURNER, S. (2007). Psychological treatments for chronic post-traumatic stress disorder : Systematic review and meta-analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 97-104. |
BUSK, P. L. & SERLIN, R.C. (1992). Meta-analysis for single case research. In T. Kratochwill & J. Levin (Eds.), Single-case research design and analysis: New directions for psychology and education (pp. 187–212). Hillsdale, NJ, England: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
SHADISH, W.R. (2007). A world without meta-analysis. Journal of Experimental Criminology, 3, 281-291. |
GREENBERG, R.P., BORNSTEIN, R.F., GREENBERG, M.D. & FISHER, S. (1992). A meta-analysis of antidepressant outcome under blinder conditions. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology 60, 664-669. |
TWENGE, J.M., KONRATH, S., FOSTER, J.D., CAMPBELL, W.K. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (2008). Egos inflating over time : A cross-temporal meta-analysis of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality, 76, 875-901. |
 |
KOESTERS M, BEXKER, T, KILIAN, R., FEGERT, J.M., WEINMAN, S. (2009). Limits of meta-analysis : methylphenidate in the treatment of adult attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Psychopharmacololgy, 23, 733-744. |
| |
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Using meta-analysis to increase power in differential prediction analyses. Industrial and Organizational Psychology: Perspectives on Science and Practice, 3, 224-227. |
| |
|
Métacognition : Connaissance qu'a l'individu de ses propres processus cognitifs, de leur fonctionnement correct et des erreurs commises. Ce concept a été proposé par Flavell. EX : Je crois que mon raisonnement ne fonctionne pas; j'ai fait une erreur de jugement; j'ai un trou de mémoire, je sais que la capitale de la Mongolie est Oulan-Bator. Métacognition et autorégulation. = conscience de soi. Metacognition, metaknowledge.
 
| |
FLAVELL, J.H. (1976). Metacognitive aspects of problem solving. In L.B. Resnick (Ed.), The nature of intelligence. (pp. 231-235). New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
PINARD, A., LEFEBRE-PINARD, M. et BIBEAU, M. (1989). Le savoir métacognitif portant sur la compréhension : comparaison entre adultes analphabètes et adultes alphabétisés. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 10 (3), 78-91. |
BROWN, A.L. (1978). Knowing when, where, and how to remember : A problem of metacognition. In R. Glaser (Ed.), Advances in instructional psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 77-166). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
NOËL, B. (1991). La métacognition. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
FLAVELL, J.H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring : A new area of cognitive-developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906 - 911. |
NISBETT, R.E. (1992). How is your reasoning? How do you know? Contemporary Psychology, 37, 417-418. |
SHIMP, C.P. (1982). Metaknowledge in the pigeon : An organism's knowledge about its own behavior. Animal Learning & Behavior, 10 (3), 358-364. |
FLAVELL, J.H. (1992). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring : A new area of cognitive-developmental inquiry. In T. Nelson (Ed.), Metacognition : Core readings (pp. 3-9). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
| |
METCALFE, J. (1993). Novelty monitoring, metacognition, and control in a composite holographic associative recall model : Implications for Korsakoffs amnesia. Psychological Review, 100, 3-22. |
PALINCSAR, A.S. (1986). Metacognitive strategy instruction. Exceptional Children, 53, 118-124. |
FLAVELL J.H., MILLER, P. & MILLER, S. (1993). Cognitive development. London : Prentice-Hall international. |
PALINCSAR, A.S. (1986). Metacognitive strategy instruction. Exceptional Children, 53 (2), 118-124. |
NELSON, T.O. (1996). Consciousness and metacognition. American Psychologist, 51, 102-116. |
| |
REDER L. M., & SCHUNN, C.D. (1996). Metacognition does not im ply aw areness : Strategy choice is governed by im plicit learning and memory. In L. Reder (Ed.), Implicit memory and metacognition (pp. 45-78). Hillsdale, NJ :Erlbaum. |
GARNER, R. (1987). Metacognition and reading comprehension. Norwood : Ablex publishing corporation. |
KORIAT, A. (1998). Illusions of knowing : The link between knowledge and metaknowledge. In V.Y. Yzerbyt & G. Lories (Eds.), Metacognition : Cognitive and social dimensions (pp. 16-34). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
PALINCSAR, A.S. & BROWN, D.S. (1987). Enhancing instructional time through attention to metacognition. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 20 (2), 66-75. |
YZERBYT, V.Y., LORIES, G. & DARDENNE, B. (1998). Metacognition : Cognitive and social dimensions. London: Sage. |
| |
MAZZONI, G. & NELSON, T.O. (1998). Metacognition and cognitive neuropsychology : Monitoring and control processes. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
| |
JOST, J.T., KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & NELSON, T.O. (1998). Social metacognition : An expansionist review. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 2 (2), 137-154. |
BROWN, A.L. (1987). Metacognition, executive control and other more mysterious mechanismes. In F. Weinert & R. Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, motivation and understanding (pp. 65-116). Hillsdale, Lawrence Elbaum. |
MARINÉ, C. et HUET, N. (1998). Techniques d’évaluation de la métacognition : les mesures dépendantes de l’exécution de tâche. Revue de l'Année Psychologique, 4, 30. |
FLAVELL, J.H. (1987). Speculations about the nature and development of metacognition. In F.E. Weinert & R.H. Kluwe (Eds.), Metacognition, motivation, and understanding (pp. 21-29). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (2001). The relationship of conscientiousness to metacognitive study strategy use by developmental students. Research and Teaching in Developmental Education, 18 (1), 25-31. |
| |
SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (4), 332–348. [PDF] |
PALINCSAR, A.S. & RANSOM, K. (1988). From the mystery spot to the thoughtful spot : The instruction of metacognitive strategies. The Reading Teacher, 41 (8), 784-789. |
STORM, B.C., BJORK, E.L. & BJORK, R.A. (2005). Social metacognitive judgments : The role of retrieval-induced forgetting in person memory and impressions. Journal of Memory & Language, 52, 535-550. |
| |
KORNELL, N., SON, L. & TERRACE, H.S. (2007). Transfer of metacognitive skills and hint seeking in monkeys. Psychological Science, 18 (1), 64-71. [PDF] |
| |
SCHWARZ, N., SANNA, L.J., SKURNIK, I. & YOON, C. (2007). Metacognitive experiences and the intricacies of setting people straight : implications for debiasing and public information campaigns. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 127-161. [PDF] |
| |
CASTEL A.D. (2008). Metacognition and learning about
primacy and recency effects in free recall : The utilization of intrinsic and extrinsic cues when making judgments of learning. Memory & Cognition, 36, 429-437. [PDF] |
 |
KARPICKE, J.D., BUTLER, A.C. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (2009). Metacognitive strategies in student learning : Do students practice retrieval when they study on their own ? Memory, 17, 471-479. [PDF] |
| |
ALTER, A.L. & OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2009).
Uniting the tribes of fluency to form a metacognitive nation. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3, 219-235. [PDF] |
| |
KORIAT, A. & ACKERMAN, R. (2010). Metacognition and mindreading : Judgements of learning for self and other during self-paced study. Consciousness & Cognition, 19, 251-264. |
|
Métacontingence : Contingence et métacontingence.
Metacontingency.
| |
GLENN, S.S. (1988). Contingencies and metacontingencies : Toward a synthesis of behavior analysis and cultural materialism. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 161-179. |
LAMAL, P.A. (1991). Three metacontingencies in the pre-Perestroika Soviet Union. Behavior & Social Issues, 1, 75-90. |
LAMAL, P.A. (1991). Aspects of some contingencies and metacontingencies in the Soviet Union. In P.A. Lamal (Ed.), Behavioral analysis of societies and cultural practices (pp. 13-37). New York : Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. |
ELLIS J. (1991). Contingencies and metacontingencies in correctional settings. In P.A. Lamal (Ed.), Behavioral analysis of societies and cultural practices (pp. 201-217). New York : Hemisphere. |
LAMAL, P.A. & GREENSPOON, J. (1992). Congressional metacontingencies. Behavior & Social Issues, 2, 71-81. |
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (1992). Evolution of organizational cultures as selection by consequences : The Gaia hypothesis, metacontingencies, and organizational ecology. Journal of Behavior Management, 12, 1-26. |
BOHR, K. & ELLIS, J. (1998). Analysis of contingencies and metacontingencies in a private workplace. Behavior & Social Issues, 8, 41-52. |
 |
| |
|
Métalangage : Élément du langage qui a pour objet le langage lui-même, ses propriétés ou sa signification, et non le réel. = langage du langage.
| |
GOMBERT, J.-L. (1990). Le développement métalinguistique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
 |
| |
|
Métamémoire :
Metamemory.
| |
RABINOWITZ, J.C., ACKERMAN, B.P., CRAIK F.I.M., & HINCHLEY, J L. (1982). Aging and metamemory : The roles of relatedness and imagery. Journal of Gerontology, 37, 688-695. |
SCHWARTZ, B.L. (1994). Sources of information in metamemory :
Judgments of learning and feeling of knowing. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 1, 357-375. |
NELSON, T.O. & NARENS, L. (1990). Metamemory : A theoretical framework and some new findings. The psychology of Learning & Motivation, 26, 125-173. |
BJORK, R.A. & WICKENS, T.D. (1996). Memory, metamemory, and conditional statistics. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 19, 193-194. [PDF] |
NELSON, T.O. & NARENS, L. (1992). Metamemory : A theoretical framework and new findings. In T.O. Nelson (Ed.), Metacognition : Core readings (pp. 9-24). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
SCHWARTZ, B.L., BENJAMIN, A.S. & BJORK, R.A. (1997). The inferential and experiential basis of metamemory. Current Direction in Psychological Science, 6, 132-137. |
METCALFE, J., SCHARTZ, B.L. & JOAQUIM, S.G. (1993). The cue familiarity heuristic in metacognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 19, 851-861. |
CECI, S.J., FITNEVA, S.A. & WILLIAMS, W.M. (2010). Representational constraints on the development of memory and metamemory : A developmental-representational theory Psychological Review, 117 (2), 464-495. |
BJORK, R.A. (1994). Memory and metamemory considerations in the training of human beings. In J. Metcalfe & A. Shimamura (Eds.), Metacognition : Knowing about knowing (pp.185-205). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
 |
|
|
|
Métaphore : Métaphore, explication et analogie fonctionnelle. Metaphor.
| |
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1963). Models, mathematics and metaphors. Synthese, 15, 222-244. |
GROSSBERG, S. (1986). Brain metaphors, theories, and facts. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 9, 97-98. |
SZASZ, T.S. (1973). Mental illness as a metaphor. Nature, 242, 305. |
DELLI CARPINI, M.X. & WILLIAMS, B.A. (1994).
Methods, metaphors, and media research : The uses of television in political conversation. Communication Research, 21, 782-812. |
| |
REYNA, V.F. & KIERNAN, B. (1995). Children’s memory and interpretation of psychological metaphors. Metaphor & Symbolic Activity, 10, 309–331. |
LAKOFF, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1980). Conceptual metaphor in everyday language. Journal of Philosophy, 77 (8), 453-486. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. et JEANNEROD, M. (1995). Pour la science cognitive. La métaphore cognitive est-elle scientifiquement fondée? Revue Internationale de Psychopathologie, 18, 173-203. |
| |
KINTSCH, W. (2000) Metaphor comprehension: A computational theory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 7, 257-266. |
LAKOFF, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
MAUREL, M-C. et MIQUEL, P.-M. (2001). Programme génétique : concept biologique ou métaphore ? Paris : Éditions Kimé. |
CARROLL, J.M. & MACK, R.L. (1985). Metaphor, computing systems, and active learning. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 22, 39-57. |
BOWDLE, B.F. & GENTNER, D. (2005). The career of metaphor. Psychological Review, 112 (1), 193-216. |
 |
MERRITT, D.J., CASASANTO, D. & BRANNON, E. M. (2010). Do monkeys think in metaphors? Representations of space and time in monkeys and humans. Cognition, 117, 191–202. [LIRE] |
| |
|
Métaphysique : Branche de la philosophie qui étudie les problèmes qui échappe à science empirique ou formelle.
| |
HEIDEGGER, M. (1929/68). Qu’est ce que la métaphysique ? Question I. Paris : Gallimard. |
 |
| |
|
Métapsychologie :
|
Métasynthèse :
| |
BARRETTE, C. (2004). Vers une méta-synthèse des impacts des TIC sur l’apprentissage et l’enseignement dans les établissements du réseau collégial québécois. De la recension des écrits à l’analyse conceptuelle. Clic, 55, 8-15. |
BARRETTE, C. (2005). Vers une méta-synthèse des impacts des TIC sur l’apprentissage et l’enseignement dans les établissements du réseau collégial québécois. Mise en perspective. Clic, 57, 18-24. |
 |
| |
|
|
Méthadone : Drogues, de la famille des narcotiques, utilisée comme substitut à l'héroïne dans le traitement des toxicomanes. Methadone.
| |
HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G E., & LIESON, I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone deliv- ery: Effects on illicit opiate use. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 17, 311–322. |
SHOPTAW, S., JARVIK, M.E., LING, W. & RAWSON, R.A. (1996). Contingency management for tobacco smoking in methadone-maintained opiate addicts. Addictive Behaviors, 21, 409–412. |
STITZER, M.L., IGUCHI M.Y. & FELCH, L.J. (1992). Contingent take-home incentive : Effects on drug use of methadone maintenance patients. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60, 927-934. |
CAPELHORN, J.R.M., IRWIG, L. & SAUNDERS, J.B. (1996). Physician attitudes and retention of patients in their methadone maintenance programs. Substance Use & Misuse, 31, 6, 663-677. |
STITZER, M.L., IGUCHI, M.Y., KIDORF, M. & BIGELOW, G.E. (1993). Contingency management in methadone treatment : The case for positive incentives. In L.S. Onken, J.D. Blaine & J.J. Boren (Eds.), Behavioral treatment for drug abuse and dependence (pp. 19–36). Rockville, MD : National Institute on Drug Abuse. |
CAPELHORN, J.R.M., THOMAS, S., LUMLEY, T.S. & IRWIG, L. (1998). Staff attitudes and retention of patients in methadone maintenance programs. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 52, 57-61. |
SPUNT, B., LESIEUR, H.R., HUNT, D. & CAHILL, L. (1995). Gambling among methadone patients. The International Journal of the Addictions, 30 (8), 929-962. |
PERREAULT, M., ROUSSEAU, M., MERCIER, C., LAUZON, P., GAGNON, C. et CÔTÉ, P. (2003). Accessibilité aux traitements de substitution à la méthadone et réduction des méfaits : le rôle d’un programme à exigences peu élevées. Revue Canadienne de Santé Publique, 94 (3), 197-200. |
SILVERMAN, K., HIGGINS, S.T., BROONER, R.K., MONTOYA, I.D., CONE, E.J., SCHUSTER, C.R. & PRESTON, K L. (1996). Sustained cocaine abstinence in methadone maintenance patients through voucher-based reinforcement therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 409–415. |
PERREAULT, M., WHITE N.D., FABRES E., LANDRY M., ANESTIN A.S., RABOUIN D. (2010). Relationship between perceived improvement and treatment satisfaction among clients of a methadone maintenance program. Evaluation & Program Planning, 33 (4), 410-417. |
 |
|
|
|
Méthamphétamine : Drogue. Methamphetamine.
| |
DEWS, P.B. (1955). Studies on behavior. II. The effects of pentobarbital, methamphetamine and scopolamine on performances in pigeons involving discriminations. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 115, 380-389. |
YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y., YEN, J.Y. & KO, C.H. (2004). Effects of brief cognitive-behavioral interventions on confidence to resist the urges to use heroin and methamphetamine in relapse-related situations. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 192, 788-791. |
BOLIN, B.L. & AKINS, C.K. (2009). Chronic preexposure to methamphetamine decreases sexual motivation but not sexual performance in male Japanese quail. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 10-20. |
 |
| |
|
Méthode : Le terme a deux sens voisins. a) Au sens large, façon explicite et systématique de penser ou de faire les choses, qui se décompose habituellement en étapes, plus ou moins logiquement ordonnées, et qui peut ou non respecter les principes de la démarche scientifique. ( ): méthode scientifique, méthode non-scientifique. b) Le terme désigne également la section d'un article empirique ou d'un rapport scientifique qui décrit au lecteur comment un chercheur a réalisé sa recherche. Cette section comprend 4 parties, généralement dans cet ordre : Les participants, le matériel, le déroulement et le plan de recherche (voir ci-bas). On utilise à tort le mot méthodologie pour nommer cette section. = procédure. Method.
|
Méthode corrélationnelle : Méthode de recherche qui permet de mesurer la corrélation ou le degré de dépendance entre deux ou plusieurs phénomènes. Cette méthode, à elle seule, ne permet pas d'établir une relation de causalité entre les variables. EX: Plus les individus sont pauvres (premier phénomène), plus ils ont des problèmes de santé mentale (second phénomène).
| |
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
| |
|
Méthode d'analyse des données : |
|
Méthode d'auto-amorçage : Méthode statistique d'estimation de la distribution d'échantillonnage d'un estimateur ( EX: la variance) mise au point par Efron. = méthode d'autogénération mutuelle, méthode bootstrap, méthode de Cyrano, procédure d'auto-amorçage. Bootstrap, bootstrap method.
| |
EFRON, B. (1981). Censored data and the bootstrap. Journal of American Statistical Association, 76 (374), 312-319. |
DAVISON A.C., HINKLEY D.V. & SCHECHTMAN, E. (1986). Efficient bootstrap simulation. Biometrika, 73, 555-566. |
HALL, P. (1989). On efficient bootstrap simulation. Biometrika, 76, 613-617. |
VERNON, J. (1988). Importance sampling for bootstrap confidence intervals, Journal of American Statistical Association, 83 (403), 709-714. |
HALL, P. (1990). Performance of balanced bootstrap resampling in distribution function and quantile problems. Probability Theory and Related Fields, 85, 239-260. |
EFRON, B. & TIBSHIRANI R.J. (1993). An intoduction to the bootstrap. Chapman & Hall. |
SHAO, J. & TU DONGSHENG, T. (1995). The jacknife and bootstrap. Springer. |
 |
| |
|
Méthode
d'autorité: Méthode non-scientifique qui consiste à faire appel à un expert pour résoudre un problème théorique ou pratique et à accepter aveuglément, sans analyse, sans débat, les idées ou les explications proposées
par cette personne. = ex cathedra.
|
Méthode d'exploration critique : Méthode développée par Piaget pour étudier le développement cognitif des enfants. = méthode clinique de Piaget.
|
Méthode d'observation directe : Méthode scientifique d'observation qui repose sur les sens (expérience). EX: Un chercheur note sur sa grille d'observation les comportements d'un groupe d'enfants.
| |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 1-34). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
Méthode d'observation indirecte : Méthode scientifique d'observation qui repose sur un instrument de mesure ou d'évaluation. EX: Un thermomètre ou un électroencéphalogramme.
| |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Observation directe du comportement. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 277-309). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
Méthode d'obstination : Méthode non-scientifique basée sur des croyances et des superstitions. = entêtement.
| |
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition
des connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
Méthode de Monte Carlo : Méthode probabiliste qui permet de calculer des valeurs numériques à partir d'un procédé. Monte Carlo method.

| |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2001). Hasard, nombres aléatoires et méthode Monte Carlo. Montréal : Presses Universitaires du Québec. |
STONE, C.A. (2000). Monte-Carlo based null distribution for an alternative fit statistic. Journal of educational measurement, 37, 58-75. |
SERLIN, R.C. (2000). Testing for robustness in Monte Carlo studies. Psychological Methods, 5 (2), 230-240. |
FIELD, A.P. (2001). Meta-analysis of correlation coefficients : A Monte Carlo comparison of fixed- and random-effects methods. Psychological Methods, 6 (2), 161-180. |
DIACONIS, P.Y., CHEN, S., HOLMES, S. & LIU, J.S. (2005). Sequential Monte Carlo methods for statistical analysis of tables. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 109-120. |
DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Méthodes de recherche : Ensemble des méthodes (empirique et formelle) qui satisfont les critères de la démarche scientifique. ( ): méthode corrélationnelle, méthode descriptive, méthode expérimentale, méthode quasi-expérimentale. Methods, scientific method.
| |
RICE, S.A. (Ed.) (1931). Methods in social science. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
BREWER J. & HUNTER, A. (1989). Multimethod research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
TINBERGEN, N. (1963). On the aims and methods of ethology. Zietschrift fur Tierpsychologie, 20, 410-433. |
BRIERE, J. (1992). Methodological issues in the study of sexual abuse effects. Journal of Consulting & Clinical, 60, 196-203. |
KNORR
CETINA, K.D. (1981). Social and scientific method or what do we make of the distinction between the natural and the social sciences. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 11, 335-359. |
|
KIDDER L.H., & JUDD, C.M. (1986). Research methods in social relations. New York, NY : Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1987). Methodologies for studying human knowledge. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 10, 467-505 |
BAILEY, K.D. (1994). Methods of social research. Simon and Schuster. |
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
VAN DER MAREN, J.M., (1996). Méthodes de recherche pour l'éducation. Paris : Bruxelles : De Boeck et Larcier. |
MOCCIA, P. (1988). A critique of compromise beyond the methods debate. Journal of Qualitative Research, 10 (4), 1-9. |
REUCHLIN, M. (2002). Les méthodes en psychologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
 |
|
| |
|
Méthode de travail intellectuel :
| |
DIONNE, B. (2004/08). Pour réussir : guide méthodologique pour les études et la recherche. Beauchemin. |
 |
| |
|
Méthode des adoptions : Méthode qui consiste à étudier des enfants abandonnés par des parents de faible quotient intellectuel, puis adoptés à leur naissance par des parents de quotient intellectuel élevé. Si, une fois adulte, l'enfant a un haut quotient intellectuel (QI), on conclut à l'effet de l'environnement postnatal; s'il est doté d'un faible QI, on conclut à l'effet des gènes ou de l'environnement prénatal.
|
|
Méthode des moindres carrés : Least squares method, least squares estimation.
| |
MORRIS, J.H., SHERMAN, J.D. & MANSFELD, E.R. (1986). Failures to detect moderating effects with ordinary least squares-moderated multiple regression : Some reasons and a remedy. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 282-288. |
SIMON, G.A. & SIMONOFF, J.S. (1986). Diagnostic plots for missing data in least squares regression. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 81, 501-509. |
MARX, B.D. (1996). Iteratively reweighted partial least squares estimation for generalized linear regression. Technometrics, 38 (4), 374-381. |
 |
|
|
Méthode du cas unique : Méthode de recherche expérimentale ou quasi-expérimentale dont l'échantillon se réduit à un ou quelques sujet, mais qui permet néanmoins de vérifier l'effet d'un ou de plusieurs traitements. = n=1. *étude de cas. Single case experimental design, single-subject research methods, single case, single-case research, single-subject-design.
| |
SHAPIRO, M.B. (1961). The single case in fundamental clinical psychological research. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 34, 255-262. |
BUSK, P.L. & SERLIN, R.C. (1992). Meta-analysis for single-case research. In T.R. Kratochwill & J.R. Levin (Eds.), Single-case research design and analysis (pp. 187-212). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1967). Statistical inference from N = 1
experiments. Journal of Psychology, 65, 195-199. |
WILSON, S.L. (1995). Single case experimental designs. In G.M. Breakwell, S. Hammond & C. Fife-Schaw (Eds.), Research methods in psychology (pp. 69-84). London : Sage Publications. |
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1972). = 1experiments : Hypothesis
testing. The Canadian Psychologist, 13, 121-135. |
BUSSE, R.T., KAROTCHWILL, T.R. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1995). Meta-analysis for single-case consultation outcomes : Applications to research and practice. Journal of School Psychology, 33, 269-285. |
BARLOW, D.H. & HERSEN, M. (1973). Single case experimental designs : Uses in applied clinical research. Ar- chives of General Psychiatry, 29, 319-325. |
|
LEITENBERG, H. (1973). The use of single case methodology in psychotherapy research. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 87-101. |
ARNOLD, B.L. (1997). Single-subject research as an alternative to group research. Athletic Therapy Today, 2 (3), 19-20. |
BIRNBRAUER, J.S., PETERSON, C.R. & SOLNICK, J.V. (1974). Design and interpretation of studies of single subjects. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 79, 191-203. |
FAITH, M.S., ALLISON, D.B. & GORMAN, B.S. (1997). Meta-analysis of single-case research. In R.D. Franklin, D.B. Allison & B.S. Gorman (Eds.), Design and analysis of single-case research (pp. 245-277). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KAZDIN, A.E. & HATMANN, D.P. (1978). The simultaneous-treatment design. Behavior Therapy,
9 (5), 912–922. |
HINELINE, P.N. & LATTAL, K.A. (1999). Single-subject research methods. In A. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
BARLOW, D.H. & HAYES, S.C. (1979). Alternating treatments design: One strategy for comparing the effects of two treatments in a single subject. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12, 199-210. [PDF] |
BARON, A. & DERENNE, A. (2000). Quantitative summaries of single-subject studies : What do group comparisons tell us about individual performances ? Behavior Analyst, 23 (1), 101-106.
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1982). Single-case research designs : Methods for clinical and applied settings. Oxford : Oxford University. |
SWANSON, H.L. (2000). A meta-analysis of single-subject-design. Intervention research for students with LD. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, 114- 136. |
McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (1983). An examination and evaluation of single subject designs used in behavior analysis
research. Educational Research Quarterly, 7, 35-42. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. & HERSEN, M. (1984). Single case experimental design : Strategies for studying behavior change in the individual. Elmsford, NY : Pergamon Press. |
GARON, R. et THÉORÊT, M. (2005). Re-connaître les plans à cas unique en sciences de l’éducation. Mesure et Évaluation en Éducation, 26 (1), 41-52. |
FOSTER, W. (1986). The application of single subject research methods to the study of exceptional ability and extraordinary achievement. Gifted Child Quarterly, 30 (1), 33-37. |
SHADISH, W.R. RINDSKOPF, D.M. & HEDHES, L.V. (2008). The state of the science in the meta-analysis of single-case experimental designs. Evidence-Based Communication Assessment & Intervention, 2, 188-196.
|
WHITE, O. (1987). The quantitative synthesis of single-subject research: Methodology and validation : Comment. Rase: Remedial & Special Education, 8 (2), 34-39. |
|
EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1987). Randomized single-subject experiments and statistical tests. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 34 (4), 437-442. |
|
WHITE, D.M., RUSCH, F.R., KAZDIN, A.E. & HARTMANN, D.P. (1989). Applications of meta analysis in individual-subject research. Behavioral Assessment, 11, 281-296. |
|
BATES, E., APLLEBAUM, M., & ALLARD, L. (1991). Statistical constraints on the use of single cases in neuropsychological research. Brain & Language, 40 (3), 295-329. |
|
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation : Designs and analysis issues for field settings. Boston : Hougton Mifflin Company. |
|
|
|
Méthode du raisonnement : Méthode non-scientifique qui se fonde sur le principe que des prémisses logiquement reliées sont nécessairement vraies. *logique.
| |
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition
des connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p.37-58). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
|
Méthode expérimentale : Méthode de recherche qui a pour but de vérifier une hypothèse dans le cadre d'une expérience menée en laboratoire, et au cours de laquelle le chercheur manipule les caractéristiques d'une variable indépendante (provoquée) pour en mesurer l'influence sur la variable dépendante, tout en maintenant constant les autres facteurs susceptible d'influer sur cette variable (variable parasite). Contrairement à ce que certains chercheurs prétendent, la présence d'un groupe contrôle n'est pas une condition nécessaire de la méthode expérimentale = expérience, expérimentation, recherche expérimentale, démarche expérimentale, cadre expérimental. Experimental method, experimental methodology, experimental approach.
| |
KIRK, R.E. (1968/95). Experimental design : Procedures for the behavioral sciences. Brooks and Cole. |
KENNY, D.A. (1976). Data analysis in the social psychology experiment. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 7, 120-132. |
MAHONEY, M.J. (1978). Experimental methods and outcome evaluation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46, 660-672. |
LEVINE, G. & PARKINSON, S. (1994). Experimental methods in psychology. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
CHRISTENSEN, L.B. (1997). Experimental methodology. Allyn & Bacon : Toronto. |
SOCKEEL, P. & ANCEAUX, F. (2002). La démarche expérimentale en psychologie. Press Editions. |
DAGNELIE, P. (2003). Principes d'expérimentation : planification des expériences et analyse de leurs résultats. Gembloux : Presses agronomiques. |
WILSON, T.D. (2005). The message is the method : Celebrating and exporting the experimental approach. Psychological Inquiry, 16, 185-193. |
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition
des connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
|
Méthode exploratoire : Chez certains auteurs, désigne un ensemble de méthodes de recherche qui vise à étudier un phénomène nouveau ou peu connu. On explore un phénomène dont on ne connaît pas ou peu les propriétés, la régularité ou les effets.
|
|
|
|
Méthode intuitive : Méthode non-scientifique fondée sur la certitude que la plupart des vérités relèvent de l'évidence. = intuition, méthode du «bon sens populaire». /méthodes scientifiques.
| |
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition
des connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
Méthode mixte : Multimethod research, Mixed methods research, mixed approaches.
| |
BREWER, J., & HUNTER, A. (1989). Multimethod research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
JOHNSON, R.B. & ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. (2004). Mixed methods research : A research paradigm whose time has
come. Educational Researcher, 33 (7), 14-26. |
GREENE, J.C., CARACELLI, V. J. & GRAHAM, W.F. (1989). Toward a conceptual framework for mixed-method evaluation designs. Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 11, 255-274. |
|
DZUREC, L.C. & ABRAHAM, J.L. (1993). The nature of inquiry: Link-
ing quantitative and qualitative research. Advances in Nursing Science,
16, 73-79. |
JOHNSON, R.B. & CHRISTENSEN, L.B. (2004). Educational research : Quantitative, qualitative, and mixed approaches. Boston, MA : Allyn
and Bacon. |
SECHREST, L. & SIDANA, S. (1995). Quantitative and qualitative methods: Is there an alternative? Evaluation & Program Planning, 18, 77-87. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (1998). Mixed methodology : Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & JOHNSON, R.B. (2006). The validity issue in mixed research. Research in the Schools, 13(1), 48-63. |
McCONNEY, A., RUDD, A. & AYRES, R. (2002). Getting to the bottom line : A method for synthesizing findings within mixed-method program evaluations. American Journal of Evaluation, 23 (2), 121-140. |
GREENE, J.C. (2006). Toward a methodology of mixed methods social inquiry. Research in the Schools, 13 (1),
93-99. |
MORSE J.M. (2003). Principles of mixed methods and multimethod research design. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 189-208). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
YIN, R. (2006). Mixed methods research : Are the methods genuinely integrated or merely parallel? Research
in the Schools, 13 (1), 41-47. |
| |
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses. Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. |
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2003). Major issues and controversies in the use of mixed methods in the social
and behavioral sciences. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and
behavioral research (pp. 3-50). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2006). A general typology of research designs featuring mixed methods.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 12-28. |
| |
JOHNSON, R.B. & ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & TURNER, L.A. (2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research.
Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1, (112), DOI: 10.1177/1558689806298224. [PDF] |
MAXWELL, J.A. & LOOMIS, D.M. (2003). Mixed methods design: An alternative approach. In A. Tashakkori
& C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 241-271). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
GREENE, J.C. (2007). Mixed methods in social inquiry. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
CRESWELL, J.W. (2003). Research design : Qualitative, quantitative, and
mixed approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J., SLATE, J.R., LEECH, N.L. & COLLINS, K.M.T. (2007). Conducting mixed analyses: A general typology. International Journal of Multipe Research Approaches, 1 (1). [LIRE] |
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (Eds.). (2003). Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
GREENE, J.C. (2008). Is mixed methods social inquiry a distinctive methodology? Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 2 (7), [PDF] |
BAZELEY, P. (2003). Computerized data analysis for mixed methods research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 385-422). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
GREENE, J.C., SOMMERFELD, P. & HAIGNT, W.L. (2010). Mixing methods in social work research. In I. Shaw, K. Briar-Lawson, J. Orme & R. Ruckdeschel (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of social work research. London : Sage. |
 |
|
|
|
Méthode non-scientifique : Ensemble de méthodes plus ou moins formelles qui permettent de trouver des solutions à des problèmes qui ne se fondent pas sur la méthode scientifique. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. = méthode populaire.
| |
SABOURIN, M. (1988). Méthodes d'acquisition
des connaissances. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (p. 37-58). St-Hyacynthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
|
|
| |
Méthode qualitative : Ensemble de méthodes et de techniques qui utilise la collecte, l'analyse et l'interprétation de données non-quantitatives (mots, phrases, dessins, etc.) pour décrire une réalité et vérifier une hypothèse. = recherche qualitative, analyse qualitative, données qualitatives. ( ): Denzin, Garfinkel, Guba, Huberman, Lazarsfeld, Lincoln, Lecompte, Miles, Mucchielli, Wolcott. Qualitative research method, qualitative methodology, qualitative approaches.
| |
MEILA, K.M. (1982). Qualitative methodology. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 7 (4), 327-335. |
HESS, U., SENÉCAL, S. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2000). Les méthodes quantitative et qualitative de recherche en psychologie. In R.J. Vallerand & U. Hess (Eds.), Méthodes de recherche en psychologie. Boucherville : Gaëtan Morin Editeur.
|
PIRÈS. A.P. (1982). La méthode qualitative en Amérique du Nord : un débat manqué (1918-1960). Sociologie et sociétés, 14 (1), 15-29 |
BROWN, C. & LLOYD, K. (2001). Qualitative methods in psychiatric research. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 7, 350-356. |
BENILIEL, J.Q. (1985). Advancing qualitative approaches. Western Journal of Research, 7, 2, 1-8. |
MUCCHIELLI, A. (2004). Dictionnaire des méthodes qualitatives en sciences humaines et sociales. Paris : Armand Colin. |
GUBA, E. (1991). Subjectivity and objectivity. In E. Eisner & A. Peshkin (Eds.), Qualitative inquiry in education. New York : Teachers College Press. |
WARREN, C.A.B. & KARNER, T.X. (2005). Discovering qualitative methods. Los Angeles, CA : Roxbury. |
BAVELAS, J.B. (1995). Quantitative versus qualitative? In W. Leeds-Hurwitz (Ed.), Social approaches to communication (pp. 49-62). New York : Guilford Press. |
ROYER C. (2007). Peut-on fixer une typologie des méthodes qualitatives? Recherches Qualitatives, Hors-Série (5), 82-98. |
POTTER, W.J. (1996). An analysis of thinking and research about qualitative methods. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Méthode quantitative : Ensemble de méthodes et de techniques qui utilise la collecte, l'analyse et l'interprétation de données quantitative pour décrire une réalité et vérifier une hypothèse. ( ): Beaugrand, Campbell, Cook, Drouilly, Edwards, Lazarsfeld, Mucchielli, Kerlinger, Meehl, Pennypacker, Stevens. Quantitative research.
| |
MORRIS, R.W. (1991). Limitations of quantitative methods for research on values in sexuality education. Canadian Journal of Education, 16 (1), 82-95. |
REUCHLIN, M. (2001). Les méthodes quantitatives en psychologie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France/Collection Que sais-je ? |
COUSINEAU, D. (2005). The rise of quantitative methods in psychology. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 1, 1-3. |
 |
| |
|
Méthode quasi-expérimentale : Méthode de recherche qui ne satisafait que partiellement aux conditions de la méthode expérimentale (pas de variable manipulée, pas de groupe contrôle, sujets non distribués au hasard dans les groupes, expérience en milieu naturel ou semi-naturel, etc), mais qui permet néanmoins d'inférer des relations de causes à effet entre les phénomènes observés. = quasi-experimentation. Quasi-experimentation.
| |
KENNY, D.A. (1975). A quasi-experimental approach to assessing treatment effects in the non-equivalent control group design. Psychological Bulletin, 82, 345-362. |
SHADISH, W.R. & COOK, T.D.. (1999). Design rules : More steps towards a complete theory of quasi-experimentation. Statistical Science, 14, 294-300. |
CHACON MOSCOSO, S. & SHADISH, W.R. (2001). Observational studies and quasi- experimental designs : Similarities, differences and generalizations. Metodologia de las Ciencias del Comportamiento Journal, 3, 283-290. |
COOK, T.D. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1979). Quasi-experimentation : Designs and analysis issues for field settings. Boston : Hougton Mifflin Company. |
| |
|
|
|
|
Méthodologie/Méthodologiste : Science formelle et empirique qui étudie les principes et les règles de la méthode scientifique et en prescrit les bons usages. Une branche plus empirique de cette science s'intéresse également aux pratiques des chercheurs en milieu naturel (terrain, laboratoire, congrès, etc.). La méthodologie est également prescriptive en ce qu'elle suggère aux chercheurs l'usage de certaines méthodes ou certaines opérations plutôt que d'autres. N.D.L.R. : Le terme est aussi utilisé à tort par les scientifiques pour désigner l'ensemble des procédés et des dispositions mis en place lors d'une recherche pour étudier un phénomène; dans ce contexte, le mot méthode semble plus approprié ( ): Bacon, Bacon, Baron, Beaugrand, Campbell, Cook, Coombs, Dawes, Dehue, Denzin, Drouilly, Durkheim, Edgington, Edwards, Fiske, Garfinkel, Goldberg, Gravitz, Greenwald, Guba, Heise, Hedges, Hersen, Huberman, Jevons, Judd, Kazdin, Kenny, Kerlinger, Lakatos, Lazarsfeld, Lincoln, Lecompte, MacCallum, MacCorquodale, Miles, Mucchielli, Meehl, Miles, Onwuegbuzie, Pascal, Pennypacker, Plutchik, Popper, Reuchlin, Rosenthal, Rosnow, Sadish, Schwarz, Solso, Stevens, Wilkinson, Wolcott. Methodology.
| |
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie. St-Hyacinthe : Édisem. |
KERLINGER, F.N. (1986). Foundations
of behavioral research. New York : Holt, Rinehart &
Winston. |
VOGT, W.P. (1993). Dictionary of statistics and methodology : A nontechnical guide for the social sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
LAKATOS, I. (1994). Histoire et méthodologie des sciences. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
NEEF, N.A. & IWATA, B.A. (1994). Current research on functional analysis methodologies : An introduction. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 27, 211-214. [PDF] |
SCHWARZ, N. (1996). Cognition and communication : Judgmental biases, research methods and the logic of conversation. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
HASLAM, S.A. & McGARTY, C. (1998). Doing psychology : An introduction to research methodology and statistics. London : Sage. |
HOYLE, R.H, HARRIS, M.J. & JUDD, C.M. (2002). Research methods in social relations. Pacific Grove, CA : Wadsworth Publishing. |
COHEN, L., MANION, L. & MORRISON, K. (2007). Research methods in education. Oxford :
Routledge Publishers. |
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2009). Methods of educational and social science research :
The logic of methods. Long Grove : Waveland Press, Inc. |
 |
| |
|
Méthodologie (Cours et formation en... ) : Cours de niveau collégial et universitaire qui se consacre uniquement à l'enseignement de la méthode scientifique. = Initiation pratique à la méthode des sciences humaines (IPMSH).
| |
MUTHÉN, B. (1989). The future of methodological training in educational psychology : The problem of teaching students to use new sophisticated techniques. In M. Wittrock et F. Farley (Eds), The future of educational psychology (p.181-189). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KAZDIN, A.E. (1990). Commentary on “Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in North America”. American Psychologist, 45, 729. |
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R.R. (1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and measurement in psychology : A survey of PhD programs in North America. American Psychologist, 45, 721-734. |
 |
| |
|
Methodology : European Journal of Research Methods for the Behavioral and Social Sciences : Revue scientifique de méthodologie. Éditeur : Heldref Publications.
|
Methylphenidate : Psychostimulant utilisé dans le traitment du trouble d'hyperactivité et commercialisé notamment sous le nom de Ritalin et Concerta. Ces stimulants augmentent le rythme cardiaque et la pression artérielle. Ils occasionnent également d'autres effets secondaires, comme une diminution de l’appétit et du poids et parfois des troubles du sommeil.
| |
MEIER, J.G., GROSS, F. & TRIPOD, J. (1954). Ritalin : a new type of synthetic compound with specifie central-stimulating active components. Klinische Wochenschrift, 32, 445-450. |
STRINGER, A.Y. & JOSEF, N.C. (1983). Methylphenidate in the treatment of aggression in two patients with antisocial personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 140 (10), 1365-1366. |
CARTER, C.H. & MALEY, M. (1957). Parenteral use of methylphenidate (Ritalin). Diseases of the Nervous System, 18, 146. |
VARLEY, C.K. (1983). Effects of methylphenidate in adolescents with attention deficit disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 22, 351-354.
|
BINDRA, D. & BARAN, D. (1959). Effects of methylphenidylacetate and chlorpromazine on certain components of general activity. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 343-350. [PDF] |
BROWN, R.T., WYNNE, M.E. & SLIMMER, L.W. (1984). Attention deficit disorder and the effect of methylphenidate on attention, behavioral, and cardiovascular functioning. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 45, 473-476.
|
| |
WEBER, K. (1985). Methylphenidate: Rate-dependent drug effects in hyperactive boys. Psychopharmacology, 85 (2), 231-235. |
| |
WENDER, P.H., REIMHERR, F.W., WOOD, D.R. & WARD, M. (1985). A controlled study of methylphenidate in the treatment of attention deficit disorder, residual type, in adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 547–552. |
| |
CUNNINGHAM, C.E., SIEGEL, L.S. & OFFORD, D.R. (1985). A developmental dose response analysis of the efforts of methylphenidate on the peer interactions of attention deficit disordered boys. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 26, 955-971. |
CONNERS, C.K. & EISENBERG, L. (1963). The effects of methylphenidate on
symptomatology and learning in disturbed children. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120, 458-464. |
TENENBAUM, H.A. & PETERSON, S.K. (1985). Celeration and ritalin. Journal of Precision Teaching, 6 (2), 38, 40-45. |
CONNERS, C.K., EISENBERG, L. & SHARPE, L. (1964). Effects of methylphenidate (Ritalin) on paired-associate learning and Porteus Maze
performance in emotionally disturbed children. Journal of
Consulting Psychologv, 28, 14-22. |
BARKLEY, R.A., KARLSSON, J., POLLARD, S. & MURPHY, J. (1985). Developmental changes in the mother-child interactions of hyperactive boys : Effects of two dose levels of Ritalin. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 26, 705-715. |
STRETCH, R., BLACKMAN, D. & ALEXANDER, D. (1966). Some effects of methylphenidate on stimulus control of ratio : avoidance behavior in the rat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
2 (4), 389-398. [PDF] |
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON, B.G. (1986). Short term effects of methylphenidate on the cognitive, learning and accademic performance of children with attention deficit disorder in the laboratory and the classroom. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 27 (2), 191-211. |
| |
SWANSON, J. M., GRANGER, D. & KLIEWER, W. (1987). Natural social behaviors in hyperactive children : Dose effects of methylphenidate. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55, 187-193. |
|
BROWN, R.T. & SEXSON S.B. (1987). A controlled trial of methylphenidate in black adolescents. Clinical Pediatrics, 27 (2), 74-81.
|
STRETCH, R. & SKINNER, N. (1967). Methylphenidate and stimulus control of avoidance behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 485-493. [PDF] |
DOUGLAS, V.I., BARR, R.G., AMIN, K., O'NEIL, M.E. & BRITTON, B.G. (1988). Dosage effects and individual responsivity to Methylphenidate in attention deficit disorder. Journal of Child Psychiatry, 29 (4), 453-475. |
STRETCH, R. & DALRYMPLE, D. (1968). Effects of methyphenidate, pentobarbital and reserpine on behavior controlled by a schedule of inter-response time reinforcement. Psychopharmacologia, 13, 49-64. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (1988). Ritalin, Russia, and other ruminations. Clinical Child Psychology Newsletter for Section 1, Division 12, APA, 3 (2), 1-3. |
| |
PELHMAN, W., WALKER J. L., STURGIS, J. & HOZA, J. (1989). Comparative effects of methylphenidate on ADD girls and ADD boys. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, 773–776. |
| |
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D. & LOGAN, G D. (1989). Effect of mythylphenidate on inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491. |
| |
BARKLEY, R.A., McMURRAY, M.B., EDELBROCK, C.S. & ROBBINS, K. (1990). The side effects of Ritalin in ADHD children : A systematic, placebo controlled evaluation. Pediatrics, 86, 184-192. |
CREAGER, R.O. & VAN RIPER, C. (1967). The effect of methylphenidate on the verbal productivity of children with cerebral dysfunction. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 10, 623-628. |
BARKLEY, R.A. DuPAUL, G.J. & MMcMURRAY, M.B., (1991). Attention deficit disorder with and without hyperactivity : Clinical response to three doses of methylphenidate. Pediatrics, 87, 519–531. |
MARRIOTT, A.S. (1968). The effects of amphetamine, caffeine and methylphenidate on the locomotor activity of rats in an unfamiliar environment. International Journal of Neuropharmacology, 7, 487-491. |
GAMMON, G.D. & BROWN, T.E. (1991). Fluoxetine and methylphenidate in combination for treatment of attention deficit disorder and comorbid depressive disorder. Journal of Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 3, 1-10. |
|
GADOW, K.D., NOLAN, E.E. & SVERD, J. (1992). Methylphenidate in hyperactive boys with comorbid tic disorder : II. Short-term behavioral effect in school settings. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 462-471. |
|
PATAKI C. S., CARLSON, G.A., KELLY, K., RAPPAPORT, M.D, & BIANCANIELLO, T. (1993). Side effects of methylphenidate and desipramine alone and in combination in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 32, 1065-1072.
|
|
BERGMAN, A., WINTERS, L. & CORNBLATT, B. (1991). Methylphenidate : Effects on sustained attention. In L.L. Greenhill & B.B. Osman (Eds.), Ritalin : Theory and patient management. (pp. 223-232). New York : Mary Ann Liebert.
|
|
CUNNINGHAM, C.E., SIEGEL, L.S. & OFFORD, D.R. (1991). A dose-response analysis of the effects of methylphenidate on the peer interactions and simulated classroom performance of ADD children with and without conduct problems. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 32, 439-452. |
KNIGHTS, R.M. & HINTON, G.G. (1969). The effects of methylphenidate (Ritalin) on the motor skills and behavior of children with learning problems. Journal of Nervous Mental Disease, 148 (6), 643–653. |
WANG, G.J., VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., FERRIERI, R., SCHYLER, D.J., ALEXOF, D., PAPPAS, N., LIEBERMAN, J., ING, P. & WARNER, D. (1994). Methylphenidate decreases regional cerebral blood flow in normal human subjects. Life Science, 54 (9), 143-146. |
SPRAGUE, R.L., BARNES, K.R. & WEARY, J.S. (1970). Methylphenidate and thioridazine : learning, reaction time, activity, and classroom behavior in disturbed children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 40 (4), 615–628. |
ARAKAWA, O. (1994). Effects of methamphetamine and methylphenidate on single and paired rat openfield behaviors. Physiology & Behavior, 55, 441-446. |
| |
LEUTWYLER, K. (1996). Paying Attention : The controversy over ADHD and the drug Ritalin is obscuring a real look at the disorder and its underpinnings » dans Scientific American, 275 (2), 12-14. |
| |
NORTHUP, J. , JONES, K. , BROUSSARD, C. , DIGIOVANNI, G. , HERRING, M. , FUSILIER, I. & HANCHEY, A. (1997). A preliminary analysis of interactive effects between common classroom contingencies and methylphenidate. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis 30 (1), 121-125. [PDF] |
CAMPBELL, S.B., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1971). Cognitive styles in hyperactive children and the effect of methylphenidate. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 55-67.
|
KLEIN, R. G., ABIKOFF, H., KLASS, E., GANELES, D., SEESE, L. M. & POLLACK, S. (1997). Clinical efficacy of methylphenidate in conduct disorder with and without attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54 (12), 1073-1080.
|
|
HONOREZ, J.M. (1998). La transmission des résultats de recherche, un devoir social : le cas des travaux sur le Ritalin. Les Recherches Enseignées en Espaces Francophones, 2 (1), 83-98. |
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1972). The effect of methylphenidate (ritalin) on sustained attention in hyperactive children. Psychopharmacologia, 25 (3), 262–274. |
BERMAN, T., DOUGLAS, V.I.. & BARR, R.G. (1999). Effects of Methylphenidate on complex cognitive processing in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 90-105. |
CHRISTENSEN, D. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin). Behavior Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334. |
BERMAN, T., DOUGLAS, V.I. & BARR, R.G. (1999). Effects of Methylphenidate on complex cognitive processing in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 90-105. |
| |
DILLER, L. (1998). Running on Ritalin. New York : Bantam Books. |
WEARY, J. & SPRAGUE, R. (1974). Methylphenidate in children and effect of dosage. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 8, 9-19. |
DeGRANDPRE, R. (1999). Ritalin nation. New York : Norton. |
| |
NORTHUP, J., FUSILIER, I., SWANSON, V., HUETE, J., BRUCE, J., FREELAND, J., GULLEY, V. & EDWARDS, S. (1999). Further analysis of the separate and interactive effects of methylphenidate and common classroom contingencies. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 32 (1), 35–50. [PDF] |
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1975). Are drugs enough?— to treat or train the hyperactive child. International Journal of Mental Health, 5, 199-212. |
LAW, S. & SCHACHAR, R. (1999), Do typical clinical doses of methylphenidate cause tics in children treated for ADHD? Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 944-951. |
CONNERS, C.K. (1975). Controlled trial of methylphenidate in preschool children with minimal brain dysfunction. International Journal of Mental Health, 4, 61-74. |
CONNER, D.F., BARKLEY, R.A. & DAVIS, H.T. (2000). A pilot study of methylphenidate, clonidine, or the combination in ADHD comorbid with aggressive oppositional defiant or conduct disorder. Clinical Pediatrics, 39 (1), 15-25.
|
GROSS M. (1976). Growth of hyperkinetic children taking methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, or imipramine/desipramine. Pediatrics, 58, 423-431. |
HINSHAW, S.P. & LEE, S.S. (2000). Ritalin effects on aggression and antisocial behavior. In L.L. Greenhill & B.B. Osman (Eds.), Ritalin : Theory and practice (pp. 237-251). Larchmont, New York : Mary Ann Liebert. |
| |
SPROSON, E.J., CHANTREY, J., HOLLIS, C., MARSDEN, C A. & FONEL, K.C. (2001). Effect of repeated methylphenidate administration on presynaptic dopamine and behavior in young adult rats. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 15, 67–75. |
| |
NORTHUP, J. GULLEY, V., EDWARDS, S. & FOUNTAIN, L. (2001). The effects of methylphenidate in the classroom : What dosage, for which children, for what problems ? School Psychology Quarterly 16, 303-323. |
WULBERT, M. & DRIES, R. (1977). The relative efficacy of methylphenidate (ritalin) and behavior-modification techniques in the treatment of a hyperactive child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 21-31. [PDF] |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2001). Talking bach to Ritalin Cambridge, MA:
Perseus |
CUNNINGHAM, C. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1978). The effects of Ritalin on the mother-child interactions of hyperkinetic twin boys. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology 20, 634-642. |
WEBER P. & LUTSCHG, J. (2002). Methylphenidate treatment. Pediatric Neurology, 26 (4), 261-266.
|
BREMNESS, A.B. & SVERD, J. (1979). Methylphenidate-induced Tourette syndrome : Case report. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 1334-1335. |
STEIN, D.B. (2002). Ritalin is not the answer : Action guide. Jossey-Bass. |
PELHAM, W. E., SCHNEDLER, R., BOLOGNA, N. & CONTRERAS, A. (1980). Behavioral and stimulant treatment of hyperactive children : A therapy study with methylphen- idate probes in a within subject design. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13, 221–236. [PDF] |
BREGGIN, P.R. (2003). The Ritalin fact book. Cambridge : Perseus Books. |
BELL, R.D., ALEXANDER, G.M., SCHWERTZMAN, R.J. & YU, J. (1982). The methylphenidate-induced stereotypy in the awake rat : local cerebral metabolism. Neurology, 32 (4), 377-381. |
RAPPORT, M.D. & MOFFITT, C. (2002). Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and methylphenidate. A review of height/weight, cardiovascular, and somatic complaint side effects. Clinical Psychology Review, 22 (8), 1107-1131. |
RAPPORT, M.D., MURPHY, H.A. & BAILEY, S.J. (1982). Ritalin vs. response cost in the control of hyperactive children : a within-subject comparison. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 205-216. [PDF] |
CHELONIS, J.J., JOHNSON, T.A., FERGUSON, S.A., BERRY, K.J., KUBACAK, B., EDWARDS, MC. & PAULE, M.G. (2011). Effect of methylphenidate on motivation in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 19 (2), 145-153. |
 |
|
|
|
|
|
Métrique : Système de mesure qui consiste à mesurer les variations d'un phénomène dont les intervalles et les rapports sont constants. Variations constantes signifie que l'écart entre les mesures est toujours identique. Rapport constant signifie que les rapports entre les variations sont également constants. EX: Le temps. L'écart entre 5 et 10 secondes est identique à l'écart qui existe entre 15 et 20 secondes. 20 secondes est deux fois plus long que 10 secondes, et quatre fois plus que 5 secondes. = quantitatif, mesurable. Metric.
| |
STEVENS, S.S. (1966). A metric for the social consensus. Science, 151, 530–41 |
MCGAW, B. & GLASS, G.V (1980). Choice of the metric for effect size in meta-analysis. American Educational Research Journal, 17, 325-337. |
 |
| |
|
Métrologie : Du grec metro qui signifie «mesure» et logos qui signifie «discours ou science». Branche de la méthodologie qui s'intéresse plus particulièrement à la mesure et à l'évaluation.
|
Metzger Wolfang (Heidelberg 1899-1979 Bebenhausen) : Psychologue et fondateur de la gestalt thérapie.
 
 |
METZGER, W. (1928). Certain implications in the concept of gestalt. American Journal of Psychology, 40, 1928, 162-166. [LIRE] |
METZGER, W. & BRANDT, L.W. (1969). Reality - What does it mean ? Psychological Reports, 25, 127-135. [LIRE] |
METZGER, W. (1972). Committing material to memory and practising skills - on the psychology of education. Education, 6, 53-71. |
METZGER, W. (1974). Consciousness, perception, and action. In: H.C. Carterette & M.P. Friedman (Eds.), Handbook of perception, Historical and philosophical roots of perception (Vol. 1.pp. 109-122.) New York : Academic Press. |
METZGER, W. (1986). Do schools of psychology stille exist ? Gestalt-Psychologie. Frankfurt : Kramer. [LIRE] |
| |
ARFELLI-GELLI, A. (2008). The relevance of Metzger's thought on early childhood development. Gestalt Theory, 30 (1), 403-407. |
 |
|
|
Meurtre/Meurtrier: Homicide, murder.
| |
WILLIAMS, H.W. (1960). A psycho-analytic approach to the treatment of the murdere. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41, 532-539. |
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1982). Homicide and kinship. American Anthropologist, 84, 372-378. |
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1988). Homicide. New York : Aldine de Gruyter. |
STACK, S. (1989). The effect of publicized mass murders and murder-suicides on lethal violence, 1968-1980 : A research note. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 24, 202-208. |
PROULX, J., CUSSON, M., BEAUREGARD, E. & NICOLE, A. (2005). Les meurtriers sexuels : Analyses comparatives et nouvelles perspectives. Montreal, Quebec : Les Presses de l’Université de Montréal. |
 |
| |
|
|
Meyer Adolphe (1866-1950) : Psychiatre américain, d'origine suisse et pionnier de la psychiatrie. Étudiant de Forel.

 |
MEYER, A. (1951/2). Collected Papers (Four Volumes). Baltimore : John Hopkins. |
| |
LEYS, R (1981) Meyer's dealings with Jones : A chapter in the history of the american response to psychoanalysis. Journal of the History of Behavioural Sciences, 17, 445-465. |
GELDER, M. (1991). Adolf Meyer and his influence on British psychiatry. In Berrios, G.E. & Freeman, H., (Eds) 150 years of British psychiatry. London : Gaskell.
|
DOUBLE, D.B. (1991). What would Adolf Meyer have thought of the neo-Kraepelinian approach ? Psychiatric Bulletin, 14, 472-474. [LIRE] |
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Adolf Meyer's psychobiology and the challenge for biomedicine. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 14, 331-339. [PDF] |
DOUBLE, D.B. (2007). Eclecticism and Adolf Meyer's functional understanding of mental illness. Philosophy, Psychiatry & Psychology, 14, 356-358. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
|
|
Meyerson Lee (New Jersey 1920-2002 Tempe) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude des handicaps. Collaborateur de Brechner, Michael, Mowrer, Osgood et Staats.
 |
MEYERSON, L. (1953). The visually handicapped. Review of Educational Research, 23, 476-491. |
MEYERSON, L. (1955). Somatopsychology of physical disability. In W.M. Cruickshank (Ed.), Psychology of exceptional children and youth (pp. 1-60). Englewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice-Hall, |
MEYERSON, L., MICHAEL, J., MOWRER, O.H., OSGOOD, C.E. & STAATS, A.W. (1961). Learning, behavior, and rehabilitation. In L.H. Lofquist (Ed.), Psychological research and rehabilitation (pp. 68-111). Washington : American Psychological Association. |
MEYERSON, L., KERR, N. & MICHAEL, J.L. (1967). Behavior modification in rehabilitation. In S.W. Bijou & D.M. Baer (Eds.), Child development : Readings in experimental analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. : Prentice-Hall. |
MEYERSON, L. (1988). The social psychology of physical disability : 1948 and 1988. Journal of Social Issues, 44, 173-188. |
 |
| |
|
Meynert Theodor Hermann (Dresde 1833-1892 Klösterburg) : Médecin, psychiatre et anatomiste allemand. Un noyau du cerveau porte aujourd'hui son nom. Professeur de Bechterev, Forel, Freud, Korsakoff et Wernicke.
 |
MEYNERT, T.H. (1868). The construction of the cerebral cortex and its local differences, including a pathological-anatomical Corollary. |
MEYNERT, T.H. (1884). Clinical disorders of the forebrain. |
MEYNERT, T.H. (1885). Psychiatry, a clinical treatise on diseases of the forebrain based upon a study of its structure, function and nutrition. London : Puttnam’s Sons. |
 |
| |
|
Mezirow Jack D. ( ) : Psychologue humaniste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage (transformational learning).
 
 |
MEZIROW, J.D. (1975). Education for perspective transformation : women's reentry programs in community colleges. New York : Center for Adult Education Teachers College. |
MEZIROW, J.D. (1981). A critical theory of adult learning and education. Adult Education Quarterly, 32 (1), 3-24. |
MEZIROW, J.D. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. San Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass. |
MEZIROW, J.D. (1997). Transformative learning : Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5-12. |
MEZIROW, J.D. (2001). Penser son expérience : Développer l'autoformation. Chronique Sociale. |
 |
| |
|
Michael Jack L. : (Los Angeles 1926-) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialiste de l'étude du comportement verbal et des problèmes de santé mentale. Professeur de Sundberg et Wolf. Collaborateur d'Ayllon, Keller, Meyerson, Mowrer, Osgood, Staats et Vaughan.

 |
MICHAEL, J. (1963). Laboratory studies in operant behavior. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
MICHAEL, J. (1982). Distinguishing between discriminative and motivational functions of stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 149-155. [PDF] |
MICHAEL, J. (1984). Verbal behavior. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 363-376. [PDF] |
MICHAEL, J.L. (1988). The establishing operation and the mand. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 6, 3-9. [PDF] |
MICHAEL, J. (1994). Concepts and principles of behavior analysis. Kalamazoo, MI : Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. |
 |
| |
|
|
Microsystème : Dans la théorie de Bronfenbrenner, ensemble d'activités, de rôles et de relations interpersonnelles connus par la personne dans un environnement donné qui possède des caractéristiques physiques et matérielles particulières. Chronosystème, exosystème, macrosystème, mésosystème, microsystème et ontosystème. Microsystem.
| |
COX, M.J. & PALEY, B. (1997). Families as systems. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 243-267. |
BRONFENBRENNER, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
| |
|
Migraine : Migraine et douleur à la tête. Migraine.
| |
LIPPMAN, C. (1952). Certain hallucinations peculiar to migraine. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 116, 346-351. |
LABBÉ, E.E. & WILLIAMSON, D. (1983).Temperature biofeedback in the treatment of children with migraine headaches. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 8 (4), 317-326. |
MONEY-KYRLE, R. (1963). A note on migraine. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44, 490-492. |
RICHTER, I.L., McGRATH, P.J., HUMPPHREYSs, P.J., GOODMAN, J.T., FIRESTONE, P. & KEENE, D. (1986). Cognitive and relaxation treatment of paediatric migraine. Pain, 25, 195-203. |
PRENSKY, A.L. & SOMMER, D. (1979). Diagnosis and treatment of migraine in children. Neurology, 29, 506-510. |
ANDERMANN, F. (1987). Migraine and epilepsy. Butterworth-Heinemann. |
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1982). Tyramine sensitivity in dietary migraine : A critical review. Headache, 22, 30-34 |
BROTMAN, P. (1989). Low-intensity transcranial electrostimulation improves the efficacy of thermal biofeedback and quieting reflex training in the treatment of classical migraine headache. American Journal of Electromedicine, 6 (5), 120-123. |
KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1983). Migraine relief : A personal treatment program. New York : Harper & Row. |
SACKS, O. (1995). Migraine. London : Picador. |
 |
|
Miles Matthew B. ( ) : Psycho-éducateur et méthodologiste spécialisé en méthodes qualitatives. Collaborateur de Huberman.
 |
MILES, M.B. (Ed.) (1964). Innovation in education. Teachers College Pr. |
MILES, M.B. (1979). Qualitative data as an attractive nuisance: The Problem of Analysis." Administrative Science Quarterly 24, 590-601. |
MILES, M.B. & HUBERMAN, A.M. (1984). Innovation up close : How school improvement works. New York : Plenum Pub Corp. |
MILES, M.B. & HUBERMAN, A.M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis : An expanded sourcebook. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). The qualitative researcher's companion. Thousand Oaks : Sage. |
 |
| |
|
Miles Walter Richard (1885-1978) : Psychologue américain. Président de l'APA en 1932.

|
Milgram Stanley (New York 1933-1984 New York) : Psychologue américain et chef de file de la psychologie sociale. Il a étudié l'obéissance à l'autorité au moyen de la méthode expérimentale. Étudiant d'Allport et de Asch.

|
MILGRAM, S. (1963). Behavioral study of obedience. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67, 371-378. |
MILGRAM, S. (1965). Some conditions of obedience and disobedience to authority. Human Relations, 18, 57-76. |
MILGRAM, S. (1970). The experience of living in cities. Science, 13, 1461-1468. |
MILGRAM, S. (1972). Interpreting obedience : Error and evidence. In A. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of psychological research. |
MILGRAM, S. (1974). Obedience to authority. New York : Harper & Row. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
Milieu défavorisé : Désigne un milieu pauvre tant sur le plan des ressources économiques que sociales. Milieu défavorisé et pauvreté sociale et économique. = milieu pauvre, famille pauvre. /milieu favorisé, milieu riche.
| |
BRAIS, Y. (1998). Le poids de la défavorisation sur la réussite scolaire des élèves de l’île de Montréal. Montréal : conseil scolaire de l’île de Montréal. |
ZAOUCHE-GAUDRON, C. (2005). Les conditions de vie défavorisées influent-elles sur le développement du jeune enfant ? Ramonville Saint-Agne : Erès |
 |
| |
|
Milieu naturel : Milieu dans lequel a évolué une espèce et dans lequel vit un individu de cette espèce. /milieu artificiel, laboratoire. Natural setting.
| |
WAHLER, R.G. (1973). Naturalistic treatment of an autistic child. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 79-87. [PDF] |
JOHNSON, S.M. & LOBITZ, G.K. (1974). Parental manipulation of child behavior in home observations. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1), 23-31. [PDF] |
ABRAMOVITCH, R. & GRUSEC, J. (1978). Peer imitation in a natural setting. Child Development, 49, 60-65. |
MACE, F.C., LALLI, J.S., SHEA, M.C., LALLI, E.P., WEST, B.J. & NEVIN, J.A. (1990). The momentum of human behavior in a natural setting. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 54, 163-172. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Miller Dale T. ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des croyances et des opinions. Collaborateur de Kahneman, Lerner, McFarland et Prentice.
 
 |
MILLER, D.T. & ROSS, M. (1975). Self-serving biases in the attribution of causality : Fact or fiction ? Psychological Bulletin, 82, 213-225. |
MILLER, D.T. & PORTER, C.A. (1988). Errors and biases in the attribution process. In L. Abramson (Ed.), Social-personal inference in clinical psychology (pp. 3-29). New York : Guilford Press. |
MILLER, D.T. & PRENTICE, D.A. (1996). The construction of social norms and standards. In E.T. Higgins & A.W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology : Handbook of basic principles (pp. 799-829). New York : Guilford. |
MILLER, D.T. MONIN, B. & PRENTICE, D.A. (2000). Pluralistic ignorance and inconsistency between private attitudes and public behaviors. In D.J. Terry and M.A. Hogg (Eds.), Attitudes, behavor, and social context : The role of norms and group membership (pp. 95- 113). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MILLER, D.T. (2001). Disrespect and the psychology of injustice. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 527- 553. |
 |
|
|
Miller George Armitage (1920-) : Psychologue américain et chef de file de la perspective cognitive américaine. On lui doit notamment le concept du chiffre magique (MCT = 7+-2). Président de l'APA en 1969. Collaborateur de Chomsky, Galanter, Norman et Pribram.
|
MILLER, G.A. (1953). What is information measurement ? American Psychologist, 8, 3-11. |
MILLER, G.A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two : some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. |
MILLER, G.A., GALANTER, E. & PRIBRAM, K.H. (1960). Plans and the structure of behavior. New York : Henry Holt and Company. |
MILLER, G.A. & CHOMSKY, N. (1963). Finitary models of language users. In R.D. Luce, R. Bush & E. Galanter (Eds.), Handbook of mathematical psychology (pp. 419-491). New York : Wiley. |
MILLER, G.A. (1991). The science of words. New York : Freeman. |
 |
| |
|
Miller Neal Elgar (1909-2002) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il a développé avec Dollard une théorie de la frustration-agression. Il a également tenté de réduire la psychanalyse freudienne à la théorie hullienne de l'apprentissage. Il est aussi l'un des pionniers de l'étude du biofeedback. Président de l'APA en 1961. Étudiant de Hull. Collaborateur de Bower, Campbell, Dollard, Doob, Hovland, Mowrer, Sears et Wagner.
  
|
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. & SEARS, R.R., FORD, C., HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R. (1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven : Yale University Press. |
MILLER, N.E. (1941). The frustration-aggression hypothesis. Psychological Review, 48, 337-366. |
MILLER, N.E. & DOLLARD, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven : Yale University. Press. |
MILLER, N.E. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1959). Recency and primacy in persuasion as a function of the timing of speeches and measurements. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 59, 1-9. |
MILLER, N.E. & EGGER, M.D. (1962). When is a reward reinforcing? An experimental study of the information hypothesis. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 56, 132-137. |
 |
|
|
Miller Patricia H. ( ) : Psychologue cognitive européenne d'origine américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement. Collaboratrice de Flavell.
 |
MILLER, P.H. & ALOISE, P.A. (1989). Young children's understanding of the psychological causes of behavior : A review. Child Development, 60, 257-285. |
MILLER, P.H. (2001). Theories of developmental psychology. New York : Worth. |
MILLER, P.H. (2002). Order in variability, variability in order : Why it matters for theories of development. Human Development, 45, 161-166. |
FLAVELL, J.H., MILLER, P.H. & MILLER, S.A. (2002). Cognitive development. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
MILLER, P.H. (2004). The essence of essentialism : Children’s habit of mind. Human Development, 47, 308-313. |
 |
| |
|
Miller Stefan (1902-1941) : Médecin et neuropsychologue polonais. Ces travaux portent sur la relation biologique entre le conditionnement répondant et le conditionnement instrumental. Collaborateur de Konorski.
 |
MILLER, S. & KONORSKI, J. (1928). On a particular form of the conditioned reflexes. Comptes Rendus des Séances de la Societé de Biologie et de ses Filiales, 99, 1155-1157. |
KONORSKI, J. & MILLER, S. (1937). On two types of conditioned reflex. Journal of General Psychology, 16, 264-272. |
KONORSKI, J. & MILLER, S. (1937). Further remarks on two types of conditioned reflexes. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 17, 405-407. |
MILLER, S. & KONORSKI, J. (1969). On a particular type of conditioned reflex. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 187-189. |
 |
| |
|
Mills Thomas Wesley (Brockville 1947-1915 Londres) : Médecin et physiologiste canadien. Il est le premier canadien, en 1892, à joindre les rangs de l'Association américaine de psychologie (APA). Il a enseigné à Montréal au McGill College et au Montreal Veterinary College.
|
|
|
Milner Brenda (Manchester Angleterre 1918-) : Physiologiste et neuropsychologue québécoise d'origine anglaise. Elle a notamment étudié la relation entre le cerveau (lobe temporal et hippocampe) et la mémoire. Milner et HM. Étudiante de Hebb. Collaboratrice de Zattore.
   
 |
SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 20, 11-21. |
MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the localization of psychological processes in man. British Medical Bulletin, 27, 272-277. |
MILNER, B., PETRIDES M, & SMITH, M.L. (1985). Frontal lobes and the temporal organization of memory. Human Neurobiology, 4, 137-142. |
KLEIN, D., ZATORRE, R.J., MILNER, B. & ZHAO, V. (2001). A cross-linguistic study of tone perception in Mandarin Chinese and English speakers. Neuroimage, 13, 646-653. |
KLEIN, D., MILNER, B., ZATORRE, R.J., VISCA, R. & OLIVIER, A. (2002). Cerebral organization in a right-handed trilingual patient with right-hemisphere speech : A PET study. Neurocase : Special Edition. |
 |
| |
|
Milner Peter M. (1919-) : Neuropsychologue québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la stimulation cérébrale. Collaborateur de Olds.
 |
OLDS, J. & MILNER, P.M. (1954). Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of the septal area and other regions of the rat brain. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427. |
MILNER, P.M. (1974). A model for visual shape recognition. Psychological Review, 81, 521-535. |
MILNER, P.M. (1986). The mind and Donald O. Hebb. Scientific American, 268, 124-129. |
MILNER, P.M. (1989). The discovery of self-stimulation and other stories. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 13 (2-3), 61-67. |
MILNER, P.M. (1999). The autonomous brain : A neural theory of attention and learning. Taylor & Francis, Inc. |
 |
| |
|
Miltenberger Raymond G. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des tics, du bégaiement et de la trichotillomanie. Professeur de Rapp et Woods. Collaborateur de Iwata, Pace et Vollmer.
 |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. & FUQUA, W. (1981). Overcorrection : Review and critical analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 4, 123-141. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. & FUQUA, W. & McKINLEY, T. (1985). Habit reversal with muscle tics : Replication and component analysis. Behavior Therapy, 16, 39-50. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1997). Behavior modification : Principles and procedures. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2000). Behavioral skills training to remediate deviant social behavior of an adolescent in residential treatment. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 7, 236-238. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2004). Differential reinforcement. In T.S. Watson & C.H. Skinner (Eds.), Encyclopedia of school psychology (pp. 93-95). New York : Kluwer. |
 |
 |
| |
|
Milton Martin ( ) :
Psychologue existentialiste anglais et spécialiste de la thérapie existentielle.
 |
MILTON, M (1993). Existential thought and client centred therapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 6 (3), 239-248. |
MILTON, M. (1994). The case for existential therapy in HIV related psychotherapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 7 (4), 367-374. |
MILTON, M. (1997). An existential approach to HIV related psychotherapy. Journal of the Society for Existential Analysis, 8 (1), 115-129. |
MILTON, M. (2010) Therapy and beyond : Counselling psychology contributions to therapeutic and social issues. Wiley-Blackwell |
CORBETTT, L. & MILTON, M. (2011). Existential therapy : A useful approach to trauma ? British Psychological Society Counselling Psychology Review, 26 (1), 66-78. |
 |
| |
|
Mimétisme : Concept développé par Bates pour décrire la capacité de certains organismes de copier un ou plusieurs comportement/caractéristique de leur espèce ou d'une autre espèce, dans le but de se camoufler, d'effrayer un prédateur, de capturer une proie ou de se reproduire. Cette stratégie évolutive implique toujours trois éléments : un modèle (imiter par le mime), un mime (qui copie le modèle) et un dupe (organisme trompé par le mime). Mimétisme et culte du cargo.
|
Minarchisme : Théorie et doctrine politique qui soutient un modèle d'état minimaliste, réduit à ses plus simples fonctions (armée, police, contrôle de la masse monétaire, etc.). Minarchism, minarchy.
|
|
Mind & Language : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à la relation entre la psychologie et le langage.
CLARK, A. & KARMILOFFf-SMITH, A. (1993). The cognizer's innards : A psychological and philosophical perspective on the development of thought. Mind & Language, 8 (4), 487-519.
|
|
|
Mineka Susan ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement de la peur et de l'anxiété. Collaboratrice de Barlow, Bouton, Öhman et Seligman. 

 |
MINEKA, S. (1965). Animal models of anxiety-based disorders : Their usefulness and limitations. In A.H. Tuma & J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety and the anxiety disorders (pp.199-244). Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
MINEKA, S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Conditioned drinking as avoidance learning. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88, 69-80. |
MINEKA, S., KEIR, R. & PRICE, V. (1980). Fear of snakes in wild- and laboratory-reared rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Animal Learning & Behavior, 8 (4), 653-663. |
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1990). Selective associations in the observational conditioning of fear in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16 (4), 372-389. |
OHMAN, A. & MINEKA, S. (2001). Fears, phobias, and preparedness : Toward an evolved module of fear and fear learning. Psychological Review, 108 (3), 483-452. |
 |
| |
|
Minnesota Medicine : Revue scientifique de médecine. Éditeur : minenesota Medical Association.
KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38.
|
|
Minorité : Ensemble d'individu ou sous groupe qui compte moins d'individus que la majorité. Minorité et majorité. Minority influence.
| |
ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity : A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70. |
WOOD, W. & WORCHEL, S. (1987). On the influence of minorities. Contemporary Psychology, 32, 240-241 |
MOSCOVICI, S. & NEMETH, C.J. (1974). Minority influence. In C.J. Nemeth (Ed.), Social psychology : Classic and contemporary integrations (pp. 217-249). Chicago : Rand McNally. |
MOSCOVICI, S. (1994). Three concepts : Minority, conflict and behavioral style. In S. Moscovici, A. Mucchi-Faina & A. Maass (Eds.), Minority influence (pp. 233-251). Chicago : Nelson-Hall. |
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. & ENGLISH, L.L. (1986). Women and minorities in Science. Radical Teacher, 30, 16-20. |
WOOD, W., LUNDGREN, S., OUELLETTE, J., BUSCEME, S. & BLACKSTONE, T. (1994). Minority influence : A meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 323-345. |
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88, 438-453. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 502-510. |
TANFORD, S. & PENROD, S. (1984). Social influence model : A formal integration of research on majority and minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 189-225. |
GHAVAMI, N., FINGERHUT, A., PEPLAU, L.A., RANT, S.K. & WITTIG, M.A. (2011). Testing a model of minority identity achievement, identity affirmation, and psychological well-being among ethnic minority and sexual minority individuals. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 17, 1, 79-88. [PDF] |
 |
|
|
|
Minorité visible :
| |
DRIEDGER, L. & HALLI, S. (Eds.) (2000). Visible minorities : Race and racism in Canada. Ottawa: Carelton University Press. |
 |
| |
|
Mintzberg Henry (Montréal 1939-) : Ingénieur, professeur à la faculté d'administration de l'Université McGill et spécialiste des stratégies organisationnelles et des styles de gestion.
   
 |
MINTZBERG, H. (1973). The nature of managerial work. New York : Harper & Row. |
MINTZBERG, H. (1979). The structure of organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
MINTZBERG, H. (1983). Power in and around organisations. Englwood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
MINTZBERG, H. (1987). The strategy concept I : Five P's for strategy. In G.R. Carroll & D. Vogel (Eds.), Organizational approaches to strategy. Cambrige, MA : Ballinger. |
MINTZBERG, H. (1999). Le management : Voyage au centre des organisations. Éditions d’Organisation. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Minsky Marvin (1927-) : Mathématicien et cybernéticien américain. L'une des figure de proue de la perspective cognitive américaine et de l'intelligence artificielle. En 1959, il fonde le Laboratoire d’intelligence artificielle au Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Collaborateur de Papert.
  
 |
MINSKY, M. & PAPERT, S. (1966). Unrecognizable Sets of Numbers. JACM, 31, 281-286. |
MINSKY, M. (1968). Semantic information processing. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
MINSKY, M. (1969). Perceptrons : an introduction to computational geometry. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
MINSKY, M. (1985). La société de l’esprit. InterEditions. |
MINSKY, M. (1988). Emotions and the society of mind. In M. Clynes & J. Panksepp (Eds.), Emotions and psychopathology. New York : Plenum Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mirsky Allan F. ( ) :. Neurochirurgien et neuropsychologue américain, spécialiste de l 'attention et de l'épilepsie. Professeur de McEwen. Collaborateur de Pribram.
 |
MIRSKY, A.F. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1960). The use of psychoactive drugs as a neuro- psychological tool in studies of attention in man. In L. Uhr & J.G. Miller (Eds.), Drugs and behavior (pp. 375-392). New York : Wiley. |
MIRSKY, A.F. & VAN BUREN, J.M. (1965). On the nature of the "absence" in centrencephalic epilesy : a study of sorne behavioral, electro-encephalographic and autonomic factors. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophsiology, 18, 348. |
MIRSKY, A.F. (1973). Behavioral and psychophysiological effects of petit mal epilepsy in the light of a neuropsychologically based theory of attention. In M.S. Myslobodsky & A.F. Mirsk (Eds.), Elements of petit mal Epilepsy. New York : Peter Lang. |
MIRSKY, A.F. (1987). Behavioral and psychophysiological markers of disordered attention. Environmental Health Perspectives, 74, 191–199. [PDF] |
MIRSKY, A.F. & DUNCAN, C.C. (2001). A nosology of disorders of attention. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 931, 17–32. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mise en marché
: Ensemble des techniques de vente et de promotion des services et des produits de consommation. ( ): emballage, empaquetage, placement des produits au cinéma/TV, publicité, utilisation des médias sociaux. Marketing.
| |
FIRSTENBERG, I. & BJORK, R.A. (1983). Memory dynamics and marketing. In J.C. Anderson (Ed.), Proceedings of the division of consumer psychology. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
KOTLER, P., Mc DOUGALL, G.H.G. & PICARD, J.L. (1985). Principes de marketing. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin éditeur. |
LUSCH, R. F. & SERPKENCI, R. R. (1990). Personal differences, job tension, job outcomes, and store performance : A study of retail managers. Journal of Marketing, 54 (1), 85-101. |
BAILEY, J.S. (1991). Marketing behavior analysis requires different talk. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24, 445–448. [PDF] |
HEIDE, J.B. & JOHN, G. (1992). Do norms matter in marketing relationship? Journal of Marketing, 56 (1), 32-44. |
BAGOZZI, R.P., GOPINATH, M. & NYER, P.U. (1999). The role of emotions in marketing. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 27 (2), 184-206. |
EVERARD, Y, PRAS, B. & ROUX, E. (2000). Market : Études et recherches en marketing. Paris : Dunod. |
BAUMGARTNER, H. & STEENKAMP, J.B.E.M. (2001). Response styles in marketing research : A cross-national investigation. Journal of Marketing Research, 38, 143–156. |
 |
| |
|
Mise en relief : Technique de modification du comportement visant à accentuer la taille ou l'intensité du stimulus discriminatif afin de permettre au sujet humain ou animal de le reconnaître plus rapidement ou plus facilement (moins d'erreur). Estompage et mise en relief. = contrôle du stimulus discriminatif. Prompting.
| |
GELLER, E.S., FARRIS, J.C. & POST, D.S. (1973). Prompting a consumer behavior for pollution control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 367-376 |
KNAPCZYK, D.R. & LIVINGSTON, G. (1974). The effects of prompting question-asking upon on-task behavior and reading comprehension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1), 115-120. [PDF] |
CARR, E.G., NEWSON, C.D. & BINKOFF, J.A. (1976). Stimulus control of self-destructive behavior in a psychotic. child. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 4 (2), 139-153. |
GRANT, L., McAVOY, R. & KEENAN, J.B. (1982). Prompting and feedback variables in concept programming. Teaching of Psychology, 9, 173-177. |
TOUCHETTE, P.E. & HOWARD, J.S. (1984). Errorless learning : reinforcement contingencies and stimulus control transfer in delayed prompting. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 17 (2), 175-188. |
JAMES, S. & EGEL, A.L. (1986). A direct prompting strategy for increasing reciprocal interactions between handicapped and nonhandicapped siblings. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 19 (2), 173-186. [PDF] |
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
| |
|
Mischel Walter (Vienne 1930-) : Psychologue américain d'origine autrichienne et chef de file de la perspective behavioriste-cognitiviste. Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement à la personnalité et à l'apprentissage social, notamment au délai de renforcement (étude des marshmallows). Collaborateur de Banduraet Casey.
  
No 25 |
MISCHEL, W. (1958). Preference for delayed and immediate reinforcement : An experimental study of a cultural observation. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 56, 57-61. |
BANDURA, A. & MISCHEL, W. (1965). Modification of self-imposed delay of reward through exposure to live and symbolic models. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 2, 698-705. |
MISCHEL, W. (1968). Personality and assessment. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
MISCHEL, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning reconceptualisation of personality. Psychologival Review, 80, 252-253. |
MISCHEL, W. (1998). Introduction to personality. Fort Worth, TX : Harcourt Brace. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mishara Brian L. ( ) : Psychologue écologiste québécois et professeur à l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il se spécialise dans l'étude du suicide et du vieillissement. Collaborateur de Tousignant.

 |
MISHARA, B.L. et RIEDEL, R.G. (1994). Le vieillissement. Paris : Presses universitaires de France. |
MISHARA, B.L. (1999). Synthesis of research and evidence on factors affecting the desire of terminally ill or seriously chronically ill persons to hasten death. Omega : Journal of Death & Dying, 39 (1), 1-70. |
MISHARA, B.L. (2003). Succès, échecs en prévention du suicide au Québec. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 24 (1), 125-134. |
TOUSIGNANT, M. et MISHARA, B. (2004). Comprendre le suicide. Montréal : Presses de l'université de Montréal. |
CHAGNON, F. et MISHARA, B. (2004). L’évaluation de programmes en prévention du suicide. Les Éditions EDK. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mitchell Robert W. ( ) : Psychologue et primatologue américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de la reconnaissance de soi. Collaborateur d'Anderson.

 |
MITCHELL, R.W. (1993). Mental models of mirror-self-recognition : Two theories. New Ideas in Psychology 11, 295-325. |
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1993). Discrimination learning of scratching, but failure to obtain imitation and self-recognition in a long-tailed macaque. Primates, 34, 301-309. |
MITCHELL, R.W. (1995). Evidence of dolphin self-recognition and the difficulties of interpretation. Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 229-234. |
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1998). Primate theory of mind is a Turing test. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 127-128. |
MITCHELL, R.W. (2002). Imitation as a perceptual process. In K. Dautenhahn & C.L. Nehaniv (Eds.), Imitation in animals and artifacts (pp. 441-469). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mode : Ce qui est populaire à une époque, dans une société donnée.
|
Mode de vie : Ensemble des comportements sociaux qui caractérisent une époque, une société. EX : manger dans un «fast-food» fait partie du mode de vie des Nord-Américains.
|
Modelage : Modeling. |
Modèle (social ou physique) : Dans la théorie de Bandura, désigne l'individu ou l'objet observé par l'individu qui apprend par observation ou par modèle. EX: Bruny Surin est un modèle pour un enfant qui apprend à courir le 100 mètres. Modèle et apprentissage par observation. ( ): Modèle positif, modèle négatif. Model, social modeling, modelling.
| |
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1961). Transmision of agression through imitation of aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 575-582. [LIRE] |
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 311-318. |
BANDURA, A. (1965). Behavioral modification through modeling procedures. In L. Krasner & L.P. Ullman (Eds.), Research in behavior modification. New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
BANDURA, A. (1965). Influence of models' reinforcement contingencies on the acquisition of imitative responses. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 1, 589-595. |
BANDURA, A., BLANCHARD, E.B., & RITTER, B. (1969). Relative efficacy of desensitization and modeling approaches for inducing behavioral, affective, and attitudinal changes. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 13, 173-199 |
GARLINGTON, W.K. & DERICCO, D.A. (1977). The effect of modelling on drinking rate. Journal of Apply Behavior Analysis, 10 (2), 207-211. |
SYMBALUK, D., HETH, D., CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1997). Social modeling, monetary incentives, and pain endurance : The role of self-efficacy and pain perception. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 258-269. |
FISAK, B., & GRILLS-TAQUECHEL, A.E. (2007). Parental modeling, reinforcement, and information transfe r: Risk factors in the development of child anxiety ? Clinical Child & Family Psychology Review, 10, 213-231. |
BANDURA, A. (1980). L'apprentissage social. Bruxelles : Mardaga. |
| |
|
Modèle animal : Ensemble des espèces utilisées afin d'étudier des problèmes psychologiques bien précis et pour fins de comparaison avec les humains (EX : le rat pour l'apprentissage, le Xiphophorus helleri pour la dominance, la drosophile pour l'hérédité et les mutations, etc.). ( ): abeille, bonobo,calmar, chat, chien, chimpanzé, crapaud, dauphin, drosophile, éléphant, gorille, lapin, loup, ourang-outan, pigeon, perroquet, poule, rat, singe. Animal model.
| Domaine |
Espèce |
| Apprentissage |
Rat, pigeon, souris, chien, chat, corneille, lapin, |
| |
|
| Dominance/Soumission |
Xiphophorus helleri, poule, macaque japonais, gourami, gorille, Tilapia |
| Communication, langage, processus cognitifs, utilisation d'outils |
Chimpanzé, bonobo, perroquet, dauphin, |
| Sexualité |
Chimpanzé, bonobo, orang-outan |
| Vision |
|
| Cerveau, neurone, influx nerveux |
Calmar, torpille, escargot. |
| Pouvoir et organisation sociale |
Fourmi, lion, loup, éléphant, abeille |
| |
|
| Hérédité et mutation |
Drosophile, souris, |
| Tableau en construction |
| |
MINEKA, S. (1985). Animal models of anxiety-based disorders : Their usefulness and limitations. In A.H. Tuma & J.D. Maser (Dirs.), Anxiety and the anxiety disorders (pp.199-244). Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
PHELPS, E.A. & LEDOUX, J.E. (2005). Contributions of the amygdala to emotion processing : from animal models to human behavior. Neuron, 48 (2), 175-187. [PDF] |
SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1987). Animal models for schizophrenia : The hippocampally lesioned animal. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 13, 317-327. |
GOTTLIEB, G. & LICKLITER, R. (2004). The various roles of animal models in understanding human development. Social Development, 13, 311-325. |
DAWSON, G.R., HEYES, C.M. & IVERSEN, S. (1992). Pharmacological mechanisms and animal models of cognition. Behavioural Pharmacology, 3, 285-297 |
FAUSTO-STERLING, A. (2005). Animal models for the development of human sexuality : a critical evaluation. The Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 217-235. |
GALLAGHER, M. & RAPP, P.R. (1997). The use of animal models to study the effects of aging on cognition. Annual Review of Psychology, 48, 339-70. |
PHELPS, E.A. & LEDOUX, J.E. (2005). Contributions of the amygdala to review emotion processing : From animal models to human behavior. Neuron, 48, 175–187. [PDF] |
LAYNG, T. V.J., ANDRONIS, P.T. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1999). Animal models of psychopathology : The establishment, maintenance, attenuation, and persistence of head-banging by pigeons. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 30, 45-61. |
DELGADO, M.R., OLSSON, A. & PHELPS, E.A. (2006). Extending animal models of fear conditioning to humans. Biological Psychology, 73 (1), 39-48. |
| |
MADDEN G.J., EWAN, E.E. & LAGORIO, C.H. (2007). Toward an animal model of gambling : Delay discounting and the allure of unpredictable outcomes. Journal of Gambling Studies, 23, 63-83. |
DORÉ, F.Y. et GOULET, S. (2002). Modèles animaux en neuroscience comportementale. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 23 (2), 111-129. |
LICKLITER, R. & BAHRICK, L.E. (2007). Thinking about development : The value of animal-based research for the study of human development. European Journal of Developmental Science, 1, 173-183. [PDF] |
 |
|
| |
|
Modèle biopsychosocial : Biopsychosocial model.
| |
ENGEL, G.L. (1980). The clinical application of the biopsychosocial model. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 137 (5), 535-544. |
 |
| |
|
|
Modèle connexionisme : Connectionist model.
| |
KEHOE, E.J. (1989). Connectionist models of conditioning : A tutorial. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 52 (3), 427-440. [PDF] |
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1991). A connectionist model of choice and reaction time in absolute identification. Connection Science, 3, 401-433. |
BÉGIN, J. & PROULX, R. (1996). Categorization in unsupervised neural networks : The Eidos model. IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks, 7, 147-154. |
BJAALID, I.K., HOIEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I. (1997). Dual-route and connectionist models : A step towards a combined model. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 38 (1), 73-82. |
CHRISTIANSEN, M.H., ALLEN, J. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1998). Learning to segment speech using multiple cues : A connectionist model. Language & Cognitive Processes, 13, 221-268. |
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999). Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological Review, 106, 261-300. |
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York : Oxford University Press. |
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 238-242. |
HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and creative problem solving : A unified theory and a connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117, 994-1024. |
 |
| |
|
Modèle de Boulder : Modèle développé en 1949 pour former les psychologues cliniciens américains, et qui repose sur l'idée qu'un bon psychologue clinicien doit possèder en plus de sa formation profesionnelle en clinique, une solide formation en psychologie scientifique (mais pas nécessairement l'inverse). Modèle de Boulder et psychologie clinique. = double-formation, modèle clinicien-scientifique. Boulder model's. scientist-practitioner model.

| |
RAIMY, V.C. (Ed.) (1950). Training in clinical psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
ALBEE, G.W. (2000). The Boulder model's fatal flaw. American Psychologist, 55 (2), 247-248. |
BOURG, E.R., BENT, R.J., CALLAN, J.E., JONES, N.E, McHOLLAND, J. & STRICKER, G. (1987). Standards and evaluation in the education and training of professional psychologists : Knowledge, attitudes, and skills. Norman, OK : Transcript Press. |
STRICKER, G. (2003). Evidence-based practice : The wave of the past. The Counseling Psychologist, 31 (5), 546-554. |
KANFER, E.H. (1990). The scientist-practitioner connection : A bridgein need of constant attention. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 264-270. |
PETERSON, C. & PARK, N. (2005). The enduring value of the Boulder model : Upon this rock we will build. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61 (9), 1147-1150. |
THURNBULL, J.E. & DIETZ-UHLER, B. (1995). The Boulder model : Lessons from clinical psychology for social work training. Research on Social Work Practice, 5 (4), 411-429. |
PETERSON, C. (2007). A historical look at psychology and the scientist-practitioner model. American Behavioral Scientist, 50 (6), 758-765. |
STRICKER, G. (1997). Are Science and Practice Commensurable? American Psychologist, 52 (4), 442-448. |
OVERHOLSER, J.C. (2007). The Boulder model in academia : Struggling to integrate the science and practice of psychology. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 37 (4), 205-211. |
TRIERWEILER, S.J. & STRICKER, G. (1998). The scientific practice of professional psychology. New York : Plenum. |
|
 |
|
| |
|
|
Modèle des deux facteurs : Modèle développé par Mowrer.
|
|
Modèle dominant : Parmi un ensemble de modèles, celui qui a le plus d'influence sur le comportement d'autrui.
|
Modèle hydraulique de Lorenz :
Modèle analogique de la motivation qui tente d'expliquer le comportement.
| |

Figure tirée de Beaugrand (1993) avec l'autorisation de l'auteur. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1993). Une perspective éthologique de la motivation. In R.J. Vallerand & E.E. Thill (Éds), Introduction à la psychologie de la motivation (pp. 85-137). Éditions Études Vivantes.
|
 |
| |
|
|
Modèle logico-mathématique : Mathematical model.
| |
SPENCE, K.W. (1952). Mathematical formulations of learning phenomena. Psychological Review, 59, 152-160. |
PASCUAL-LEONE, J.A. (1970). A mathematical model for the transition rule in Piaget’s developmental stages. Acta Psychologica, 32, 301-345. |
BJORK, R.A. (1973). Why mathematical models ? American Psychologist, 28, 426-433. |
TOWNSEND, J.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1982). An experimental test of contemporary mathematical models of visual letter recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 8, 834-864. |
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the study of cognition. The Carmel conferences: Volume I. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
BONABEAU, E., THERAULAZ, G. & DENEUBOURG, J.-L. (1996). Mathematical model of self-organizing hierarchies in animal societies. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 58, 661-717. |
NOSOFSKY, R.M. & PALMERI, T.J. (1997). An exemplar-based random walk model of speeded classification. Psychological Review, 104, 266-300. [PDF] |
LUCE, D. (1999). Where is mathematical modeling in psychology headed? Theory & Psychology, 9, 723-737. |
MAZUR, J.E. (2006). Mathematical models and the experimental analysis of behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85, 275-291. |
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier. |
 |
| |
|
|
Modèle médico-psychiatrique : Ensemble de principes qui attribue essentiellement les maladies physiques et mentales à des causes biologiques (plutôt qu'à des causes sociales ou psychologiques). Ce modèle est en vigueur dans la plupart des instituts psychiatriques. = modèle médical. Medical model, biomedical approach.
| |
ENGEL, G.L. (1977). The need for a new medical model : A challenge for
biomedicine. Science, 196, 129–136. |
DOUBLE, D.B. (2002). Can a biomedical approach to psychiatric practice be justified? Journal of Child & Family Studies, 12, 379-384. [LIRE] |
 |
| |
|
Modèle neural : Type de modèle logico-mathématique qui simule certaines fonctions ou propriétés du cerveau, comme l'apprentissage, l'attention, la prise de décision, la catégorisation, la représentation. etc. Neural model.
| |
MILNER, P.M. (1957). The cell assembly : Mark II. Psychological Review, 64 (4), 242-252. |
GROSSBERG, S. (1978). Do all neural models really look alike ? Psychological Review, 85, 592-596. |
GROSSBERG, S. & MERRILL, J.W.L. (1992). A neural network model of adaptively timed reinforcement learning and hippocampal dynamics. Cognitive Brain Research, 1, 3-38. |
ASHBY, F.G., ELL, S.W., VALENTIN, V.V. & CASALE, M.B. (2005). FROST : A distributed neurocomputational model of working memory maintenance. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17, 1728-1743. |
 |
| |
|
Modèle positif : Modèle que la société considère comme valable ou digne d'être imité. EX: Pour les catholiques, le pape est un modèle positif (intégrité morale et intellectuelle, vertueux, etc.). C-EX : Pour une jeune politicien, Jean Chrétien n'est pas un modèle positif (rapatriement unilatéral de la constitution, Shawinigan gate, scandale des commandites, Option Canada, etc.). = modèle facilitateur, parangon. /modèle négatif.
|
Modèle scientifique : Terme générique qui désigne soit : a) une explication déduite d'une théorie générale (modèle théorique); b) une explication induite par l'observation de phénomèmes qui se produisent de façon régulière (modèle empirique ou expérimentale); c) une explication qui se fonde sur le fonctionnement d'un objet simple pour illustrer le fonctionnement d'un objet plus complexe (modèle analogique ou métaphorique). EX: Dans le cas du modèle du traitement de l'information, l'ordinateur (objet simple) permet d'illustrer le fonctionnement d'un objet plus complexe, le cerveau. Modèle et simulation. = explication, théorie, modèle scientifique. Model, integrative model.
| |
ROSENBLUETH, A. & WIENER, N. (1945). The role of models in science. Philosophy of Science, 12, 316-321. |
LUNDH, L.G., (2000). An integrative model for the analysis and treatment of insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 29, 118-126. |
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1978). On the validity of the Vroom-Yetton model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 151-162. |
CATANIA, A.C. (2000). Metaphors, models, and mathematics in the science of behavior. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 23 (1), 94-95. |
SPETCH, M.L. & WILKIE, D.M. ( 1983). Subjective shortening : A model of pigeons' memory for event duration. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 9, 4-30. |
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist networks, and cognitive science. Theory & Psychology, 11, 97-117. |
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the study of cognition. The Carmel conferences: Volume I. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
ANDERSON, J.R. (2002). Spanning seven orders of magnitude : A challenge for cognitive modeling. Cognitive Science, 26, 85-112. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & ZAYAN, R. (1985). An experimental model of aggressive dominance in Xiphophorus helleri (Pisces, Poeciliidae). Behavioural Processes, 10, 1-52. |
GODFREY-SMITH, P. (2006). The strategy of model-based science. Biology & Philosophy, 21, 725-740 |
COMPTON, B.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Evaluating a computational model of perceptual grouping by proximity. Perception & Psychophysics, 53, 403-421. |
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier. |
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & STEYVER, M. (1997). A model for recognition memory : REM : Retrieving effectively from memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2), 145-166. |
|
BELL, V. & JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. (1998). A model theory of modal reasoning. Cognitive Science, 22, 25-51. |
|
 |
|
| |
|
Modélisation : Consiste à transformer une idée ou une théorie en un modèle. Il existe au moins deux sortes de modèle : 1) les modèles logico-mathématiques (formalisme). EX : Le modèle de Hull; 2) les modèles analogiques ou métaphorique. EX : Le modèle du traitement de l'information de Shiffrin et Atkinson. Modélisation et modèle.
| |
HULL, C.L., HOVLAND, C.I., ROSS, R.T., HALL, M., PERKINS, D.T. & FITCH, F.B. (1940). Mathematico-deductive theory of rote learning : A study in scientific methodology. New Haven : Yale University Press. |
SHIFFRIN, R.M. & STEYVER, M. (1997). A model for recognition memory : REM : Retrieving effectively from memory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 4 (2), 145-166. |
LANDAU, H.G. (1968). Models of social structure. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 30, 215-224. |
RATCLIFF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response times for two-choice decisions. Psychological Science, 9, 347-356. |
BJORK, R.A. (1973). Why mathematical models? American Psychologist, 28, 426-433. |
RATCLIF, R. (1998). The role of mathematical psychology in experimental psychology. Australian Journal of Psychology, 50, 129-130. |
McCLELLAND,
J.L. & RUMELHART,
D.E. (1981). An interactive activation model of context-effects in
letter perception : An account of basic findings. Psychological
Review, 88, 375-407. |
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999). Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological Review, 106, 261-300. |
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (2008). Mathematical models of human memory. In H.L. Roediger (Ed.), Cognitive psychology of memory (Vol. 2, pp. 445-466). Oxford : Elsevier. |
McCLELLAND, J.L. (2000). Connectionist models of memory. In E. Tulving & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 583-596). New York, NY : Oxford University Press. |
GILLUND, G. & SHIFFRIN, R.M. (1984). A retrieval model for both recognition and recall. Psychological Review, 91, 1-67. |
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 238-242. |
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1991). A connectionist model of choice and reaction time in absolute identification. Connection Science, 3, 401-433. |
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & ZEVIN, J.D. (2006). Connectionist models in developmental cognitive neuroscience : Critical periods and the paradox of success. In Y. Munakata & M. Johnson (Eds.), Attention & Performance XXI : Processes of change in brain and cognitive development (pp. 585-612). Oxford University Press. |
TIBERGHIEN, G. (1993). Questions de modélisation et de simulation cognitives. In J-F. Le Ny (Ed.), Intelligence naturelle et intelligence artificielle (pp. 43-69). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
FELDMAN, J.A. & BALLARD, D.H. (1982). Connectionist models and their properties. Cognitive Science, 6, 205-254. |
 |
|
| |
|
Modern Psychoanalysis : Revue qui se consacre à la théorie et à la thérapie psychanalytique. Éditeur : Center for Modern Psychoanalytic Studies.
BERNSTEIN, A. (2001). The analyst's fear of acting out. Modern Psychoanalysis, 26, 203-208.
|
|
|
Modestie : Modesty.
| |
HARELI, S. & WEINER, B. (2000). Accounts for success as determinants of perceived arrogance and modesty. Motivation & Emotion, 24, 215-236. |
 |
|
|
Modestie scientifique : Attitude vertueuse de celui ou celle qui réalise qu'en science presque tout a déjà été dit ou découvert, qui plus est par des gens plus intelligents et perspicaces que soi . En conséquence, le devoir du scientifique modeste consiste non seulement à citer les sources de «ses soi-disantes idées», mais également à s'émerveiller de sa propre ignorance et de notre profonde amnésie collective. = modestie intellectuelle. Modestie scientifique et vertu épistémique. = humilité scientifique.
|
|
Module : Zone hypothétique du cerveau, programmée génétiquement pour traiter certains informations (filtrer) et produire des réponses simples et automatiques. = cerveau modulaire.
| |
SHALLICE, T. (1984). More functionally isolable subsystems but fewer "modules"? Cognition, 17 (3), 243-252 |
LEARMOTH, A.E., NADEL, L. & NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2002). Children’s use of landmarks : Implications for modularity theory. Psychological Science, 13, 337-341. |
FODOR, J.A. (1985). Precis of the modularity of mind. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8, 1-42. |
ÖHMAN, A. & MINEKA, S. (2003). The malicious serpent : snakes as a prototypical stimulus for an evolved module of fear. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12 (1), 5-9. |
WINOGRAD, T. (1987). Cognition, attunement and modularity. Mind & Language, 2, 97-103. |
ÖHMAN, A.& WIENS, S. (2004). The concept of an evolved fear module and cognitive theories of anxiety. In A.S.R. Manstead, N.H. Frijda & A.H. Fischer (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam symposium (pp. 55-80). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
OHMAN, A. & MINEKA, S. (2001). Fears, phobias, and preparedness : Toward an evolved module of fear and fear learning. Psychological Review, 108, 483-522. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225. |
 |
CLARK BARRETT, H. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review, 113 (3), 628-647. |
|
|
Modus ponens : En logique, raisonnement hypothético-déductif valide dont la forme est : si P alors N, P donc N. EX : S'il pleut, il y a des nuages (P alors N). Il y a de la pluie (P) donc il y a forcément des nuages (N). De la vérité d'un énoncé conditionnel (s'il pleut donc il y a des nuages) et de la vérité de son antécédent (il pleut), on peut inférer la vérité de son conséquent (il y a donc des nuages). Modus ponens et modus tollens.
| |
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
| |
|
Modus tollens : En logique, raisonnement hypothético-déductif valide dont la forme est : si P alors N, non-N donc non-P. EX : S'il pleut, il y a des nuage (P alors N). Mais s'il n'y a pas de nuages (non-N), il ne pleut pas (non-P). De la vérité d'un énoncé conditionnel (s'il pleut donc il y a des nuages) et de la fausseté de son conséquent (il n'y a pas de nuages), on peut inférer la fausseté de son conséquent (donc il ne pleut pas). Modus tollens et modus ponens.
| |
KNEALE, W.C. & KNEALE, M. (1988). The development of logic. Oxford : Oxford Press. |
| |
|
|
Moffitt Terrie E. ( ) : Psychiatre et criminologue allemande. Collaboratrice de Caspi et Rutter.
  
 |
MOFFITT, T.E. (1990). Juvenile delinquency and attention deficit disorder : Developmental trajectories from age 3 to 15. Child Development, 61, 893-910. |
MOFFITT, T.E. & CASPI, A. (1998). Violence between intimate partners : Implications for child psychologists and psychiatrists. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 137-144. |
MOFFITT, T.E. CASPI, A., RUTTER, M. & SILVA, P.A. (2001). Sex differences in antisocial behavior : Conduct disorder, delinquency, and violence in the Dunedin longitudinal study. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
MOFFITT, T.E. (2005). The new look of behavioral genetics in developmental psychopathology : Gene - Environment interplay in antisocial behaviors. Psychological Bulletin, 131, 522-554. |
CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2006). Gene-environment interactions in psychiatry : joining forces with neuroscience. Naturel Review of Neuroscience, 7 (7), 583-590. |
 |
| |
|
Moghaddam Fathali M. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste du terrorisme. Collaborateur de Harre.

 |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). The staircase to terrorism :
A psychological exploration. American Psychologist, 60 (2), 161–169. [PDF] |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). Psychological processes and the staircase to terrorism. American Psychologist, 60, 1039-1044. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2006). From the terrorists’ point of view. Westview, CT : Praeger Security International. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2008). How globalization spurs terrorism. Westport, CT : Praeger Security International. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & HARRE, R. (2010). Words of conflict, words of war : How the language we use in political processes sparks fighting. Santa Barbara, CA. : Praeger. |
 |
|
|
Moi : Du latin ego qui signifie soi-même. Terme utilisé par Freud pour désigner la partie du psychisme qui représente la raison, la sagesse et la maîtrise rationnelle de soi. Le moi joue le rôle de médiateur entre le ça et le surmoi en résolvant les conflits intrapsychiques au moyen des mécanismes de défense. Le moi a la propriété d'être objectif, acquis, rationnel et en grande partie conscient. Moi, ça et surmoi. Ego, self.
| |
FREUD, S. (1921). Group psychology
and the analysis of ego. [LIRE] |
ISHAM, A.C. (1956). Ego movement and identification. Psychoanalytic Review, 43, 1-17. |
FREUD, S. (1927). The Ego and the Id. London : Institute of Psychoanalysis, and Hogarth Press. |
ROSENFELD, H. (1958). Discussion on ego distortion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39, 274-275. |
KLEIN, M. (1930). The importance of symbol-formation in the development of the ego. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 11, 24-39. |
FENCHEL, G.H. (1958). The role of the Ego concept in modern psychoanalytic thought. Psychoanalytic Review, 45B, 92-101. |
SEARL N.M. (1930). The role of ego and libido in development. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 11,125-149. |
HARTMANN, H. (1968). La psychologie du moi et le problème de l'adaptation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
FREUD, A. (1937). The Ego and the mechanisms of defence. London : Hogarth Press. |
KOHUT, H. (1977). The restoration of the self. New York : International Universities Press, Inc. |
FENICHEL, O. (1941). The Ego and the affects. Psychoanalytic Review, 28, 47-60. |
GREENWALD, A.G. (1980). The totalitarian ego : Fabrication and revision of personal history. American Psychologist, 35, 603-618. |
KLEIN, M. (1952/95). Les influences mutuelles dans le développement du moi et du ça. Le transfert et autres écrits. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
GREENWALD, A.G. (1980). The totalitarian ego : Fabrication and revision of personal history. American Psychologist, 35, 603-618. |
HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie freudienne. Paris : Montaigne. |
|
| |
|
|
Molaire : Qualifie la description d'un phénomène, souvent un comportement, qui fait appel à la plus grande partie ou expression de ce phénomème. EX: Description molaire d'un comportement en terme de mouvements ou d'habileté sociales. /moléculaire. Molar structure of behavior.
| |
BAUM, W.N. (2003). The molar view of behavior and Its usefulness in behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst Today, 4 (1), 78-81.
|
 |
| |
|
Moléculaire : Qualifie la description d'un phénomène, souvent un comportement, qui fait appel à la plus petite partie de ce phénomème. EX: Description moléculaire d'un comportement en terme musculaire ou biochimique. /molaire. Molecular structure of behavior.
| |
SHIMP, C.P., FREMOUW, T., INGEBRITSEN, L.M. & LONG, K.A. (1994). Molar function depends on molecular structure of behavior. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 20, 96-107. |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & DAVISON, M. (2006). Molecular order in concurrent response sequences. Behavioural Processes, 73, 187-198. |
 |
| |
|
Molecular Psychiatry : Revue scientifique de psychiatrie qui s'intéresse aux déterminants biogénétiques des troubles mentaux. Éditeur : Nature publishing Group.
BENNETT, A.J., LESCH, K.P., HEILS, A., LONG, J., LORENZ, J., SHOAF, S.E., CHAMPOUX, M., SUOMI, S.J., LINOLLA, M. & HIGLEY, J.D. (2002). Early experience and serotonin transporter gene variation interact to influence primate CNS function. Molecular Psychiatry, 7, 118-122.
|
|
Molécule : Plus petite partie d'un corps qui possède toutes les propriétés de ce corps. Ensemble d'atomes unis les uns aux autres par des liaisons chimiques (ioniques, covalences).
|
Momentum (théorie du...) : Théorie proposée par Nevin pour expliquer le taux de réponse d'un comportement, qui s'appuie sur une analogie empruntée à la physique (physical momentum).

| |
NEVIN, J.A., MANDELL, C. & ATAK, J.R. ( 1983). The analysis of behavioral momentum. Journal of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 39 (1), 49-59. |
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1992). Behavioral momentum in college basketball. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 25, 657-663. |
NEVIN, J.A. (1992). An integrative model for the study of behavioral momentum. Journal of Experimental Analysis Behavior, 57 (3), 301-316. |
SHIMP, C.P. (2000). Toward a deconstruction of the metaphor of behavioral momentum. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 23, 111-112. |
NEVIN, J.A. & GRACE, R.C. (2000). Behavioral momentum and the law of Effect. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 23, 73-130. |
NEVIN, J.A. (2002). Measuring behavioral momentum. Behavioural Processes, 57, 187-198. |
 |
| |
|
Monahan John : Psychologue américain, spécialiste de la psychologie légale. Il s'intéresse également à l'étude de la violence. Collaborateur de Loftus.
 |
MONAHAN, J. (1981). The clinical prediction of violent behavior. Rockville, MD : National Institute of Mental Health. |
MONAHAN, J. (1984). The prediction of violent behavior : Toward a second generation of theory and policy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 10-15. |
MONAHAN, J. (1992). Mental disorder and violent behavior. American Psychologist, 47, 511-521. |
MONAHAN, J. (1994). The causes of violence. FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin, 1, 11-15. |
MONAHAN, J. & WALKER, L. (2006). An introduction to social science in law. Foundation Press. |
 |
| |
|
Moncrieff Joanna ( ) : Psychiatre anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude des psychotropes et des thérapies médicamenteuses. Collaboratrice de Cohen, Double et Kirsch.
 |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2002) The antidepressant debate. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 193-194. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSH, I. (2005). Efficacy of antidepressants in adults. British Medical Journal, 331 (7509), 155-157. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2006). Does antipsychotic withdrawal provoke psychosis ? Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 114, 3-13. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2007). The myth of the chemical cure :
A critique of psychiatric drug treatment.
Palgrave Macmillan. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2007). Are antidepressants as effective as claimed? No, they are not effective at all.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 52 (2), 96-97. |
 |
|
|
Monde des jeunes (Le merveilleux...) : Concept proposé par Goulet pour désigner l'ensemble de stratégies commerciales et publicitaires visant à créer pour les jeunes, et uniquement pour les jeunes, un monde aritificiel de consommation et de jouissance (vêtements, voitures, musiques, alcool, téléphone cellulaire, etc.), fondé sur la gratification immédiate et la quasi absence d'obligations et de responsabilités sociales et morales.
|
|
Mondialisation : = globalisation.
| |
ROBERTSON, R. (1992). Globalization : Social theory and global culture. Sage Publications. |
ELBAZ, M. et HELLEY, D. (Dirs.) (2001). Mondialisation, citoyenneté et multiculturalisme. Laval : L'Harmattan, Les Presses de L'Université Laval. |
LEUNG, S. A. (2003). A journey worth traveling : Globalisation of counseling psychology. The
Counseling Psychologist, 31, 412–419. |
TIMIMI, S. (2005). Effect of globalisation on children's mental health. British Medical Journal, 331, 37-39. |
 |
| |
|
Mondino de' Liuzzi (Bologne 1270-1326 Bologne) : Médecin et anatomiste italien. On lui doit le premier témoignagne écrit d'une dissection humaine. = Mondinus.
 |
Mondino de' Liuzzi (1316). Anathomia. |
 |
| |
|
Monette Lise ( ) : Psychanalyste québécoise.
 |
MONETTE, L. (1977). Le processus contre-transférentiel comme travail de deuil. Philosophiques, 4 (2), 305-312. |
MONETTE, L. (1987). L'assomption subjective de l'ordre symbolique. Cahiers Recherches et Théories, 58, 253-261. |
MONETTE, L. (1989). The Nietzschean interpretation of Freud as thought on the fragmentary, as fragmentary thought. In T. Darby, B. Egyed & B. Jones (Eds.), Nietzsche and the rhetoric of nihilism (pp. 71-80). Ottawa : Carleton University Press. |
MONETTE, L. (1990). Les fidèles de la mort. Santé Mentale au Québec, 15 (2), 212-220. |
MONETTE, L. (1993). Syncope du discours, figures de la négativité. In M. Nevert (Ed.), Les accros du langage (p. 61-71). Montréal : Balzac. |
 |
| |
|
Money John (Nouvelle-Zélande 1921-2006) : Psychologue et sexologue américain. Il soutient l'hypothèse de la neutralité des genres chez l'humain. Collaborateur de Green.

 |
MONEY, J. (1980). Love and love sickness : the science of sex, gender difference and pair-bonding. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins University Press. |
MONEY, J. (1986). Lovemaps : Clinical concepts of sexual/erotic health and pathology, paraphilia, and gender transposition in childhood, adolescence, and maturity. New York : Irvington. |
MONEY, J. (1988). Gay, straight, and in-between : The sexology of erotic orientation. New York : Oxford University Press. |
MONEY, J. (1994). Sex errors of the body and related syndromes. Baltimore : P.H. Brooks Publishing Company. |
MONEY, J. (1994). Principles of developmental sexology. New York : Continuum. |
 |
| |
|
Mongolisme : Non anciennenent donné au Syndrome de Down ou trisomie 21 , en référence aux traits mongoloïdes de certains enfants atteints de cette maladie.
|
|
|
Monisme : Du grec monos qui signifie « un seul ». Doctrine philosophique qui postule que l'individu est constitué d'une seule substance, le corps, qui est de nature biologique ou chimique. Le monisme nie l'existence de l'esprit, qui est par définition immatériel. Pour les monistes, le rôle jadis dévolu à l'esprit (penser, analyser, réfléchir, compter, etc) est en fait tenu par le cerveau. = monisme matérialisme ou matérialisme. /dualisme. Monism.
| |
TOLMAN, C.W. (1989). Pluralistic monism : William James as closet heraclitean. Psychological Record, 39, 177-194. |
GREGORY, R.L. (1995). On physical model explanations in psychology. British Journal of Philosophy of Science, 4, 192. |
 |
| |
|
Monisme mental : Mentalism monism.
| |
SPERRY, R.W. (1978). Mentalist monism : Consciousness as a causal emergent of brain processes. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 3, 365-367. |
 |
| |
|
Monitor on Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie, disponible en ligne. Éditeur : APA.
STERNBERG, R.J. & LYON, G.R. (2002). Making a difference to education: Will psychology pass up the chance? Monitor on Psychology, 33, 76-78.
|
|
|
|
Monoamine oxydase (MAO) : Du grec monos qui signifie un seul.
Classe d'antidépresseurs qui a pour effet d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine dans le cerveau en inhibant les enzymes responsables de la dégradation naturelle de la sérotonine. Monoamine oxydase.
| |
DOMINO, E.F. & KHANNA, S.S. (1976). Decreased blood platelet MAO activity in unmedicated chronic schizophrenic patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 323-326. |
SCHILDKRAUT, J.J., HERZOG, J.M., ORSULAK, P.J., EDELMAN, S.E., SHEIN, H.M. & FRAZIER, S.H. (1976). Reduced platelet monoamine oxidase activity in a subgroup of schizophrenic patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 438-440. |
FOLEY, D.L., EAVES, L.J, WORMLEY B., SILBERG, J.L., MALS, H.H., KUHN, J. & RILEY, B. (2004). Childhood adversity, monoamine oxidase A genotype, and risk for conduct disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 738-744. |
HABERSTICK, B.C., LESSEN, J.M., HOPFER, C.J., SMOLEN, A.,
EHRINGER M.A., TIMBERLAKE, D. & HEWITT, J.K. (2005). Momoamine oxidase A (MAOA) and antisocial behaviors in the presence of childhood and adolescent maltreatment. American Journal of Medical Genetics, Part B (Neuropsychiatric Genetics), 135B, 59-64. |
MEYER J.H., GINOVART, N., BOOVARIWALA, A., SAGRATI, S., HUSSEY, D., GARCIA, A., YOUNG, L.T., PRASCHSK-RIEDER, N., WILSON, A.A. & HOULE, S. (2006). Elevated monoamine oxidase A levels in the brain : An explanation for the monoamine imbalance of major depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 1209-1216. |
 |
| |
|
Monod Jacques (Paris 1910-1976 Cannes) : Biologiste français et lauréat du prix Nobel de physiologie et de médecine en 1965 pour ses travaux concernant le contrôle génétique des synthèse enzymatiques et virales (avec Lwoff et Jacob). Il est considéré par les historiens des sciences comme l'un des pères de la biologie moléculaire.
 |
MONOD, J. (1970). Le hasard et la nécessité. Paris : Seuil. |
 |
| |
|
|
Montagner Hubert ( ) : Psychologue français, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement, des rythmes bio-psychologiques et de la relation enfant-animal.
 |
MONTAGNER, H., HENRY, J.C., LOMBARDOT, M., BENEDINI, M., BURNOD, J. & NICOLAS, R.M. (1978). Behavioural profiles and corticosteroid excretion rhythms in young children. Part 1 : Non-verbal communication and setting up of behavioural profiles in children aged from 1 to 6 years. In V. Reynolds & N.G. Blurton Jones (Eds.), Human behaviour and adaptation (pp. 207-228). London : Francis and Taylor. |
MONTAGNER, H. (1983). Les rythmes biologiques de l’enfant et de l’adolescent. Paris : Stock. |
MONTAGNER, H. (2002). L’enfant : la vraie question de l’école. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
MONTAGNER, H. (2002). L'enfant et l'animal. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
MONTAGNER, H. (2006). L’arbre enfant. Une nouvelle approche du développement de l’enfant. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
 |
| |
|
Montaruli Élisa ( ) : Professeure de psychologie au Collège Ahuntsic. Collaboratrice de Bourhis.
 |
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTARULI, E., & AMIOT, C.E. (2007). Language planning and French-English bilingual communication : Montreal field studies from 1977 to 1997. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 185, 187-224. |
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTREUIL, A., BARRETTE, G. & MONTARULI, E. (2009). Acculturation and Immigrant/Host community relations in multicultural settings. In S. Demoulin, J.-P. Leyens & J. Dovidio (Eds.), Intergroup misunderstanding : Impact of divergent social realities (pp. 39-61). New York & London : Psychology Press. |
 |
|
|
|
Montesquieu Charles-Louis de Secondat dit... (Brède Guyenne 1689-1755 Paris) : Moraliste français et politologue avant la lettre. Il a proposé une théorie de la séparation des pouvoirs formels (législatif, exécutif et judiciaire).

|
|
|
Montplaisir Jacques Y. (1943-) : Médecin québécois, spécialiste du sommeil. Il enseigne à l'Université de Montréal. Collaborateur de Tremblay et Vitaro.
 |
DÉCARY, A, ROULEAU, I. & MONTPLAISIR, J. (2000). Cognitive deficits associated with sleep apnea syndrome : a proposed neuropsychological test battery. Sleep, 23 (3), 369-381. |
LABERGE, L., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. & MONTPLAISIR, J. (2000). Development of parasomnias from childhood to early adolescence. Pediatrics, 106, 67-74. |
 |
| |
|
Moore George Edward (Noorwood Angleterre 1873-1958 Cambridge ) : Philosophe de l'école analytique et épistémologue anglais.
 
 |
MOORE, G.E. (1899). The nature of judgment. Mind, 8, 176-193. |
MOORE, G.E. (1939). Proof of an external world. Proceedings of the British Academy, 25, 273-300. |
MOORE, G.E. (1953). Is existence a predicate ? Aristotelian Society Supplementary volume, 15, 154-88. |
MOORE, G.E. (1953). Proof of an external world. Proceedings of the British Academy, 25, 273-300. |
MOORE, G.E. (1953). Some main problems of philosophy. London : George, Allen and Unwin. |
 |
| |
|
Moore John C. (1945-) : Psychologue et épistémologue béhavioriste américain. = Jay Moore. Professeur de Perone et collaborateur de Day et Fantino.

 |
MOORE, J.C. & FANTINO, E. (1975). Choice and response contingencies. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 23, 339-347. [PDF] |
MOORE, J.C. (1975). On the principle of operationism in a science of behavior. Behaviorism, 3, 120-138. |
MOORE, J.C. (1980). On behaviorism and private events. Psychological Record, 30, 459-475. |
MOORE, J.C. (1981). On mentalism, methodological behaviorism, and radical behaviorism. Behaviorism, 9, 55-77. |
MOORE, J.C. (2001). On distinguishing methodological from radical. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2 (2), 221-244. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
Morale/Moralité : Ce qu'un individu ou une société considère comme bien ou mal, acceptable ou inacceptable, à une époque donnée. Morale, jugement et développement moral. Morality.
| |
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1968). Moral behavior : a functional analysis. Psychology Today, 2 (9), 31-34, 69-70. |
|
MAGUIRE, D.C. (1978). The moral choice. New York : Doubleday. |
KATZ, L.D. (2003). Evolutionary origins of morality : Cross-disciplinary perspectives. Imprint Academic. |
HOFFMAN, M.L. (1984). Empathy, its limitations, and its role in a comprehensive moral theory. In J. Gewirtz & W. Kurtines (Eds.), Morality, moral development, and moral behavior (pp. 2893-302). New York : Wiley |
SANDERSON, C.A. & DARLEY, J.M. (2002). I am moral but you are deterred : Differential attributions about why people obey the law. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 375-405. |
GILLIGAN, C. & WIGGINS, G. (1987). The origins of morality in early childhood relationships. In J. Kagan & S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young children. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
LILLEHAMMER, H. (2003). Debunking morality : Evolutionary naturalism and moral error
Theory. Biology and Philosophy, 18, 567-581. |
VALLERAND, R.J. DESHAIES, P. CUERRIER, J.-.P. & PELLETIER, L.G. (1992). Ajzen and Fishbein's theory of reasoned action as applied to moral behavior : A confirmatory analysis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 98-109. |
LILLEHAMMER, H (2004). Moral error theory. Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 104, 93-109. |
DARLEY, J.M. (1993). Research on morality : possible approaches, actual approaches. Psychological Science, 4, 353-357. |
KALDERON, M. (2005). Moral fictionalism. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
WRIGHT, R. (1995). The moral animal. Why we are the way we are. The new science of evolutionary psychology. Vintage. |
KREBS, D.L. & DENTON, K. (2006). Explanatory limitations of cognitive-developmental approaches to morality. Psychological Review, 113 (3), 672-675. |
BATSON, C.D. & THOMPSON, E.R. (2001). Why don’t moral people act morally? Motivational considerations. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 54-57. |
|
 |
|
| |
|
|
Mordre : Self-biting.
| |
DUKER, P. (1975). Behaviour control of self-biting in a Lesch-Nyhan patient. Journal of Mental deficience Research, 19 (1), 11-19. |
 |
| |
|
Morel Benedict Augustin (1809-1873) : Psychiatre français. On lui doit les premières études théoriques sur la dégénérescence et les premières observations cliniques de la démence précoce (renommée schizophrénie par Bleuler). Il croit que la plupart des maladies mentales sont d'origine génétique (thèse innéiste). Collègue de Bernard.
 |
MOREL, B.A. (1852-52-1860). Traité des maladies mentales. Paris. |
MOREL, B.A. (1964). De la formation des types dans les variétés dégénérées. Rouen. |
 |
| |
|
Moreland Richard L. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialiste de l'étude des petits groupes et de la loyauté. = Dick Moreland. Collaborateur de Levine, Markus et Zajonc.
 |
MARKUS, H., SMITH, J. & MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Role of the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1494-1512. |
MORELAND, R.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (1992). Problem identification by groups. In S. Worchel, W. Wood & J. Simpson (Eds.), Group process and productivity (pp. 17-48). Newbury Park, CA. : Sage. |
MORELAND, R.L. & McMINN, J.G. (1999). Gone, but not forgotten : Loyalty and betrayal among ex-members of small groups. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1484-1494. |
MORELAND, R.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (2002). Socialization and trust in work groups. Group Processes and Intergroup Relations, 5, 185-201. |
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (Eds.). (2006). Small groups : Key readings. Philadelphia, PA : Psychology Press. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Morf Albert ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européen d'origine suisse et professeur à la retraite de l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Piaget.
 |
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1954). L'action des facteurs spatiaux et temporels de centration dans l'estimation visuelle des longueurs. Archives de psychologie, 34 (136), 243-288. |
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1954). Note sur l'illusion des droites inclinées. Archives de Psychologie, 35 (137), 65-76. |
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1956). Les comparaisons verticales à faible intervalle. Archives de Psychologie, 35 (140), 289-319. |
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1956). Note sur la comparaison de lignes perpendiculaires égales. Archives de Psychologie, 35 (139), 233-255. |
PIAGET, J. et MORF, A. (1961). La comparaison des verticales et des horizontales dans la figure en équerre. Archives de Psychologie, 38 (149), 69-88. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Morgenstern Oskar (1902-1976) : Économiste américain d'origine autrichienne et père de la théorie des jeux (en collaboration avec Von Neumann). Collaborateur de Von neumann.
  
 |
VON NEUMANN, J. & MORGENSTERN, O. (1944). Theory of games and economic behavior. Princeton : Princeton Univ. Press. |
MORGENSTERN, O. (1950). On the accuracy of economic observations. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press. |
MORGENSTERN, O. (1951). Prolegomena to a theory of organization. Santa Monica, CA : Rand Corp. [PDF] |
MORGENSTERN, O. (1959). The question of national defense and international transactions and business cycles. New York : Random House. |
MORGENSTERN, O. & KNORR, K.E. (1968). Political conjecture in military planning. Princeton : Center of International Studies, Princeton University. |
 |
|
|
|
|
|
Morphine : Drogue de la famille des narcotiques, notamment utilisée en médecine pour soulager la douleur des patients en phase terminale. Morphine et endorphine. Morphine.
| |
WOODS J.H. & SCHUSTER, C.R. (1968). Reinforcement properties of morphine, cocaine and SPA as a function of unit dose. International Journal of the Addictions, 3, 231-237. |
SIEGEL, S. & ELLSWORTH, D.W. (1986). Pavlovian conditioning and death from apparent overdose of medically prescribed morphine : A case report. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 24, 278-280. |
PALLETA, M.S. & WAGNER, A.R. (1986). Development of context-specific tolerance to morphine : support for a dual-process interpretation. Behavioral Neuroscience, 100, 611–623. |
 |
| |
|
Morphologie : Étude des formes cachées et apparentes d'un objet d'étude.
|
|
Morris Edward K. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement. Collaborateur de Baer, Bickle, Higgins, Schneider et Todd.
 |
MORRIS, E.K., HURSH, D.E., WINSTON A.W., GELFLAND, D.M., HARTMAN, D.P., REESE, H.W. & BAER, D.M. (1982). Behavior analysis and developmental psychology. Human Development, 25, 340-364. |
MORRIS, E.K. (1988). Contextualism : The world view of behavior analysis. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 46, 289-323. |
MORRIS, E.K. (1992). The aim, progress, and evolution of behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 15, 3-29. [PDF] |
MORRIS, E.K. (1993). Mechanism and contextualism in behavior analysis : Just some observations. The Behavior Analyst, 16, 255-269. [PDF] |
MORRIS, E.K. & ALTUS, D.E. (2005). B.F. Skinner's contributions to applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 28 (2), 99-131. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
Morris Richard G.M. ( ) : Neurobiologiste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'hippocampe. Il a inventé le labyrinthe aquatique.
 |
MORRIS, R.G.M., (1981). Spatial localisation does not depend on the presence of local cues. Learning & Motivation, 12, 239-260. |
MORRIS, R.G.M., GARRUD, J.N., RAWLINS, J.N.P. & O'NKEEFE, J. (1982). Place navigation impaired in rats with hippocampal lesions. Nature, 297 (5868), 681-683. |
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1984). Developments of a water-maze procedure for studying spatial learning in the rat. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 11, 47-60. |
MORRIS, R.G.M., ANDERSON, E. BAUDRY, M. & LYNCH, G.S. (1986) . Selective impairment of learning and blockade of long- term potentiation in vivo by AP5, an NMDA antagonist. Nature, 319, 774-776 |
MORRIS, R.G.M., SCHENK, F., TWEEDIE, F. &. JARRARD, L.E. (1990). Ibotenate Lesions of Hippocampus and/or subiculum : Dissociating components of allocentric spatial learning. European Journal of Neuroscience, 2 (12), 1016-1028. |
 |
| |
|
Morse William H. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement opérant et des effets des drogues sur l'apprentissage. Professeur de Zeiler. Collaborateur de Dews, Hernnstein, Kelleher et Skinner.
 |
MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1957). A second type of superstition in the pigeon. American Journal of Psychology, 70, 308-311. |
HERNNSTEIN, R.J. & MORSE W.H. (1958). A conjunctive schedule of reinforcement Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1, 15-24. [PDF] |
MORSE, W.H. & SKINNER, B.F. (1958). Some factors involved in the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (1), 103-107. [PDF] |
MORSE, W.H. (1964). Effect of amobarbital and chlorpromazine on punished behavior in the pigeon. Psychopharmacologia, 6, 286-294. |
MORSE, W.H. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1977). Determinants of reinforcement and punishment. In: W.K Honig & J.E.R Staddon (Eds.), Handbook of operant behavior (pp. 174-200). Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
| |
ZEILER, M.D. (2006). An architect of the golden years. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (3), 385-391. [LIRE] |
 |
|
|
Mort/Mortalité : Fin de la vie. Mort et expérience de mort imminente. = décès. Death, dying, mortality.
| |
CAMERON, P., STEWART L.& BIBER, H. (1973). Consciousness of death across the life span. Journal of Gerontology, 28, 92-95 |
WAAS, H. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (Eds.) (1995). Dying. Washington, DC : Taylor & Francis |
ROBSON, J.G. (1981).
Brain death. British Medical Journal, 283 (6289), 505. |
BACKLUND, E., SORLIE, P.D. & JOHNSON, N.J. (1996). The shape of the relationship between income and mortality in the United States. Evidence from the National Longitudinal Mortality Study. Annals of Epidemiology, 6, 12-20. |
SABOM, M.B. (1982). Recollections of death. London : Corgi. |
ZHANG, L.X., XING, G.Q., LEVINE, S., POST, R.M., & SMITH, M.A. (1997). Maternal deprivation induces neuronal death. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 23, 1113. |
| |
HILL, K., BOESCH, C., GOODALL, J., PUSEY, A., WILLIAM, J. & WRANGHAM, R.W. (2001). Mortality rates among wild chimpanzees. Journal of Human Evolution, 40, 437-450. |
MARMOT, M.G., SHIPLEY, M.J. & ROSE, G. (1984). Inequalities in death-specific explanations of a general pattern ? Lancet, 1, 1003-1006. |
CASTANO, E. (2004). In case of death, cling to the ingroup. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 1-10. |
BLACKMORE, S.J. (1990). Minds, brains and death. In A. Scott (Ed.), Frontiers in science (pp. 36-49). Oxford : Blackwell. |
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFERTH, R.M. FISCHER, J., BEEHNER, J., BERGMAN, T., JOHNSON, S.E., KITCHEN, D.M., PALOMBIT, R.A., SILK, J.B. (2004). Factors affecting reproduction and mortality among baboons in the Okavango Delta, Botswana. International Journal of Primatology, 25, 401-428. [PDF] |
WOLFSON, M., ROWE, G., GENTLEMAN, J.F. & TOMIAK, M. (1993). Career earnings and death : a longitudinal analysis of older Canadian men. Journal of Gerontology, 48, 167-179. |
BOESCH, C. (2008). Why do chimpanzees die in the forest ? The challenges of understanding and controlling for wild ape health. American Journal of primatology, 70, 722-726. |
McGINNIS, J.M. & W.H. FOEGE, W.H (1993). Actual Causes of Death in the United States. Journal of the American Medical Association, 270, (18), 57–62. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Mort subite du nourrisson (MSN) : Mort soudaine et imprévisible du nourrisson. = syndrome de mort subite. SIDS, Sudden Infant Death Syndrome, cot death, crib death.
| |
LIPSITT, L.P. (2003). Behavioral aspects of crib death : The rise and fall of alternative hypotheses. Current Directions in Psychological Science. |
HAUCK, F.R., HERMAN, S.M., DONOVAN, M., IYASU, S., MERRICK-MOORE, C., DONOGUE, E., KIRSCHNER, R.H. & WILLINGER, R.M. (2003). Sleep environment and the risk of sudden infant death syndrome in an urban population : the Chicago Infant Mortality Study. Pediatrics, 111, 1207-1214. |
SLOTKIN, T.A., LAPPI, S.E., McCOOK, E. C., LORBER, B.A. & SIEDLER, F.J. (1995). Loss of neonatal hypoxia tolerance after prenatal nicotine exposure : Implications for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. Brain Research Bulletin, 38, 69-75 |
 |
| |
|
|
Moser Charles Allen (1952-) : Médecin et sexologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des paraphilies, notamment du sadisme et du masochisme.
 |
MOSER, C.A. & LEVITT, E.E. (1987). An exploratory-descriptive study of a sadomasochistically oriented sample. Journal of Sex Research, 23 (3), 322-337. |
MOSER, C.A. (2001). Paraphilia : Another confused sexological concept In P.J. Kleinplatz (Ed.) New directions in sex therapy-innovations and alternatives. Brunner-Routledge. |
MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2005). DSM-IV-TR and the paraphilia s: An argument for removal. Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality 17 (3/4), 91-109. |
MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2006). Sadomasochism : Powerful Pleasures. Routledge. |
 |
|
|
Moskovitz H. ( ) : Psychologue spécialisé dand l'étude des effets psychologiques de l'alcool.

 |
MOSKOWITZ, H. & DEPRY, D. (1968). Differential effect of alcohol on auditory vigilance and divided-attention tasks. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 29, 54-63. |
MOSKOWITZ, H. & ROTH, S. (1971). Effect of alcohol on response latency in object naming. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 32, 969-
975. |
MOSKOWITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1976). Effects of rate of drinking on human performance. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 37, 598-605. |
MOSKOVITZ, H., BURNS, M. & WILLIAMS, A.F. (1985) Skills performance at low blood alcohol levels. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 46, 482-485. |
MOSKOVITZ, H. & BURNS, M. (1990). Effects of alcohol on driving performance. Alcohol Health & Research World, 14, 12-14. |
 |
| |
|
Moss Donald ( ) : Psychologue humaniste américain.
 |
MOSS, D. (1978). Medard Boss and psychotherapy. In R. Valle and M. King (Eds.), Existential-phenomenological alternatives for psychology (pp. 308-323). New York : Oxford University Press. |
MOSS, D. (1989). Psychotherapy and human experience. In R. Valle & S. Halling (Eds.), Existential-phenomenological perspectives in psychology. New York : Plenum. |
MOSS, D. (1998). Humanistic and transpersonal psychology : An historical and biographical sourcebook. Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
MOSS, D. (1998). The humanistic psychology of self-disclosure, relationship, and community. In D. Moss (Ed.), Humanistic and transpersonal psychology : An historical and biographical sourcebook (pp. 66-84). Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
MOSS, D. (2001). The roots and geneology of humanistic psychology. In K. Schneider, J. Bugental & J. Pierson (Ed.), Handbook of humanistic psychology. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
 |
| |
|
Mosteller Frederick (Clarksburg 1916-2006 Falls Church) : Mathématicien et statisticien américain. Étudiant de Wilks et Tukey.Professeur de Diaconis. Collaborateur de Kruskal.
 
 |
MOSTELLER, F. & TUKEY, J.W. (1977). Data analysis and regression : a second course in statistics. Addison-Wesley. |
KRUSKAL, W.
& MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative sampling I. Non-scientific literature. International Statistical Review, 47, 13-24. |
KRUSKAL, W.
& MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative sampling II. Scientific literature, excluding statistics. International Statistical Review, 47, 111-122. |
KRUSKAL, W.
& MOSTELLER, F. (1979). Representative sampling III. The current statistical literature. International Statistical Review, 47, 245-265. |
DIACONIS, P. & MOSTELLER, F. (1989). Methods for studying coincidences. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 84 (408), 853-861. [PDF] |
 |
 |
| |
|
Mot : Les mots sont les éléments du vocabulaire qui permettent de formuler des phrases, et donc de communiquer (parler, lire, et écrire). Les mots sont formés de lettres (consonne et voyelle). Mot, lexique et langage. Word, early words.
| |
SKINNER, B.F. (1937). The distribution of associated words. Psychological Record, 1, 71-76. |
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1985). From people to plans to objects : Changes in the meaning of early words and their relation to cognitive development. Journal of Pragmatics, 9, 495-512. |
| |
KORIAT, A. & NORMAN, J. (1985). Reading rotated words. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception and Performance, 11 (4), 490-508. |
COOK, S.W. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Some factors influencing the distribution of associated words. Psychological Record, 3, 178-184. |
TARABAN, R. & McCLELLAND, J. L. (1987). Conspiracy effects in word pronunciation. Journal of Memory & Language, 26, 608-631. |
QUINE, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
MILLER, G.A. & GILDEA, P.M. (1987). How children learn words. Scientific American, 257 (3), 94-99. |
AUSTIN, J.L. (1962). How to do things with words. Oxford. |
GOPNIK, A. (1988). Three types of early word : Social words, cognitive-relational words and names and their relation to cognitive development. First Language, 8, 49-70. |
OLSON, R.K. (1965). Generalization to similar and opposite words. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70, 328 331. |
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1993). Words and thoughts in infancy : The specificity hypothesis and categorization and naming. In C. Rovee-Collier & L. Lipsitt (Eds.), Advances in infancy research. New Jersey : Ablex. |
MORTON, J. (1969). Interaction of information in word recognition. Psychological Review, 76, 165-178. |
MILLER, G.A. (1991). The science of words. New York : Freeman. |
JACOBY, L.L. (1972). Context effects on frequency judgments of words and sentences. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 94, 255-260. [PDF] |
NEATH, I. & NAIRNE, J.S. (1995). Word-length effects in immediate memory : Overwriting trace decay theory. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 2, 429-441. [PDF] |
GOODMAN, N. (1972). The way the world is. Problems and projects. Indianapolis : Hackett Publishing Co. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. & CARTER, J. (1975). Generative processing of hierarchically organized words. American Journal of Psychology, 88, 489-501. |
GASKINS, I.W., EHRI, L.C., CRESS C., O’HARA, C. & DONNELLY, K. (1997). Procedures for word learning : Making discoveries about words. The Reading Teacher, 50, 312-327. |
GREGG, V. (1976). Word frequency, recognition, and recall. In J. Brown (Ed.), Recall and recognition (pp. 183–216).
London: Wiley. |
|
CARNINE, L. & CARNINE, D. (1978). Determining the relative decoding difficulty of three types of simple regular words. Journal of Reading Behavior, 10 (4), 440-441. |
ESTES, W.K. & MADDOX, W.T. (2002). On the processes underlying stimulus-familiarity effects on recognition of words and nonwords. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory & Cognition, 28, 1003-1018. |
NELSON. D.L. (1979). Remembering pictures and words : Appearance, significance and name. In L.S. Cermak & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Levels of processing in human memory (pp. 45-76). Hillside, NJ : Erlbau. |
PEREA, M., CARREIRAS, M. & GRAINGER, J. (2004). Blocking by word frequency and neighborhood density in visual word recognition : A task-specific response criteria account. Memory & Cognition, 32, 1090- 1102. |
KAMEENUI, E., STEIN, M., CARNINE, D.& MAGGS, A. (1981). Primary level word—attack skills based on isolated word discrimination list and rule application training. Reading Education, 6 (2), 46-55. |
CLARK, K.M. & GREEN, G. (2004). Comparison of two procedures for teaching dictated-word/symbol relations to learners with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37, 503-507. |
McNAMARA, T. P., & STERNBERG, R. J. (1983). Mental models of word meaning. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 22, 449-474. |
ARDITI, A., & CHO, J. (2005). Serifs and font legibility. Vision Research, 45, 2926-2933. |
GOPNIK, A. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (1985). Words, plans, things and locations : Interactions between semantic and cognitive development in the one-word stage. In S. Kuczaj & M. Barrett (Eds.), The development of word meaning. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
JONES. M.N. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (2007). Representing word meaning and order information in a composite holographic lexicon. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 1-37. |
STERN, D. (1985). The interpersonal world of the infant : A view from psychoanalysis and developmental psychology. NY : Basic Books. |
MORET-TATAY, C. & PEREA, M. (2011). Do serifs provide an advantage in the recognition of written words? Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 23 (5), 619-624. [PDF]
|
 |
|
| |
|
Motivation : Processus inféré, donc non-directement observable, qui pousse ou incite un individu à émettre un comportement, à poursuivre un but. Pour d'autres théoriciens, la motivation serait une énergie psychique, au même titre que la pulsion ou la drive. Il s'agit également de l'un des quatre processus de la théorie de l'apprentissage par observation de Bandura. ( ): motivation au travail, motivation à l'école, motivation à l'accomplissement, motivation intrinsèque, motivation extrinsèque, motivation vicariante. Motivation, motivational processes.
| |
SYMONDS, P.M. (1937). Motivation of behavior : The fundamental determinants of human and animal activity. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1 (4), 71-72. |
|
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396. |
DWECK, C.S. & LEGGETT, E.L. (1988). A social-cognitive approach to motivation and personality. Psychological Review, 95, 256-273. |
BIRCH, H.G. (1945). The role of motivational factors in insightful problem-solving. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 38, 295-317. |
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1952). Motivation. Annual Review of Psychology, 3, 419-438. |
DWECK, C.S. (1988). Goals : An approach to motivation and achievement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 5-12. |
McCLELLAND, D.C., ATKINSON, J.W., CLARK, R.A. & LOWELL, E.L. (1953). The achievement motive. Princeton : Van Nostrand. |
EPSTEIN, J.L. (1989). Family structures and student motivation : A developmental perspective. Dans C. Ames et R. Ames (Dirs.), Research on motivation in education : Goals and cognitions (Vol. 3., pp. 259-295). New York : Academic Press. |
MASLOW, A.H. (1954). Motivation and personality. New York : Harper & Row. |
PETRI, H. (1991). Motivation : Theory, research and application. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth. |
STELLAR, E. (1954). The physiology of motivation. Psychological Review, 61, 5-22. |
SMITH, C.P. (Ed.) (1992). Motivation and personality : Handbook of thematic content analysis. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
ATKINSON, J.W. (1957). Motivational determinants of risk-taking behavior. Psychological Review, 64, 359-372. |
|
ROSENBAUM, G. MacKAVEY, W.R. GRISELL, J.L. (1957). Effects of biological and social motivation on schizophrenic reaction time. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 54 (3), 364-368. |
|
MILLER, N.E. (1957). Experiments on motivation; studies combining psychological, physiological, and pharmacological techniques. Science, 126, 1271-1278.
|
|
MILLER, N.E. (1958). Central stimulation and other new approaches to motivation and reward. American Psychologist, 13, 100-108. |
|
BINDRA, D. (1959). Motivation : a systematic reinterpretation. New York : Ronald Press Co. |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1964). Work and motivation. New York : Wiley. |
VALLERAND, R.J. et SENÉCAL, C. (1992). Une analyse motivationnelle de l'abandon des études. Apprentissage et socialisation, 15, 49-62. |
MILLER, N.E. (1964). Some psychophysiological studies of motivation and of the behavioural effects of illness. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 17, 1-20. |
|
DAY, H.I., D.E. BERLYNE, D.E. & HUNT, D.E. (Eds.) (1971). Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in education. Toronto: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Towards a history of intrinsic motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne, & D.E. Hunt (Eds.), Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in education. Toronto: Holt, Rinehart and Winston of Canada. |
|
NICHOLLS, J.G. (1979). Quality and equality in intellectual development: The role of motivation in education.
American Psychologist, 34 (11), 1071-1084. |
GEEN, R.G. (1991). Social motivation. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 377-399 |
SOLOMON, R.L. (1980). The opponent-process theory of acquired motivation : The costs of pleasure and the benefits of pain. American Psychologist, 35, 691-712. |
VALLERAND, R.J. & THILL, E. (Dir) (1993). Introduction à la psychologie de la motivation. Laval : Études Vivantes. |
KORNADT, H.-J., ECKENSBERGER, L.H. & EMMINGHAUS, W.B. (1980). Cross-cultural research on motivation and its contribution to a general theory of motivation. In H.C. Triandis & W. Lonner (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology : Basic processes (Vol. 3, pp. 223-321). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
STIPEK, D.J. (1993). Motivation to learn : From theory to practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
WEINER, B. (1980). Human motivation. New York : Holt-Rinehart & Winston. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P. (1993). Une perspective éthologique de la motivation. In R.J. Vallerand & E.E. Thill (Éds), Introduction à la psychologie de la motivation (pp. 85-137). Éditions Études Vivantes. |
GROSSBERG, S. (1982). A psychophysiological theory of reinforcement, drive, motivation, and attention. Journal of Theoretical Neurobiology, 1, 286-369. |
FRANKEN, R.E. (1994). Human motivation. California: Brooks/Cole. |
MILLER, N.E. (1982). Motivation and psychological stress. In D. W. Pfaff (Ed.), The physiological mechanisms of motivation (pp. 409-432). New York : Springer Verlag. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & LEARY, M.R. (1995). The need to belong : Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497-529. |
PEARLMAN, C. (1982). The measurement of effectance motivation.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 42 (1), 49-56. |
SPITZER, D. (1995). Supermotivation. New York, NY : Amacom Books. |
| |
FREY, B. (1997). Not just for the money : An economic rheory of personal motivation. Cheltenham, U.K. : Edward Elgar. |
ADELMAN, H.S. & TAYLOR, L. (1983). Enhancing motivation for overcoming learning and behavior problems. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7, 384-392. |
CLARK, R.E. (1998). Motivating performance. Performance Improvement, 37 (8), 39-47. |
| |
PINTRICH, P. & SCHUNK, D. (2001). Motivation in education : Theory, research and applications. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Merrill. |
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of Motivation & Emotion. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
BÉNABOU, R. & TIROLE, J. (2002). Self-confidence and personal motivation. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 117 (3), 871-915. |
DWECK, C.S. (1986). Motivational processes affecting learning. American Psychologist, 41, 1040-1048. |
ELLIOT, A.J. & DWECK, C.S. (Eds.) (2005). Handbook of competence and motivation. New York : Guilford. |
 |
HECKAUSEN, J., WROSCH, C. & SCHULZ, R. (2010). A motivational theory of life-span development. Psychological Review, 117 (1), 32-60. |
|
|
Motivation à l'école : Motivation à apprendre à l'école. Classroom motivational climate.
| |
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1965). Grades as motivants. Psychology in the Schools, 2, 17-24. |
HARTER, S. (1992). The relationship between perceived competence, affect, and motivational orientation within the classroom : Processes and patterns of change. In R.K. Boggiano & T.S. Pittman (Eds.), Achievement and motivation (pp. 77-114). New York : Cambridge University Press.
|
COVINGTON, M.V. & OMELICH, C.L. (1979). Effort : The double-edged sword in school achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 71(2), 169-82. |
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A., MiIDGLEY, C., MAC IVER, D. & FELDLAUFER, H. (1993). Negative effects of traditional middle schools on students motivation. The Elementary School Journal, 93, 553-574.
|
ECCLES, J.S., WIGFIELD, A., MIDGLEY, C. & ADLER, T.F. (1984). Grade-related changes in the school environment : Effects on achievement motivation. In J.G. Nicholls (Ed.), Advances in motivation and achievement. (Vol. 3, pp. 283-331). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
VIAU, R. (1994). La motivation en contexte scolaire. Saint-Laurent, QC : Éditions du Renouveau Pédagogique. |
BROPHY, J. (1987). Synthesis of research on strategies for motivating students to learn. Educational Leadership, 45, 40-48. |
BROOKHART, S.M. & DEVOGE, J.G. (1999). Testing a theory about the role of classroom assessment in student motivation and achievement. Applied Measurement in Education, 12 (4), 409-425.
|
AMES, C. (1992). Achievement goals and the classroom motivational climate. In D.H. Schunk & J.L. Meece (Eds.), Student perceptions in the classroom (pp. 327-347). NJ : Erlbaum.
|
BROPHY, J.E. (2004). Motivating students to learn. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
|
 |
|
|
|
|
|
Motivation au travail : Motivation à accomplir ses tâches, à faire son travail. Motivation et satisfaction au travail. Business drive.
| |
McCLELLAND, D.C. (1962). Business drive and national achievement. Harvard Business Review, 40, 99-112. |
 |
| |
|
Motivation d'accomplisement : Achievement motivation.
| |
McCLELLAND, D.C., ATKINSON, J.W., CLARK, R.A. & LOWELL, E.L. (1953). The achievement motive. Princeton : Van Nostrand. |
KUHL, J. & BLANKENSHIP, V. (1979). The dynamic theory of achievement motivation : From episodic to dynamic thinking. Psychological Review 85, 239-248. |
DWECK, C.S. (1988). Goals : An approach to motivation and achievement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 5-12. |
 |
| |
|
Motivation extrinsèque : Motivation dont la source réside dans l'environnement du sujet (source externe). EX: Recevoir un encouragement ou de l'argent motive un individu à travailler. = renforcement intrinsèque, renforcement positif. Extrinsic motivation.
| |
CALDER, B.J. & STAW, B.M. (1975). Self-perception of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31 (4), 599-605. |
VALLERAND, R.J. (1997). Toward a hierarchical model of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 29). New York : Academic Press. |
 |
| |
|
Motivation intrinsèque : Motivation qui découle de la satisfaction de soi (source interne). EX: L'individu qui se félicite de son bon travail, d'être aussi bon que les meilleurs de sa classe se motive ainsi à poursuivre ses études. = renforcement intrinsèque, auto-renforcement. Intrinsic motivation.
| |
HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information processing and action. In O. J. Harvey (Ed.), Motivation and social interaction: The cognitive determinants. New York : Ronald Press. |
LEPPER, M.R. (1983). Extrinsic reward and intrinsic motivation : Implications for the classroom. In J.M. Levine & M.C. Wang (Eds.), Teacher and student perceptions : Implications for learning (pp. 281-317). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
HUNT, J. McV. (1965). Intrinsic motivation and its role in psychological development. Proceedings of the Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln : University of Nebraska . |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. New York/London : Plenum Press. |
| |
DICKINSON, A.M. (1989). The detrimental effects of extrinsic reinforcement on "intrinsic motivation". The Behavior Analyst, 12 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
HUNT, J. McV. (1966). The epigenesis of intrinsic motivation and early cognitive learning. In R. N. Haber (Ed.), Current research in motivation. New York : Holt, Rinehart . |
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (1994). Reinforcement, reward, and intrinsic motivation : A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 64, 363-423. |
DAY, H.I. & BERLYNE, D.E. (1971). Intrinsic motivation. In G.S. Lesser (Ed.), Psychology and educational practice. (pp. 294-335). Glenview, Illinois : Scott Foresman. |
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (1996). When paradigms clash: comments on Cameron and Pierce’s claim that rewards do not undermine intrinsic motivation. Review of Educational Research, 66, 33-38. |
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Intrinsic motivation and psychological development . In H.M. Schroder & P. Suedfeld (Eds.), Personality theory and information processing. New York : Ronald. |
LEPPER, M.R., KEAVNEY, M. & DRAKE, M. (1996). Intrinsic motivation and extrinsic reward : a commentary on Cameron and Pierce’s meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66, 5-32. |
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Toward an history of intrinsic motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne, & D.E. Hunt (Eds.), Intrinsic motivation: A new direction in education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
BUTLER, R. (1988). Enhancing and undermining intrinsic motivation : The effects of task-involving and ego-involving evaluation on interest and performance. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 58 (1), 1-14. |
| |
HENNESSEY B.A. & AMABILE, T.N. (1988). Reward, intrinsic motivation, and creativity. American Psychologist, 53 (6), 674-675. |
DAY, H.I. & BERLYNE, D.E& HUNT, D E. (Eds.) (1971). Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
EISENBERGER, R., PIERCE, W.D. & CAMERON, J. (1999). Effects of reward on intrinsic motivation : Negative, neutral, and positive. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 677-691. |
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). When two rewards are worse than one : Effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Phi Delta Kappan, 565-566. |
CAMERON, J. & PIERCE, W.D. (2002). Rewards and intrinsic motivation : Resolving the controversy. Westport, CT : Bergin and Garvey. |
DECI, E.L. (1975). Intrinsic motivation. New York : Plenum. |
CAMERON, J. (2001). Negative effects of reward on intrinsic motivation - A limited phenomenon : Comment on Deci, Koestner, and Ryan (2001). Review of Educational Research, 71, 29-42. |
CALDER, B.J. & STAW, B.M. (1975). Self-perception of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31 (4), 599-605. |
GOTTFRIED, A.E., FLEMING, J.S. & GOTTFRIED, A.W. (2001). Continuity of academic intrinsic motivation from childhood through late adolescence : A longitudinal study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93 (1), 3-13. |
AMABILE, T.N., DEJONG, H.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1976). Effects of extrinsic deadlines on subsequent intrinsic motivation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 34, 92-98. |
PIERCE, W.D. CAMERON, J., BANKO, K.M. & SO, S. (2003). Rewards, performance standards, and intrinsic motivation. The Psychological Record, 53, 561-579. |
 |
|
|
Motivation vicariante : Motivation produite par l'observation des autres et surtout par les conséquences de leurs comportements. EX: Voir une personne qui a fait ceci ou cela recevoir de l'argent ou s'encourager et, de ce fait, reproduire son comportement afin d'obtenir les mêmes conséquences (argent ou satisfaction de soi). = renforcement vicariant. Motivation et renforcement vicariant. Vicarous motivation, renforcement vicariant.
| |
BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Vicarious reinforcement and imitative learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 601-607. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mouette :
Animal de la classe des oiseaux. Gull.
| |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1961). Why do gull chicks peck at visually contrasting spots? A suggestion concerning social learning of food-discrimination. American Naturalist, 95, 245-247. |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1962). Pecking of laughing gull chicks to models of the parental head. Auk, 79, 89-98. |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1963). Why is the Galapagos lava gull the color of lava? Condor, 65, 528. |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1964). Breeding synchrony in the equatorial swallow-tailed gull. American Naturalist, 98, 79-83. [PDF] |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1968). Behavioral studies of the swallow-tailed gull. Noticias de Galapagos, 11, 9-12. |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Spectral pecking preference in gull chicks : Possible resolution of a species difference. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 67 (4), 465-467. |
 |
| |
|
Mouton Jane Srygley ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du leadership et des styles de gestion au sein des organisations. En collaboration avec Blake, elle a développé une grille d'analyse du leadership. Les éditions d'organisation. Collaborateur de Blake.

 |
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON, J.S. (1964). The managerial grid. Houston : Gulf. |
BLAKE R.R., AVIS, W.E. & MOUTON, J.S. (1966). Corporate darwinism. Gulf Publishing Co. |
BLAKE, R.R. et MOUTON. J.S. (1969). Les deux dimensions du management. Paris : Éditions d'organisation. |
MOUTON J.S. & BLAKE, R.R. (1984). Synergogy : A new strategy for education training and development. USA : Jossey-Bass Inc publisher. |
BLAKE, R.R., MOUTON, J.S. et ALLEN, R.L. (1987). Team building. Culture d'équipe /. Paris. |
 |
| |
|
Mouvement/Se mouvoir : Le terme a plusieurs acceptions : a) Modification de l'état musculaire produite volontairement ou non par le cerveau. b) Pours certains auteurs, synonyme de comportement moteur ou de comportement tout court. c) Parfois utilisé comme unité de base du comportement, lequel serait alors considéré comme une suite plus ou moins bien coordonnés de mouvements (chaîne de comportement). Mouvement et muscle. = bouger, microcomportement. Movement.
| |
VOLPE, B.T, LEDOUX, J.E. & GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1979). Spatially oriented movements in the absence of proprioception. Neurology, 29, 1309-1313. |
BOCK, O. & DAUNICHT, W.J. (1987). Information processing in goal-directed movements. Behavior & Brain Research, 23, 23-28. |
THELEN, E. (1995). The improvising infant : Learning about learning to move. In M. R. Merrens & G.G.
Brannigan (Eds.), The developmental psychologists : Research adventures across the lifespan (pp. 21-36). New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
ADOLPH, K.E. (2008). Learning to move. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 213- 218. [PDF] |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Mouvement oculaire : Mouvement de l'oeil. Mouvement et poursuite visuelle. = mouvement des yeux. Eye mouvement.
| |
HOLT, E.B. (1903). Eye-movement and central anaesthesia. Psychological Review, Monogr. Sup., 17 (4), 3-45. |
ZELINSKY, G.J. & SHEINBERG D.L. (1997). Eye movements during parallel-serial visual search. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 23, 244-262. |
| |
RAYNER, K. (1998). Eye movements in reading and information processing. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 372-422. |
STRATTON, G.M. (1907). Eye movements and visual direction. Psychological Bulletin, 4, 155-158. |
WATANABE, K., LAUWERYENS, J. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2003). Neural correlates of rewarded and unrewarded eye movements in the primate caudate nucleus. Journal of Neurosciences, 23, 10052–10057. |
BARLOW, H.B. (1952). Eye movements during fixation. Journal of Physiology, 116, 290-306. |
CHUA, H.F., BOLAND, J.E. & NISBETT, R.E. (2005). Cultural variation in eye movements during scene perception. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 102, 12629-12633. |
IACONO, W.G. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1979). Comments on "Smooth-pursuit eye movements; A comparison of two measurement techniques by Lindsey, Holzman, Haberman, and Yasilo. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 678-680. |
KAWAGOE, R., TAKIWAWA, Y. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2004). Reward-predicting activity of dopamine and caudate neurons—a possible mechanism of motivational control of saccadic eye movement. Journal of Neurophysiology, 91, 1013-1024. |
LYKKEN, D.T., IACONO, W.G. & LYKKEN, J.D. (1981). Measuring deviant eye tracking. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 7, 204-205. |
TOTTALBA, A. CASTELHANO, M.S., HENDERSON, J.M. & OLIVA, A. (2006). Contextual guidance of eye movements and attention in real-world scenes : The role of global features in object search. Psychological Review, 113 (4), 766-786. |
| |
TAI, Y.-C., SHEEDY, J. & HAYES, J. (2006). Effect of letter spacing on legibility, eye movements, and reading speed. Journal of Vision, 6, 994. |
IACONO, W.G. & LYKKEN, D.T. (1979). Eye tracking an psychopathology : New procedures applied to a sample of normal monozygotic twins. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 1361-1365. |
REICHLE, E.D. & LAURENT, P.A. (2006). Using reinforcement learning to understand the emergence of “Intelligent” eye-movement behavior during reading. Psychological Review, 113 (2), 390-408. |
RAYNER, K. (Ed) (1983). Eye movements in reading : Perceptual and language processes. New York : Academic Press. |
ZELINSKY, G.J. (2008). A theory of eye movements during target acquisition. Psychological Review, 115 (4), 787-835. |
 |
SLATTERY T.J. & RAYNER, K. (2010). The influence of text legibility on eye movements during reading. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 24, 1129-1148. |
| |
WADE, N.J. & TATLER B.W. (2010). Recognition and eye movements with partially hidden pictures of faces and cars in different orientations. I-Perception, 1 (2), 103-121 [PDF] |
| |
PARAMEI, G., BERTAMINI, M., BRIDGEMAN, B., AND WADE, N.J. (2010). Eye movements: Spatial and temporal aspects. i-Perception, 1(2), 31-32. [PDF] |
| |
WADE, N.J. (2010). Pioneers of eye movement research. I-Perception, 1 (2), 33-68. [PDF] |
|
|
Mowrer Orval Hobart (1907-1982) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la peur conditionnée (Two factor model). Il est aussi l'un des pionniers de l'étude du biofeedback. Président de l'APA en 1954. Étudiant de Dunlap et Hull et professeur de Zimmerman. Collaborateur de Dollard, Doob, Hovland, Meyerson, Michael, Miller, Osgood, Sears et Staats.
 
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1938). Apparatus for the study and treatment of enuresis. American Journal of Psychology, 51, 163-166. |
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. & SEARS, R.R., FORD, C. HOVLAND, C. & SOLLENBERGER, R. (1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven : Yale University Press. |
MOWRER, O.H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning : A re-interpretation of "conditioning" and "problem-solving." Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102-148. |
MOWRER, O.H. (Ed.) (1950). Identification : A link between learning theory and psychotherapy. In Learning theory and personality dynamics (pp. 69-94). New York : Ronald. |
MOWRER, O.H. (1960). Learning theory and behavior. New York : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
 |
 |
| |
|
|
Moyenne (  ) : En statistique, mesure de tendance centrale d'une série de données obtenu en faisant la sommation des x données, puis en divisant le résultat de cette première opération par le nombre (n) de données. EX: Si la série de données est 4,5,6, la moyenne est 5. = X-barre. Mean, average.

| |
 |
STUDENT (1908). The probable error of a mean. Biometrika, 6, 1-25. |
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Mean comparisons. In N.J. Salkind, B. Frey & D.M. Dougherty (Eds.), Encyclopedia of research design. (pp. 785-790). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
WATIER, N.N., LAMONTAGNE, C. & CHARTIER, S. (2011). What does the mean mean ? Journal of Statistics Education Volume 19, 2. [PDF] |
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan Morin. |
| |
|
Moyenne pondérée : Average weight.
|
|
|
Muet : mute child.
| |
KERR, N., MEYERSON, L. & MICHAEL, J.L. (1965). A procedure for shaping vocalization in a mute child. In L.P. Ullman & L. Krasner (Eds.), Case studies in behavior modification (pp. 366-370). New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
| |
 |
| |
|
Mulick James A. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'autisme et de l'automutilation. Collaborateur de Foxx, Johnson et Linscheid.
 |
MEINHOLD, P.M. & MULICK, J.A. (1992). Social policy and science in the treatment of severe behavior disorders : Defining and securing a healthy relationship. Clinical Psychology Review, 12, 585-603. |
MULICK, J.A. (2001). ABA and the computer : A review of discrete trial trainer. Behavioral Interventions, 16, 287-291. |
MULICK, J.A. & BUTTER, E.M. (2002). Educational advocacy for children with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 17, 57-74. |
SALVY, S., MULICK, J.A, BUTTER, E., BARTLETT, R.K. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (2004). Contingent electric shock (SIBIS) and a conditioned punisher eliminate severe head banging in a preschool child. Behavioral Interventions, 19, 59-72. |
MULICK, J.A. & BUTTER, E.M. (2005). Positive behavior support : A paternalistic utopian delusion In J.W. Jacobson, R.M. Foxx & J.A. Mulick (Eds.), Controversial therapies for developmental disabilities : Fad, fashion, and science in professional practice (pp 385-403). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
 |
| |
|
Müller Georg Elias (Grimma Allemagne 1850-1934) : Physiologiste et psychologue gestaltiste allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire. Il a fondé l'Institut de psychologie de Göttingen en 1887.

 |
MÜLLER, G.E. & SCHUMANN, F. (1894). Experimental contributions on the investigation of memory. Zeitschrift fur Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane, 6 (2), 81-190, 257-339. |
MÜLLER, G.E. & PILZECKER, A. (1900). Experimental contributions on the theory of memory. Leipzig : J.A. Barth. |
MÜLLER, G.E. (1903). Viewpoints and the facts of psychophysical methodology. In L. Asher & K. Spiro (Eds.), Ergebnisse der Physiologie, Jahrgang II, 2 (pp. 267-516). Abtheilung, Wiesbaden : J.F. Bergmann. |
MÜLLER, G.E. (1923). The theory of complexes and the theory of Gestalts; a contribution toward a psychology of perception. Gottingen : Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. |
MÜLLER, G.E. (1930). On the sensations of color. Psychophysical inquiries. Leipzig : J.A. Barth. |
 |
| |
|
Muller Hermann Joseph (New York 1890-1967) : Biologiste et généticien américain, spécialiste des mutations, notamment chez la drosophile. Lauréat du prix Nobel de médecine et de physiologie en 1946. Il a crée un procédé pour créer artificiellement des mutations (par irridiation). Étudiant de Morgan.
 
 |
MÜLLER, H. (1973). Modern concept of nature. SUNY Press. |
 |
| |
|
Müller Johannes Peter (Koblenz Allemagne 1801-1858 Berlin) : Physiologiste allemand. Professeur de Dubois-Reymond, Helmoltz, Henle, Ludwig, Schawnn, Virchow et Wundt.
 |
|
| |
FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1. Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse. Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11, 136-155. |
 |
| |
|
|
Multiculturalisme : Multiculture, culture et psychologie culturelle. /interculturalisme. Multiculturalism.
| |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & SOLLIDAY, E.A. (1991). "Balanced multiculturalism" and the challenge of peaceful coexistence in pluralistic societies. Psychology & Developing Societies, 3, 51–72. |
|
TAYLOR, C. (1992/94). Multiculturalism and the politics of recognition / Multiculturalisme, différence et démocratie. Princeton : Princeton University Press/France : Aubie. |
BRETON, E. (2000). Canadian federalism, multiculturalism and the twenty-first Century. Revue Internationale d'Études Canadiennes, 21, 155-175. |
DORAIS, L.-J. (1994). Immigration, multiculturalisme et identités canadiennes. Dans J. Blomart et B. Krewer (Dir.), Perspectives de l’interculturel (p. 145-150). Paris : L'Harmattan. |
GREVEN-BORDE, H. et TOURNON, J. (Dirs.) (2000). Multiculturalisme ? Paris : L’Harmattan. |
BISSOONDATH, N. (1995). Le marché aux illusions : la méprise du multiculturalisme. Montréal : Boréal/Liber. |
ELBAZ, M. et HELLEY, D. (Dirs.) (2001). Mondialisation, citoyenneté et multiculturalisme. Laval : L'Harmattan, Les Presses de L'Université Laval. |
HELLY, D. (1996). Le multiculturalisme canadien. Homme et migration, 1200, 25-34. |
|
BERRY, J.W. (1997). Official multiculturalism. In J. Edwards (Ed), Language in Canada (pp. 84-101). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
ABU-LAHAN, Y. & GABRIEL, C. (2002). Selling diversity : Immigration, multiculturalism, employment equity and globalization. Peterborough : Broadview Press. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1997). Multiculturalism in the workplace. The Psychologist-Manager, 1, 23-34. |
BOUCHARD, G. (2002). Réflexion sur le multiculturalisme canadien. Canadian Issues / Thèmes canadiens, 2, 12-14. |
GIGNAC, J.L. (1997). Sur le multiculturalisme et la politique de la différence identitaire : Taylor, Walzer, Kymlicka. Politique et Sociétés, 16 (2), 31-65. |
KYMLICKA, W. (2003). La voie canadienne. Repenser le multiculturalisme. Montréal : Boréal. |
JUTEAU, D., McANDREW, M. & PIETRATONIO, L. (1998). Multiculturalisme à la Canadian and integration à la Québécoise. Transcending their limits. In R. Bauböck & J. Rundell (Eds.), Blurred boundaries : Migration, ethnicity, citizenship (pp. 95-110). Vienne/Brookfield, European Center, Vienna/Ashgate Publishing. |
GARCEA, J. (2006). Provincial multiculturalismpolicies in Canada, 1974-2004 : A Content Analysis. Canadian Ethnic Studies/Études ethniques au Canada, 38 (3), 1-20. |
HOULE, F. (1999). Citoyenneté, espace public et multiculturalisme : la politique canadienne de multiculturalisme. Sociologie et Sociétés, 31 (2), 101-123. |
KYMLICKA, W. & BANTIMG, K. (2006). Immigration, multiculturalism and the welfare state. Ethnics and International Affairs, 20 (3), 281-304. |
BRETON, G. & DUCHASTEL, J. (2000). Multiculturalisme, pluralisme et communauté politique : Le Canada et le Québec. Dans M. Elbaz et D. Helly (Dir.), Mondialisation, citoyenneté et multiculturalisme (p. 147-170). Montréal : L’Harmattan. |
WARBURTON, R. (2007). Canada’s Multicultural Policy. In S.P. Hier & B.S. Bolaria (Eds.), Race and racism in 21st Century Canada (pp. 275-290). Toronto : Broadview Press. |
HELLY, D. (2000). Le multiculturalisme canadien. Cahiers de l’Urmis, 6 [LIRE]. |
COURTOIS, S. (2007). La politique du multiculturalisme est-elle compatible avec le nationalisme québécois? Globe. Revue Internationale d'Études Québécoises, 10 (1), 53-72. |
BERRY, J.W. (2000). Costs and benefits of Multiculturalism. CEIFO Occasional Papers (Stockholm) 3, 1-89. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Multiplication : Opération cognitive de calcul mental. Multiplication et dyscalculie. Multiplicatio n.
| |
DANSEREAU, D. & GREGG, L.W. (1966). An information processing analysis of mental multiplication. Psychonomic Science, 6, 71-72. |
LAMPERT, M. (1986). Knowing, doing, and teaching multiplication. Cognition & Instruction, 3, 305-342. |
PARKMAN, J.M. (1972). Temporal aspects of simple multiplication and comparison. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 95, 437-444. |
CHIANG, B. (1986). Initial learning and transfer effects of microcomputer drills an LD students' multiplication skills. Learning Disability Quaterly, 19, 118-123. |
FELTON, S. (1974). A multiplication process. Academic Therapy, 9 (3), 249-251. |
KASHIGAWI, A., KASHIGAWI, T. & HASEGAWA, T. (1987). Improvement of deficits in mnemonic rhyme for multiplication in Japanese aphasics. Neuropsychologia, 25, 443-447. |
CARNINE, D.W. (1980). Preteaching versus concurrent teaching of the component skills of a multiplication algorithm. Journal of Research in Mathematics Education, 11 (5), 375-378. |
|
STAZYK, E.H., ASHCRAFT, M.H. & HAMANN, M.S. (1982). A network approach to simple multiplication. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 8, 320-335. |
LEMAIRE, P. & SIEGLER, R.S. (1995). Four aspects of strategic change : Contributions to children's learning of multiplication. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 124, 83-97. [PDF] |
CAMPBELL, J.I. D. & GRAHAM, D.J. (1985). Mental multiplication skil l : Structure, process, and acquisition. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 39, 338-366. |
|
 |
|
|
|
Multitâche/Alternance des tâches : Capacité d'exécuter plusieurs tâches à la fois, en alternant l'une et l'autre ou en les exécutant simultaénment ou quasi-simultanément. Multitâche et attention partagée. Multitasking.
| |
BOTWINICK, J., BRINLEY, J.F. & ROBBIN, J. S. (1958). Task alternation time
in relation to problem difficulty and age. Journal of Gerontology, 13, 414-417. |
ROGERS, R. & MONSELL, S. (1995). Costs of a predictable switch between simple cognitive tasks. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 124, 207-231. |
GOPHER, D., ARMONY, L., & GREENSHPAN, Y. (2000). Switching tasks and attention policies. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 129, 308-339. |
ALLPORT, A. & WYLIE, G. (2000). Task switching, stimulus-response bind- ings, and negative priming. In S. Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Attention and performance XVIII : Control of cognitive processes (pp. 35-70). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001). Executive control of cognitive processes intask switchig. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27 (4), 763-797. |
SALVUCCI, D.D. & TAATGEN, N.A. (2008). Threaded cognition : An integrated theory of concurrent multitasking. Psychological Review, 115 (1), 101-130. |
 |
| |
|
Multivariate Behavioral Research : Revue scientifique qui consacre aux études qui font appel aux statistiques multivariées.
DIGMAN, J.M. & TAKEMOTO-CHOCK, N.K. (1981). Factors in the natural language of personality : Re-analysis, comparison, and interpretation of six major studies. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 16, 149-170.
|
|
|
Münsterberg Hugo (Danzig 1863-1916) : Psychologue et physiologiste américain d'origine allemande et pionnier de la psychologie industrielle. Il fonde l'Institut de psychologie de Fribourg-en-Brisgau en 1889. Président de l'APA en 1898. Étudiant de Wundt. Professeur de Delabarre, Dunlap, Hume et Yerkes.

 |
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1899). Psychology and history. Psychological Review, 6, 1-31. |
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1907). On the witness stand. New York : Doubleday, Page & Company. |
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1908). Psychology and crime. |
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1909). Psychotherapy. Moffat, Yard and Company. |
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1913). Psychology and industrial efficiency. Boston & New York : Houghton Mifflin Company. |
 |
| |
|
|
Murphy Gardner (Chillicothe 1895-1979 Washington) : Psychologue américain, historien de la psychologie et psychosociologue avant la lettre. Il est également l'un des pionniers de la parapsychologie. Président de l'APA en 1944. Étudiant de Woodworth. Professeur de Clark, Likert, Newcomb et Sherif.

 |
MURPHY, G. (1929/49). Historical introduction to modern psychology. London/New York : Routledge and Kegan Paul/Harcourt Brace. |
MURPHY, G. & KLÜVER, H. (1930/32/38). Historical introduction to modern psychology. London/New York : K. Paul, Trench, Trubner/Harcourt Brace. |
MURPHY, G. & KOVACH, J. (1930/32/38). Historical introduction to modern psychology. London/New York : Routledge and Kegan. |
MURPHY, G. (1958). Human potentialities. New York : Basic Books. |
MURPHY, G. (1980). The paranormal and the normal. Lanham, Md. : Scarecrow Press, Inc. |
 |
| |
|
Murray Charles Alan (1943-) : Politologue américain. Collaborateur de Herrnstein.
 |
MURRAY, C. (1984). Losing ground : American social policy, 1950-1980. New York : Basic Books. |
MURRAY, C. (1989). In pursuit of happiness and good government. Simon & Shuster. |
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & MURRAY, C. (1994). The bell curve : Intelligence and class structure in American life. New York : Free Press. |
MURRAY, C. (1997). IQ and economic success. Public Interest, 128, 21-35. |
MURRAY, C. (2003). Human accomplishment : The pursuit of excellence in the arts and sciences, 800 B.C. to 1950. Harper Collins. |
 |
| |
|
Murray Henry A. (1893-1988) : Psychologue et psychanalyste américain. Il est le fondateur de la Boston Psychoanalytic Society . On lui également l'invention du test aperception thématique ou TAT.

 |
MURRAY, H.A. (1938). Explorations in personality. New York : Oxford University Press. |
MURRAY, H.A. (1940). What should psychologists do about psychoanalysis? Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 35, 150-175 |
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Thematic Apperception Test Manual. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
MURRAY, H.A. & KLUCKHOHN, C. (1953). Personality in nature, society, and culture. New York : Knopf. |
MURRAY, H.A. (Ed.) (1960). Myth and mythmaking. New York : G. Braziller. |
 |
| |
|
Muscle : Ensemble d'organes dont les tissus se contractent, permettant ainsi aux organismes de se mouvoi, d'émettre des comportements moteurs volontaires ou réflexes. Il existe deux type de muscles : les muscles striés ( EX : muscles squelettiques ou cardiaque) et les muscle lisses (Ex : muscles du tube digestif ou des bronches). Les muscles striés contiennent deux types de fibre : 1) les fibres efférentes en provenance du système nerveux qui stimulent le muscle pour qu'il se contracte; 2) les fibres afférentes en provenance des muscles qui informe le système nerveux sur l'état de contraction et de fatigue du muscl (neurone sensoriel). Ces muscles ont quatre propriété : Ils sont excitables, contractile, élastique (retrouve sa forme initiale lorsque s'arrête la contraction) et tonique. Les muscles lisses ou non-striées se contractent lentement et involontairement. Ils sont régis par le système nerveux parasympathique. Muscle et motricité.
| |
KUTFFLER, S. W. (1949). Transmitter mechanism at the nerve muscle junction. Archives des Sciences Physiologiques, 3, 585-601. |
 |
| |
|
|
Musgrave Alan E. ( ) : Épistémologue et historien des sciences anglais. Il s'est notamment intéressé au problème de l'induction. Collaborateur de Lakatos.

 |
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1974). Logical versus historical theories of confirmation. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 25, 1-23. |
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1974). The objectivism of Popper's epistemology. In A. Schilpp (Ed.), The philosophy of Karl Popper (pp. 560-589). La Salle III, The Open Court. |
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1999). Essays on realism and rationalism. Amsterdam/Atlanta : Rodopi. |
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (1999). How to do without inductive logic. Science and Education, 8, 395-412. |
MUSGRAVE, A.E. (2004). How Popper [might have] solved the problem of induction. Philosophy, 79, 19-31. |
 |
| |
|
Musique : Musique et psychologie de la musique.
| |
DEUTSCH, D. (1969). Music recognition. Psychological Review, 76,
300-307. |
RADOCY, R.E. & BOYLE, J.D. (Eds) (1997). Psychological foundations of musical behavior. Charles C. Thomas Publishers. |
GALIZIO, M. & HENDRICK, C. (1972). Effect of musical accompaniment on attitude : The guitar as a prop for persuasion. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 2, 350-359. |
WESTER, S.R., CROWN, C.L., QUATMAN, G.L. & HEESACKER, M. (1997). The influence of sexually violent rap music on attitudes of men with little prior ex-posure. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 21, 497-508. |
DEUTSCH, D. (1972). Effect of repetition of standard and comparison
tones on recognition memorv for Pitch. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 93, 156-162. |
RICH, M., WOODS, E.R., GOODMAN, E., EMANS, S J. & DURANT, R.H. (1998). Aggressors or victims : Gender and race in music video violence. Pediatrics, 101, 669-674. |
ZATORRE, R.J. (1979). Recognition of dichotic melodies by musicians and nonmusicians. Neuropsychologia, 17, 607-617. |
LEHMANN, A.C. & ERICSSON K.A. (1999). Research on expert performance and deliberate practice : Some implications for the education of amateur musicians and music students. Psychomusicology, 16, 40-58. |
CRASKE, M.G. & CRAIG, K.D. (1984). Musical performance anxiety: The three-systems model and self-efficacy theory. Behavioural Research Therapy, 22 (3), 267-280. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2001). L'effet des caractéristiques d'une musique d'attente téléphonique sur la perception du délai d'attente des interlocuteurs. Revue Européenne de Psychologie Appliquée, 51 (1-2), 77-84. [PDF] |
BAXTER, R.L., De RIEMER, C., LANDINI, A., LESLIE, L. & SINGLETARY, M.W. (1985). A content analysis of music videos. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 29, 333-340. |
RUBIN, A.M., WEST, D.V. & MITCHELLl, W.S. (2001). Differences in aggression, attitudes towards women, and distrust as reflected in popular music preferences. Media Psychology, 3, 25-42. |
CAPLAN, R.E. (1985). Violent program content in music video. Journalism Quarterly, 62, 144-147. |
GUÉGUEN, N. JACOB, C. & LEGOHÉREL, P. (2002). L'effet d'une musique d'ambiance sur le comportement du consommateur : Une illustration en extérieur. Décisions Marketing, 25, 53-59. [PDF] |
PETERSON, D.L & PFOST, K.S. (1989). Influence of rock videos on attitudes of violence against women. Psychological Reports, 64, 319-322. |
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (2002). How jazz musicians improvise. Music Perception, 19 (3), 415-442. |
WANAMAKER, C.E. & REZNICOFF, M. (1989). The effects of aggressive and nonaggressive rock songs on projective and structured tests. The Journal of Psychology, 123, 561-570. |
JACOB, C. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Variations du volume d'une musique de fond et effets sur le comportement de consommation : Une évaluation dans des bars. Recherche et Applications Marketing, 4, 1-9. [PDF] |
HANSEN, C.H. & HANSEN, R.D. (1990). Rock music videos and antisocial behavior. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 11, 357-369. |
RESNICOW, J.E., SALOVEY, P. & REPP, B.H. (2004). Is recognition of emotion in musical performance an aspect of emotional intelligence? Music Perception, 22, 145-158. |
ST. LAWRENCE, J.S. & JOYNER, D.J. (1991). The effects of sexually violent rock music on males’ acceptance of violence against women. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 15, 49-63. |
ZATORRE, R.J. (2005). Music, the food of neuroscience ? Nature, 434, 312-315. |
WAITE, B.M., HILLBRAND, M. & FOSTER, H.G. (1992). Reduction of aggressive behavior after removal of Music Television. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 43, 173-175. |
ZATORRE, R.J. & HALPERN, A.R. (2005). Mental concerts : Musical imagery and auditory cortex performance in early-blind individuals. Neuron, 47, 9-12. |
RAUSHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music and spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611. |
FITCH, W.T. (2006). The biology and evolution of music : a comparative perspective. Cognition, 100 (1), 173-215. |
TOOK, K.J. & WEISS, D.S. (1994). The relationship between heavy metal and rap music and adolescent turmoil : Real or artifact? Adolescence, 29, 613- 621. |
ALLAN, D. (2006). Effects of popular music in advertising on attention and memory. Journal of Advertising Research, 46 (4), 434-444. |
JOHNSON, J.D., ADAMS, M. S., ASHBURN, L. & REED, W. (1995). Differential gender effects of exposure to rap music on African American adolescents' acceptance of teen dating violence. Sex Roles, 33, 597-605. |
KONECNI, V.J., WANIC, R.A. & BROWN, A. (2007). Emotional and aesthetic antecedents and consequences of music-induced thrills. American Journal of Psychology, 120, 619-643. |
HODGES, D.A. (1996). Handbook of music psychology. IMR Press. |
FLOM, R.A., GENTILE, D.A. & PICK, A.D. (2008). Infants’ discrimination of happy and sad music. Infant Behavior and Development, 31, 716-728. |
RAUSHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1996). Music training causes long : Term enhancement of preschool children’s spatial - Temporal Reasoning. Neurological Research, 19, 208. |
KONECNI, V.J. (2008). Does music induce emotion? A theoretical and methodological analysis. Psychology of Aesthetics, Creativity, & the Arts, 2, 115-129. |
WESTER, S.R., CROWN, C.L., QUATMAN, G.L. & HEESACKER, M. (1997). The influence of sexually violent rap music on attitudes of men with little prior exposure. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 21, 497-508. |
KONECNI, V.J., BROWN, A. & WANIC, R.A. (2008). Comparative effects of music and recalled life-events on emotional state. Psychology of Music, 36, 289-308. |
 |
JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N. & BOULBRY, G (2010). Effects of songs with prosocial lyrics on tipping behavior in a restaurant. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 29, 761-763. [PDF] |
| |
|
Mutation : Modification aléatoire, brusque et irréversible de la séquence des bases azotées (information) de l'ADN. La plupart des mutations qui surviennent dans le génome ne sont pas retenues par la sélection naturelle. ( ): mutation ponctuelle ou génique (micro-mutation), mutation chromosomique ou macro-mutation, méga-mutation. Mutation.
| |
BASTOCK, M. (1956). A gene mutation which changes a behavior pattern. Evolution, 10, 421-439. |
ORR, H.A. (1995). Somatic mutation favors the evolution of diploidy. Genetics, 139, 1441-1447. |
KYRIACOU, C.P. (2002). Single gene mutations in Drosophila : what can they tell us about the evolution of sexual behaviour ? Genetica,
116, 197-20. |
COBB, M. (2007). A gene mutation which changed animal behaviour : Margaret Bastock and the yellow fly. Animal Behaviour, 74, (2), 163-169.
|
EYRE-WALKER, A. & KIEGHTLEY, P. (2007). The distribution of fitness effects of new mutation. Nature Reviews Genetics, 8 (8), 610-618. |
 |
| |
|
|
Mutisme : Refus de parler, ou de communiquer. Mutism.
| |
O'REILLY, M.F., SIGAFOOS, J., LANCIONI, G., GREEN, V., EDRISINHA, C., MACHALICEK, W., SORRELLS, A., LANG, R. & DIDDEN, R. (2008). Examination of a social skills problem-solving intervention to treat selective mutism. Behavior Modification, 32, 182-195. |
 |
| |
|
|
|
Myéline (gaine ou feuillets de) : Couche d'isolation qui entoure certains axones. Permet à l'influx nerveux de se propager de noeud de ranvier en noeud de ranvier le long de l'axone (mouvement saltatoire de l'influx). Myelinated fibers.
| |
 |
TASAKI, I. (1952). Properties of myelinated fibers in frog sciatic nerve and in spinal cord as examined with micro-electrodes. Japanese Journal of Physiology, 3, 73-94. |
 |
| |
|
Myers David ( ) : Psychosociologue social canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la polarisation des groupes. Il est également l'auteur de nombreux volumes de psychologie.
 |
MYERS, D.G. & BACH, P.J. (1974). Discussion effects on militarism-pacificism : A test of the group polarization hypothesis. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 30, 741-747. |
MYERS, D.G. & LAMM, H. (1976). The group polarization phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin, 83, 602-627. |
MYERS, D.G. & DIENER, E. (1997). La poursuite scientifique du bonheur. Revue Quebecoise de Psychologie, 18 (2), 13-28. |
MYERS, D.G. (2007). Psychology. Worth Publishers. |
MYERS, D.G. (2008). Social psychology. McGraw-Hill. |
 |
| |
|
Myerson Abraham (1881-1948) : Psychiatre américain d'origine lituanienne
 |
MYERSON, A. (1920). The nervous housewife. Boston : Little, Brown, and company. [LIRE] |
MYERSON, A. (1921). The foundations of personality. Boston, Little, Brown, and Company. [LIRE] |
MYERSON, A. (1925). The inheritance of mental diseases. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins entreprise. |
MYERSON, A. (1925). When life loses its zest. Little : Brown. |
MYERSON, A. (1934). Social psychology. New York : Prentice-Hall. |
 |
| |
|
Mysogynie : Aversion et mépris envers les femmes. Mysogynie et sexisme. Misogyny.
| |
SCHACHT, S.P. (1996). Misogyny on and off the ‘pitch’: The gendered world of male rugby players. Gender & Society, 10, 550-565. |
 |
| |
|
Mysticisme : Croyance en un déterminisme divin ou surnaturel. Mysticism.
| |
RUSSEL, B. (1917). Mysticism and logic. London : Allen & Unwin. |
 |
| |
|
Mythe/Mythologie : Pure construction de l'esprit, en laquelle certains individus - parfois des scientifiques - continuent de croire malgré l'absence de faits ou de preuves. Mythe, rumeur et croyance. Myth.

| |
SAPIR, E. (1907). Preliminary report on the language and mythology of the Upper Chinook. American Anthropologist, 9, 533–544. |
BISHOP, K.M. & WALHSTEN, D. (1997). Sex difference in the human corpus callosum : Myth or reality? Neuroscience Behavioral review, 21, 581-601. |
THOBURN, W.M. (1918). The myth of Occam's Razor. Mind, 27 (107), 345-353. |
FISCHER, C.S., HOUT, M., JANKOWSKI-SANCHEZ, M., LUCAS, S.R., SWIDLER, A. & VOSS, K. (1996). Inequality by design : Cracking the Bell Curve myth. Princeton University Press. |
LÉVY-BRÜHL, L. (1935). La mythologie primitive. Le mode mythique des Australiens et des Papous. Paris : Alcan. |
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media : An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang. |
SZASZ, T.S. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American Psychologist, 15, 113-118 |
ALEANOMI, L.M. (1999). Student rating myths versus research facts from 1924 to 1998. Journal of Personnel Evaluation in Education, 13 (2), 153-166. |
MURRAY, H.A. (Ed.) (1960). Myth and mythmaking. New York : G. Braziller. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1999). Pseudoscience and the brain : tuners and tonics for aspiring superhumans. In S. Della Sala (Ed.), Mind myths : Exploring popular assumptions about the mind and brain (pp. 59-82). John wiley and Sons. [PDF] |
KERLINGER, F.N. (1960). The mythology of educational research : The methods approach. School and Society, 88, 149-151. |
RADFORD, B. (1999). The ten-percent myth". Skeptical Inquirer (Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal). [LIRE] |
| |
LANGLOIS, J.H., KALAKANIS, L., RUBENSTEIN, A.J., LARSON, A., HALLAM, M. & SMOOT, M. (2000). Maxims or myths of beauty? A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 390-423. [PDF] |
|
LUHMAN, N. (2000). The reality of the mass media. Cambridge : Polity Press. |
| |
PERSSON, R.S. (2000). Survival of the fittest or the most talented ?: Deconstructing the myth of the musical maestro. Journal of Advanced Academics, 12 (1), 25-38. |
SZASZ, T.S. (1961/72) The myth of mental illness. London : Paladin. |
MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of grading leniency and low workloads on students' evaluations of teaching : Popular myth, bias, validity or innocent bystanders? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 202-228. |
MAY, R. (1961). The meaning of the Oedipus myth. Review of Existential Psychology & Psychiatry, 1, 44-52. |
CAMERON, J., BANKO, K.M. & PIERCE, W.D. (2001). Pervasive negative effects of rewards on intrinsic motivation : The myth continues. The Behavior Analyst, 24, 1-44. |
WILKINSON, C.B. (1970). The destructiveness of myths. American Journal of Psychiatry, 126, 1087-1092. |
HINES, T.M. (2001). The G-spot : a modern gynecologic myth. American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 185 (2), 359-362. |
SHIELDS, S.A. (1975). Functionalism, Darwinism, and the psychology of women : A study in social myth. American Psychologist, 30, 739-754. |
ESTERSON, A. (2001). The mythologizing of psychoanalytic history : Deception and self-deception in Freud's account of the seduction theory episode. History of Psychiatry, 12, 329-352. |
| |
NAIRNE, J.S. (2002). The myth of the encoding-retrieval match. Memory, 10, 389-395. [PDF] |
CATANIA, A.C. (1975). The myth of self-reinforcement. Behaviorism, 3, 192-199. |
COTTON, A., FARLEY, M. & BARON, R. (2002). Attitudes toward
prostitution and Acceptance of rape myths. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology 32 (9), 1790-1796. |
SCHRAG, P.& DIVOKY, D. (1975). The myth of the hyper- active child. New York : Pantheon. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2003). The myth of intelligence. The Psychological Record, 53, 15-32. |
HORN J.L. & DONALDSON, G. (1976). On the myth of intellectual decline in adulthood. American Psychologist, 31, 701-719. |
FLORA, S.R & SELLERS, M. (2003). "Premenstrual dysphoric disorder" and "premenstrual syndrome" myths. Skeptial Inquirer, 27, 37-42. |
CONABLE, C.W. (1977). Women at Cornell, the myth of equal education. Ithaca, NY : Cornell University Press. |
KITZINGER, C. (2004). The myth of the two biological sexes. The Psychologist, 17 (8), 451-454. |
SZASZ, T. (1978). The myth of psychotherapy. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
BARNETT, R. & RIVERS, C. (2004). Same difference: How gender myths are hurting our relationships, our children, and our jobs. New York : Basic Books. |
BURT, M.R. (1980). Cultural myths and support for rape. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 38, 217–230. |
|
COLLINS, B.E. (1981). The myth and entity of hyperactivity. In M.B. Brewer & B.E. Collins (Eds.), Knowing and validating : A tribute to Donald T. Campbell. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
MONCRIEFF, J. & KIRSCH, I. (2005). Debating antidepressant
efficacy in adults. British Medical Journal, 331, 155-157. |
TZENG, O.C.S. & TZENG, C.H. (1982). Myth or fact of implicit personality theory ? An illustration of how empirical research can miss. Journal of Personality, 30 (2), 223-239. |
|
ZIBERGELD, B. (1983). The shrinking of America : Myths of psychological change. Boston: Little Brown. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. & SEIFERT, R. (1983). Sex and contextual differences
in the appropriateness of assertive behavior : Fact or myth? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 8, 79-88. |
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). Challenging mind myths in introductory psychology courses. Psychology Teacher Network (PTN), 15 (1), 4-6. |
CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women’s masochism. American Psychologist, 39, 130–139. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1985). The myth of alpha consciousness. The Skeptical Inquirer, 1, 42-59. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2005). How the human got its mind : Debunking the last great myth in psychology. Skeptic, 11, 48-53. |
WEISEBERG, R.W. (1986). Creativity : Genius and other myths. Freeman. |
AYRES, P. (2005). The scaling of HSC english : Myths and Facts. English in Australia, 142, 10-15. |
McGUIRE, W.J. (1986) The myth of massive media impact : Savagings and salvagings. In: G. Comstock (Ed), Public communication and behavior. New York, London : Academic Press. |
ELLIS, A. (2005). The myth of self-esteem. Prometheus Books. |
WORTMAN, C.B. & SILVER, R.C. (1989). The myths of coping with loss. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57 (3), 349-357. |
MOORHEAD, J. (2005). Is dyslexia just a myth ? London : Guardian Unlimited. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1990). Brainscams : neuromythologies of the New Age. International Journal of Mental Health, 19, 27-36. |
|
McPHAIL, C. (1991). The myth of the madding crowd. New York : Aldine de Gruyter. |
|
NEWMAN, J.M. & CHURCH, S.M. (1991). Myths of whole language. The Reading Teacher, 44, 20-26. |
|
WEISBERG, R.W. (1993). Creativity : Beyond the myth of genius. New York : Freeman. |
SNIDER, V.E. (2006). Myths and misconceptions about teaching. Latham, MD : rowman et Littlefield education. |
INGERSOLL, B. & GOLDSTEIN, S. (1993). Attention deficit disorder and learning disabilities : Realities, myths, and controversial Treatments. New York : Doubleday Publishing Group. |
|
MADDUX, J.E. (1993). The mythology of psychopathology : A social cognitive view of deviance, difference, and disorder. The General Psychologist, 29, 34-35 |
|
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man, myth & magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish. |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and psychotherapy built on myth. New York : Free Press. |
LEVINTHAL, A. & MARTELL, C.R. (2006). The myth of depression as disease : Limitations and alternatives to drugs. New York: Praeger. |
CAMERON, D.G. (1994). ECT : Sham Statistists, the myth of convulsive therapy, and the case for consumer misinformation. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15, 177-198. |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). Psychotherapy : The myth of expertise. In House of cards : Psychology and psychotherapy built on myth (pp. 38-74). New York : Free Press. |
GODELIER, M. (2006). Mythes et légitimations idéologiques de la domination masculine. Dans C. Vidal (Dir.), Féminin, masculin : Mythes et idéologies (p. 25-33). Paris : Belin. |
LOFTUS, E.F. & KETCHAM, K. (1994). The myth of repressed memory. New York : St. Martin's Press. |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
KIRK, S.A. & KUTCHINS, H. (1994). The myth of the reliability of DSM. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15, 71-86. |
MONCRIEFF, J. (2008). The myth of the chemical cure : A critique of psychiatric drug treatment. London : Palgrave Macmillan. |
CLOUTIER, R. (1995). L'image des adolescents rongée par les mythes. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 16 (3), 89-107. |
|
MILLER, D.T. & RATNER R.K. (1996). The power of the myth of self-interest. In L. Montada & M. Lerner
(Eds.), Current societal concerns about justice (pp. 25- 48). New York : Plenum Press. |
KIRSCH,
I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs : Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The Bodley Head. |
EISENBERGER, R. & CAMERON, J. (1996). The detrimental effects of reward : Myth or reality? American Psychologist, 51, 1153-1166. |
DILLENBURGER, K. & KEENANN, M. (2009). None of the as in ABA stand for autism : dispelling the myths. Journal of Intellectual and Developmental Disability, 34 (2), 193-95. |
SZASZ, T. (1997). Mental illnes is still a myth. Review of Existential Psychology and Psychiatry, 23, 70-80. London : John Wiley & Sons. |
KANE, J.M. & MERTZ, J.E. (2011). Debunking myths about gender and mathematics performance. Notices of the American Mathematical Society. [PDF] |
HUBBARD, R. & WALD, E. (1997). Exploding the gene myth : How genetic information is produced and manipulated by scientists, physicians, employers, insurance companies, educators, and law enforcers. New York : Beacon Press. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). Mythe et réalite
des blondes. Cerveau & Psycho, 47 [PDF] |
 |
|
| |
|
Mythomanie : Chez un individu, invention ou version altérée de ses faits et gestes dans le but de se valoriser, de faire illusion. Contrairement au bluff, la mythomanie est une comportement inconscient. Mythomanie et mythe. *bluff. Mythomania.
|
| MA --- MAH --- MAL --- MAR --- MAT --- MAY --- MC ---ME --- MEC --- MEM --- MEN --- MET --- MI --- MO---MU --- MY |
|
 |
Comment citer ce site? |
 |
Pl@nète Psy©/Claude Goulet |